[go: up one dir, main page]

CN1902909B - Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system - Google Patents

Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1902909B
CN1902909B CN2004800401181A CN200480040118A CN1902909B CN 1902909 B CN1902909 B CN 1902909B CN 2004800401181 A CN2004800401181 A CN 2004800401181A CN 200480040118 A CN200480040118 A CN 200480040118A CN 1902909 B CN1902909 B CN 1902909B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
cartridge
signal
adapter
audio signal
circuit
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
CN2004800401181A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1902909A (en
Inventor
中西美彰
田中邦宽
中岛信二
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
SSD Co Ltd
Original Assignee
SSD Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by SSD Co Ltd filed Critical SSD Co Ltd
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2004/019687 external-priority patent/WO2005067282A1/en
Publication of CN1902909A publication Critical patent/CN1902909A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN1902909B publication Critical patent/CN1902909B/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Details Of Connecting Devices For Male And Female Coupling (AREA)

Abstract

An adapter is provided which enables a television receiver to be used for various purposes by connecting the television receiver to a computer. A cartridge includes a memory storing a program and data and a high-speed processor capable of generating a video signal and an audio signal in a signal format in which a television receiver receives the video and audio signals, displays an image corresponding to the signals, and outputs sound. The cartridge is mounted in the adapter, and video signals and audio signals from the high speed processor are input to the adapter. The adapter outputs the video and audio signals input from the high-speed processor to the television receiver.

Description

适配器、卡盒、计算机系统以及娱乐系统 Adapters, cartridges, computer systems and entertainment systems

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及一种适配器、可以连接到该适配器的卡盒以及与其有关的技术。 The present invention relates to an adapter, a cartridge connectable to the adapter, and techniques related thereto. the

背景技术Background technique

日本实开昭60-52885号公报(在此称为专利文献1)中的图1和图5描述了游戏控制台和游戏卡盒,如下所述。印刷电路板安装在游戏卡盒的内部。单个LSI(大规模集成电路)芯片安装在该印刷电路板上。该LSI芯片包括用于存储游戏程序的存储器和用于执行各种处理的CPU(中央处理单元)。此外,该LSI芯片还设置了用于输入和输出地址和数据、开关操作(操纵杆、按钮等)、VDG(videodisplay generator,视频显示发生器)控制信号、音频信号等的I/O端口。 1 and 5 in Japanese Laid-Open Publication No. Sho 60-52885 (herein referred to as Patent Document 1) describe a game console and a game cartridge as follows. The printed circuit board fits inside the game cartridge. A single LSI (Large Scale Integration) chip is mounted on this printed circuit board. This LSI chip includes a memory for storing game programs and a CPU (Central Processing Unit) for executing various processes. In addition, the LSI chip is provided with I/O ports for inputting and outputting addresses and data, switch operations (joysticks, buttons, etc.), VDG (video display generator, video display generator) control signals, audio signals, and the like. the

另一方面,游戏控制台连接到电视接收器的天线端子。在靠近左侧的游戏控制台的上表面上,形成拱形手柄。在该手柄的上表面上设置按钮。该按钮可以用作游戏启动按钮、游戏模式选择按钮、发射(firing)按钮以及其他开关。玩家可以在用左手握着该手柄的同时操纵该按钮。 On the other hand, the game console is connected to the antenna terminal of the TV receiver. On the upper surface of the game console near the left, an arched handle is formed. Buttons are provided on the upper surface of the handle. The button can be used as a game start button, a game mode selection button, a firing button, and other switches. The player can manipulate the button while holding the handle with the left hand. the

此外,在游戏控制台的右手侧的上表面上,分别在靠近前侧设置操纵杆,在靠近后侧设置卡盒插入槽。操纵杆可以从前向后和从一侧到另一侧枢转。在该操纵杆的杆柄的左侧设置按钮。玩家可以在用右手握着该杆柄的同时操纵该按钮。该杆柄的该按钮的开关功能与拱形手柄的按钮的功能不同。该卡盒插入槽包括矩形插入开口和一对被弹性支撑而且通过按下游戏卡盒的边缘可以打开的盖板。 Furthermore, on the upper surface on the right-hand side of the game console, joysticks are provided near the front side, and cartridge insertion slots are provided near the rear side, respectively. The joystick can pivot from front to back and side to side. A button is provided on the left side of the handle of the joystick. The player can manipulate the button while holding the handle with the right hand. The switch function of the button of the handle is different from that of the button of the arched handle. The cartridge insertion slot includes a rectangular insertion opening and a pair of cover plates that are elastically supported and can be opened by pressing the edges of the game cartridge. the

此外,在游戏控制台的上表面上,还有电源开关、暂停按钮以及位于手柄和操纵杆之间的灯。 Additionally, on the upper surface of the game console, there is a power switch, a pause button, and a light located between the handle and the joystick. the

接着,将说明游戏控制台的电路配置。除了存储器和CPU以外,在该游戏控制台内,有几种内置功能器件。具体地说,该游戏控制台设置了解码器、视频RAM(随机存取存储器)、模式选择锁存器、VDG、地址锁存器、地址驱动器、总线收发器、声音调制器、视频调制器、低通滤波器、高频振荡器以及各种键。 Next, the circuit configuration of the game console will be explained. In addition to the memory and the CPU, there are several built-in functional devices within the game console. Specifically, the game console is provided with decoder, video RAM (random access memory), mode selection latch, VDG, address latch, address driver, bus transceiver, sound modulator, video modulator, Low pass filter, high frequency oscillator and various keys. the

该解码器用于对访问视频RAM和操作模式选择锁存器进行控制。该视频RAM存储从游戏卡盒的存储器发送的数据,并将该数据传送到VDG。该模式选择锁存器用于根据来自该解码器的信息选择VDG的工作模式,并锁存所选择的模式。该地址锁存器是用于从数据中分离地址信息的锁存器。 This decoder is used to control access to video RAM and operating mode selection latches. The video RAM stores data sent from the game cartridge's memory, and transfers the data to the VDG. The mode selection latch is used to select the working mode of VDG according to the information from the decoder, and latch the selected mode. The address latch is a latch for separating address information from data. the

在读取和写入用于访问视频RAM的地址时,控制该地址驱动器。利用读取和写入信号,总线收发器对发送和接收数据进行控制,并控制访问视频RAM的定时与时钟同步。根据设置的显示模式,基于来自视频RAM的数据,该VDG产生视频信号。 Controls this address driver when reading and writing addresses used to access video RAM. Using the read and write signals, the bus transceiver controls the sending and receiving of data, and controls the timing of accessing the video RAM in synchronization with the clock. According to the set display mode, this VDG generates a video signal based on the data from the video RAM. the

可以从诸如8种颜色的64×32点的半图形模式、4种颜色的64×64点的图形模式以及2种颜色的128×64点的图形模式的各种图形模式中,选择该显示模式。利用游戏卡盒的CPU,进行该显示模式的设置。 This display mode can be selected from various graphics modes such as a half graphics mode of 64 x 32 dots in 8 colors, a graphics mode of 64 x 64 dots in 4 colors, and a graphics mode of 128 x 64 dots in 2 colors . The display mode setting is performed using the CPU of the game cartridge. the

声音调制器通过调频合成并调制来自CPU的信号,以输出4.5MHz电视音频信号。该视频调制器利用高频振荡器对VDG的信号进行RF调幅,以产生CH1或者CH2的电视信号(NTSC),然后,使该电视信号通过低通滤波器,并提供给电视。 The sound modulator synthesizes and modulates the signal from the CPU by frequency modulation to output a 4.5MHz TV audio signal. The video modulator uses a high-frequency oscillator to perform RF amplitude modulation on the VDG signal to generate a TV signal (NTSC) of CH1 or CH2, and then pass the TV signal through a low-pass filter and provide it to the TV. the

在如上所述的电路配置中,利用存储在游戏卡盒的存储器内的游戏程序,可以实现要求的游戏内容(context),同时,利用游戏卡盒的CPU控制该VDG,以设置显示在电视屏幕上的图像的颜 色数量和画面质量(显示的点数)。 In the circuit configuration as described above, the required game content (context) can be realized by using the game program stored in the memory of the game cartridge. The number of colors and picture quality (number of displayed dots) of the image on the screen. the

然而,如上所述,当在游戏控制台内实现具有显视图像的能力的VDG时,该游戏卡盒的CPU不能显视图像。换句话说,游戏卡盒的CPU不能产生视频信号。 However, as described above, when a VDG having the ability to display images is implemented in a game console, the CPU of the game cartridge cannot display images. In other words, the game cartridge's CPU cannot generate a video signal. the

如上所述,由于在专利文献1的现有技术情况下,游戏卡盒包括存储器和CPU,所以游戏卡盒的各种实现方式不仅可以改变游戏内容,而且可以改变其他显示特性,例如,显示屏幕上的点数和颜色数量。此外,由于可以在适合批量生产的单个芯片上制造存储器和CPU,所以有助于降低游戏卡盒和游戏控制台的总成本。 As mentioned above, since in the prior art case of Patent Document 1, the game cartridge includes a memory and a CPU, various implementations of the game cartridge can change not only the game content but also other display characteristics such as the display screen The number of points and colors on the . In addition, since memory and CPU can be fabricated on a single chip suitable for mass production, it helps to reduce the overall cost of game cartridges and game consoles. the

然而,目前,如专利文献1描述的具有内置CPU和内置存储器的游戏卡盒技术已经过时。下面详细说明。从提出专利文献1描述的技术的日期开始到今天,与计算机产业中相同,已经将大量资源投入到电视游戏产业的强大功能硬件和软件的开发。特别是,在电视游戏业,努力目标是提高在电视监视器上显示逼真的三维图像的图形能力。因为该原因,在将扩展电路的所有硬件和CPU包括在电视游戏控制台内的同时,还在分销用的CD-ROM(压缩光盘-只读存储器)内存储了增大的游戏程序、像素数据等。除此之外,当前电视游戏业的趋势是赋予游戏机家用电器(特别是,作为视听产品)的功能,例如,播放DVD(数字通用盘)、记录TV节目等的功能。 However, at present, the technology of a game cartridge having a built-in CPU and a built-in memory as described in Patent Document 1 has become obsolete. Details are given below. From the date when the technology described in Patent Document 1 was proposed to today, as in the computer industry, a large amount of resources have been devoted to the development of powerful hardware and software for the video game industry. In particular, in the video game industry, efforts are aimed at improving the graphics capabilities for displaying realistic three-dimensional images on television monitors. For this reason, while all the hardware and CPU of the expansion circuit are included in the video game console, an enlarged game program, pixel data is also stored in a CD-ROM (Compact Disc-Read Only Memory) for distribution. wait. Besides, the current trend in the video game industry is to give game machines the functions of home appliances, especially, as audio-visual products, for example, the functions of playing DVD (Digital Versatile Disc), recording TV programs, and the like. the

因此,根据电视游戏业的实际情况,涉及包括CPU和存储器的卡盒的专利文献1的技术没有提供本技术领域内的技术人员正在进行开发的信息。 Therefore, the technology of Patent Document 1, which relates to a cartridge including a CPU and a memory, does not provide information that those skilled in the art are developing in accordance with the reality of the video game industry. the

至此,利用专利文献1说明了电视游戏业的实际情况。接着,将说明个人计算机业的技术。日本特开平06-289953号公报(在此称为专利文献2)中的图1和图3示出了便携式个人处理器模块,如下所述。该个人处理器模块包括处理器、存储器和硬盘。此外, 该个人处理器模块还连接到对接台(docking station)。另外,诸如监视器和键盘的外围设备连接到对接台。这样,个人处理器模块、对接台以及诸如监视器的外围设备组合配置成个人计算机。 So far, the actual situation of the video game industry has been described using Patent Document 1. Next, the technology of the personal computer industry will be explained. 1 and 3 in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 06-289953 (herein referred to as Patent Document 2) show a portable personal processor module as follows. The personal processor module includes processor, memory and hard disk. In addition, the personal processor module is also connected to a docking station. Additionally, peripherals such as monitors and keyboards are connected to the docking station. In this way, a personal processor module, a docking station, and peripheral devices such as a monitor are combined to configure a personal computer. the

个人计算机业不同于电视游戏业的一个特征是,个人计算机要求多用途性(可以应用于用户期望的任意用途),而电视游戏控制台不需要这种多用途性。然而,这两个行业的共同趋势是,赋予系统家用电器(特别是,作为视听产品)的功能。 One feature that distinguishes the personal computer industry from the video game industry is that personal computers require versatility (can be used for any purpose desired by the user), whereas video game consoles do not require such versatility. However, a common trend in both industries is to give systems the functionality of household appliances, in particular, as audiovisual products. the

发明内容Contents of the invention

同时,电视游戏控制台和个人计算机赢得许多消费者的青睐。然而,如果可以提供与上述概念不同的产品,则企业很可能获得显著的经济利益。 Meanwhile, video game consoles and personal computers have won over many consumers. However, if a product that differs from the above concepts can be offered, the business is likely to gain significant economic benefits. the

因此,本发明的一个目的是提供一种适配器和与其相关的技术,以通过将计算机连接到电视接收器来用于各种用途。 Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide an adapter and technology related thereto for various purposes by connecting a computer to a television receiver. the

此外,本发明的另一目的是提供一种卡盒和与其相关的技术,使得通过简单地将卡盒连接到适配器即可以将电视接收器用于特定用途;反之,通过改变所连接的卡盒,可以与电视接收器一起用于各种用途。 Furthermore, another object of the present invention is to provide a cassette and technology related thereto so that a television receiver can be used for a specific purpose by simply connecting the cassette to an adapter; conversely, by changing the cassette connected, Can be used with a TV receiver for various purposes. the

根据本发明第一方面的适配器是一种可以连接到电视接收器和卡盒的适配器,该卡盒包括存储器和计算机,该存储器存储程序和数据,该计算机能够通过所述程序利用所述数据进行算法运算、生成视频信号和音频信号,所述视频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述视频信号并显示对应于所述视频信号的图像的信号格式生成的,所述音频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述音频信号并输出对应于所述音频信号的声音的信号格式生成的,所述适配器包括:第一视频信号输入端子,通过该第一视频信号输入端子从所述计算机接收所述视频信号;第一音频信号输入端子,通过该第一音频信号输入端子从所述计算机接收所述音频信号;视频信号输出端子,通过该视频信号输出端子将从所述计算机输入的所述视频信号输出到所述电视接收器;音频信号输出端子,通过该音频信号输出端子将从所述计算机输入的所述音频信号输出到所述电视接收器;第一内部电路,用于从所述第一视频信号输入端子接收所述视频信号,并将所述视频信号以所接收的所述视频信号的信号格式输出到所述视频信号输出端子;第二内部电路,用于从所述第一音频信号输入端子接收所述音频信号,并将所述音频信号以所接收的所述音频信号的信号格式输出到所述音频信号输出端子。The adapter according to the first aspect of the invention is an adapter connectable to a television receiver and a cassette comprising a memory and a computer, the memory storing programs and data, the computer being able to perform Algorithm operation, generating video signal and audio signal, the video signal is generated in the signal format that the television receiver receives the video signal and displays an image corresponding to the video signal, and the audio signal is generated in the The television receiver receives the audio signal and outputs the signal format generated corresponding to the sound of the audio signal, and the adapter includes: a first video signal input terminal through which the video signal is received from the computer. The video signal; the first audio signal input terminal, through which the first audio signal input terminal receives the audio signal from the computer; the video signal output terminal, through which the video signal input from the computer is input signal output to the television receiver; an audio signal output terminal through which the audio signal input from the computer is output to the television receiver; a first internal circuit for receiving from the first A video signal input terminal receives the video signal, and outputs the video signal to the video signal output terminal in the signal format of the received video signal; a second internal circuit is used for receiving the video signal from the first audio A signal input terminal receives the audio signal, and outputs the audio signal to the audio signal output terminal in a signal format of the received audio signal.

根据该适配器,通过简单地将所述适配器的视频信号输出端子和音频信号输出端子分别连接到电视接收器的视频信号输入端子和音频信号输入端子,并将该卡盒安装在所述适配器内,可以将该计算机产生的视频信号和音频信号发送到电视接收器。因此,该电视接收器可以显示对应于该计算机产生的视频信号的图像,输出对应于该计算机产生的音频信号的声音。 According to the adapter, by simply connecting the video signal output terminal and the audio signal output terminal of the adapter to the video signal input terminal and the audio signal input terminal of the television receiver, respectively, and installing the cassette in the adapter, The computer-generated video and audio signals can be sent to a television receiver. Accordingly, the television receiver can display images corresponding to the computer-generated video signal and output sound corresponding to the computer-generated audio signal. the

如上所述,利用所述适配器,计算机可以容易地连接到电视接收器。因此,该电视接收器可以容易地适应存储在卡盒内的存储器内的程序的用途。除此之外,通过简单地改变插入适配器内的卡盒,该电视接收器可以容易地适应各种用途。 As described above, with the adapter, a computer can be easily connected to a television receiver. Therefore, the television receiver can be easily adapted to the use of the program stored in the memory in the cartridge. Besides, this TV receiver can be easily adapted to various uses by simply changing the cartridge inserted into the adapter. the

此外,利用该适配器,计算机可以容易地连接到广泛分布并被人们广泛使用的电视接收器,因此,可以减轻对用户产生的经济负担,同时,用户可以无条件地使用计算机。 Furthermore, with the adapter, the computer can be easily connected to television receivers that are widely distributed and widely used by people, and therefore, the economic burden imposed on the user can be reduced, and at the same time, the user can use the computer unconditionally. the

顺便提一句,由于如果没有诸如监视器的外围设备则不能单独使用个人计算机,所以用户必须提供具有全部必要外围设备的一套个人计算机,因此,即使对于当前价格暴跌的个人计算机,也不必无条件地使用计算机。此外,通过安装运行监视器不可缺少的专用设备驱动程序来使用连接到个人计算机的监视器是烦琐的,但是利用上述适配器可以避免这种烦琐的安装,这是因为为了方便用户,将适配器连接到电视接收器而无需安装设备驱动程序。此外,在通常情况下,在个人计算机内安装了各种功能而使计算机具有带有许多不必要的功能的多功能性,这对用户来说是累赘的,而且提高了价格。与此相反,仅通过购买相应卡盒,具有本适配器的本系统的用户可以将该电视接收器用于其用途,而且几乎不安装对用户来说不必要的功能,这减少了负担。 Incidentally, since a personal computer cannot be used alone without peripherals such as a monitor, users must provide a set of personal computers with all the necessary peripherals, so even for personal computers whose prices have plummeted currently, it is not necessary to unconditionally Use a computer. In addition, it is cumbersome to use a monitor connected to a personal computer by installing a dedicated device driver indispensable for running the monitor, but this cumbersome installation can be avoided by using the above-mentioned adapter because the adapter is connected to the TV receiver without installing device drivers. Furthermore, in general, various functions are installed in the personal computer to make the computer multifunctional with many unnecessary functions, which is burdensome to the user and raises the price. In contrast to this, the user of the present system having the present adapter can use the television receiver for its purpose only by purchasing the corresponding cassette, and functions unnecessary to the user are hardly installed, which reduces the burden. the

此外,由于计算机以电视接收器接收视频信号和音频信号、分别对应于该视频信号和音频信号显示图像和输出声音的信号格式输出视频信号和音频信号,所以即使在更新或者修改计算机的功能时,用户仍可以继续使用该适配器,而无需进行扩展或者修改。换句话说,即使在更新或者修改计算机的功能时,仅通过将配备了被更新或者修改的内置计算机的卡盒插入该适配器内,用户仍可以原样使用现有适配器,而无需知道硬件和软件的扩展和修改。因此,可以改善用户友好性,而且可以降低用户的经济负担,因此,有助于普及卡盒。 In addition, since the computer outputs the video signal and the audio signal in a signal format in which a television receiver receives the video signal and the audio signal, displays images corresponding to the video signal and the audio signal, and outputs sound, respectively, even when the functions of the computer are updated or modified, Users can continue to use the adapter without extensions or modifications. In other words, even when the functions of the computer are updated or modified, the user can use the existing adapter as it is by merely inserting a cartridge equipped with the updated or modified built-in computer into the adapter without knowing the hardware and software. extensions and modifications. Therefore, user-friendliness can be improved, and economical burden on users can be reduced, thus contributing to popularization of cartridges. the

顺便提一句,对于专利文献1公开的游戏机,在其游戏控制台内实现能产生视频信号的VDG,因此,在更新或者修改游戏卡盒内的CPU时,必须对应于该游戏卡盒的更新或者修改来更新或者修改游戏控制台的功能。因此,对于专利文献1的游戏机,用户必须购买新游戏卡盒和新游戏控制台,对用户产生显著经济负担,而且令用户烦恼,同时,游戏控制台的规格和操作过程可能发生变化。这也适用于专利文献2公开的个人计算机。这是因为在对接台内实现用于产生视频信号的显示控制电路。 Incidentally, for the game machine disclosed in Patent Document 1, a VDG capable of generating video signals is implemented in the game console, so when updating or modifying the CPU in the game cartridge, it is necessary to correspond to the update of the game cartridge Or modify to update or modify the functionality of the game console. Therefore, with the game machine of Patent Document 1, the user has to purchase a new game cartridge and a new game console, which imposes a significant financial burden on the user and is annoying to the user, and at the same time, the specifications and operating procedures of the game console may change. This also applies to the personal computer disclosed in Patent Document 2. This is because display control circuitry for generating video signals is implemented within the docking station. the

此外,由于该适配器用于以电视接收器接收视频信号和音频信号、显示对应于该视频信号的图像以及输出对应于该音频信号的声音的信号格式接收视频信号和音频信号,所以只要能输出这 种信号,可以与适配器组合使用计算机,因此,卡盒的开发者可以根据各种用途自由地、任意地设计计算机的硬件和软件配置。如上所述,与现有个人计算机和游戏机不同,在设计卡盒时,尽可能消除了平台对硬件和软件的限制。 In addition, since the adapter is used to receive video signals and audio signals in a signal format in which a television receiver receives video signals and audio signals, displays images corresponding to the video signals, and outputs sound corresponding to the audio signals, as long as it can output the This signal can be combined with an adapter to use a computer, therefore, the developer of the cartridge can freely and arbitrarily design the hardware and software configuration of the computer according to various uses. As mentioned above, unlike existing personal computers and game consoles, the cartridges are designed with as little limitation as possible on the hardware and software of the platform. the

这样,对于现有个人计算机,必须对要支持的各不同平台(例如,不同操作系统)设计应用程序,因此,增加了开发成本。此外,对于现有游戏机,必须对要支持的各不同平台(例如,不同游戏控制台)设计游戏程序。 Thus, with existing personal computers, applications must be designed for each of the different platforms (for example, different operating systems) to be supported, thus increasing development costs. Furthermore, with existing game machines, game programs must be designed for each of the different platforms (eg, different game consoles) to be supported. the

此外,该适配器与安装有用于特定用途的程序的卡盒一起使用。因为该原因,与要求多功能性的专利文献2的个人处理器模块不同,不需要硬盘,而且可以降低对计算机要求的性能。因此,与具有多功能性的个人处理器模块相比,可以降低插入适配器内的卡盒的成本。 In addition, the adapter is used with a cartridge installed with a program for a specific purpose. For this reason, unlike the personal processor module of Patent Document 2, which requires multi-functionality, a hard disk is not required, and the performance required for the computer can be reduced. Thus, the cost of the cartridge inserted into the adapter can be reduced compared to individual processor modules with versatility. the

优选地,该适配器还包括:内部电源电压生成电路,用于根据从外部电源提供的外部电源电压产生内部电源电压;以及电源电压输出端子,通过该电源电压输出端子向该计算机提供由所述内部电源电压生成电路产生的所述内部电源电压。 Preferably, the adapter further includes: an internal power supply voltage generating circuit for generating an internal power supply voltage according to an external power supply voltage supplied from an external power supply; and a power supply voltage output terminal through which the computer is provided with the internal A power supply voltage generating circuit generates the internal power supply voltage. the

根据该适配器,可以从该适配器供应运行卡盒内的计算机和外围电路所需的电源电压,因此,在卡盒内不需要电源电路。因此,可以降低卡盒的成本。另一方面,尽管在这种配置中存在增加适配器的成本的趋势,但是由于该适配器通常可以用于各种卡盒,所以根据不同用途要频繁购买的卡盒的成本降低所产生的经济效益超过了适配器成本的增加。 According to this adapter, a power supply voltage required to operate the computer and peripheral circuits inside the cartridge can be supplied from the adapter, and therefore, no power supply circuit is required inside the cartridge. Therefore, the cost of the cartridge can be reduced. On the other hand, although there is a tendency to increase the cost of the adapter in this configuration, since the adapter can generally be used for various cartridges, the economic benefit produced by the cost reduction of the cartridges that are frequently purchased according to different uses exceeds the This increases the cost of the adapter. the

此外,优选地,内部电源电压生成电路产生具有不同输出电平的多个电源电压,分别作为所述内部电源电压;而且设置多个输出端子分别作为所述电源输出端子,分别用于对所述计算机供给具有不同输出电平的所述多个内部电源电压。 In addition, preferably, the internal power supply voltage generation circuit generates a plurality of power supply voltages with different output levels as the internal power supply voltages respectively; and a plurality of output terminals are set as the power supply output terminals respectively for the The computer supplies the plurality of internal power supply voltages with different output levels. the

根据该适配器,由于卡盒可被设计成利用各种电源电压工作,所以可以提高设计自由度。 According to this adapter, since the cartridge can be designed to operate with various power supply voltages, the degree of freedom in design can be improved. the

此外,优选地,该适配器还包括:第二视频信号输入端子,通过该第二视频信号输入端子从外部接收视频信号;第二音频信号输入端子,通过该第二音频信号输入端子从外部接收音频信号;第一切换电路,其具有第一触点、第二触点以及第三触点;第二切换电路,其具有第四触点、第五触点和第六触点;以及第三切换电路,其具有第七触点、第八触点和第九触点,其中所述第一触点连接到所述视频信号输出端子;所述第四触点连接到所述音频信号输出端子;以及所述第七触点连接到第一线路,通过该第一线路提供所述外部电源电压,以及所述第二触点连接到与所述第一视频信号输入端子相连的第二线路;所述第五触点连接到与所述第一音频信号输入端子相连的第三线路;以及所述第八触点连接到与所述内部电源电压生成电路相连的第四线路,以及所述第三触点连接到所述第二视频信号输入端子;所述第六触点连接到所述第二音频信号输入端子;以及所述第九触点处于高阻抗状态,以及当所述第七触点连接到所述第八触点时,所述第一触点连接到所述第二触点,并且所述第四触点连接到所述第五触点,以及当所述第七触点连接到所述第九触点时,所述第一触点连接到所述第三触点,并且所述第四触点连接到所述第六触点。 In addition, preferably, the adapter further includes: a second video signal input terminal, through which a video signal is received from the outside; a second audio signal input terminal, through which an audio signal is received from the outside; signal; a first switch circuit, which has a first contact, a second contact, and a third contact; a second switch circuit, which has a fourth contact, a fifth contact, and a sixth contact; and a third switch a circuit having a seventh contact, an eighth contact, and a ninth contact, wherein the first contact is connected to the video signal output terminal; the fourth contact is connected to the audio signal output terminal; and said seventh contact is connected to a first line through which said external power supply voltage is supplied, and said second contact is connected to a second line connected to said first video signal input terminal; The fifth contact is connected to a third line connected to the first audio signal input terminal; and the eighth contact is connected to a fourth line connected to the internal power supply voltage generating circuit, and the third contacts are connected to the second video signal input terminal; the sixth contact is connected to the second audio signal input terminal; and the ninth contact is in a high impedance state, and when the seventh contact When connected to the eighth contact, the first contact is connected to the second contact, and the fourth contact is connected to the fifth contact, and when the seventh contact is connected When it comes to the ninth contact, the first contact is connected to the third contact, and the fourth contact is connected to the sixth contact. the

根据该适配器,在不需要对卡盒供给电源电压时,即,在不使用卡盒时,第三切换电路的第七触点和第九触点互相连接在一起,因此用于供给外部电源电压的第一线路处于高阻抗状态。另一方面,第一切换电路的第一触点和第三触点互相连接在一起,因此,视频信号输出端子连接到第二视频信号输入端子,而第二切换电路的第四触点和第六触点互相连接在一起,因此,音频信号输出端子连接到第二音频信号输入端子。因此,在不使用卡盒 时,可以将从外部设备输入的视频信号和音频信号中继到电视接收器。因此,适配器可以应用于更广泛的用途。此外,对于始终将适配器连接到电视接收器的用户,利用这种配置,可以避免电视接收器的输入端子不足。换句话说,由于该适配器设置有第二视频信号输入端子和第二音频信号输入端子,所以即使适配器连接到电视接收器的输入端子,也不减少可用输入端子的数量。 According to this adapter, when it is not necessary to supply the power supply voltage to the cartridge, that is, when the cartridge is not in use, the seventh contact and the ninth contact of the third switching circuit are connected to each other, so that they are used to supply the external power supply voltage The first line is in a high impedance state. On the other hand, the first contact and the third contact of the first switching circuit are connected to each other, therefore, the video signal output terminal is connected to the second video signal input terminal, and the fourth contact and the third contact of the second switching circuit are connected to each other. The six contacts are connected together, and thus, the audio signal output terminal is connected to the second audio signal input terminal. Therefore, when the cassette is not used, video signals and audio signals input from external equipment can be relayed to the TV receiver. Therefore, the adapter can be applied to a wider range of uses. In addition, for users who always connect the adapter to the television receiver, with this configuration, it is possible to avoid shortage of input terminals of the television receiver. In other words, since the adapter is provided with a second video signal input terminal and a second audio signal input terminal, even if the adapter is connected to an input terminal of a television receiver, the number of usable input terminals is not reduced. the

该适配器可以还包括杆状件,其中所述第一切换电路、所述第二切换电路以及所述第三切换电路组合在一起形成切换单元,以及通过使所述杆状件抵靠所述切换单元来打开和闭合所述切换单元。 The adapter may further include a rod, wherein the first switching circuit, the second switching circuit and the third switching circuit are combined to form a switching unit, and by pressing the rod against the switching unit to open and close the switching unit. the

根据该适配器,由于可以简化布线配置,所以可以降低制造成本,提高可靠性。下面做详细说明。考虑到用户的方便性和外观,用户操纵的电源按钮位于适配器的正面,而各端子位于该适配器的背面看起来是合理的。然而,开关单元不仅用于接通和断开电源,而且用于连接和断开其间的各端子。因此,如果开关单元位于适配器的正面侧,则从适配器的背面侧到该适配器的正面侧必须排列许多布线。然而,在开关单元位于适配器的背面时,通过使杆状件从正面侧接触该开关单元,可以对打开和闭合开关单元进行控制。因此,可以避免复杂布线。最终,可以防止噪声等影响该系统。 According to this adapter, since wiring arrangement can be simplified, manufacturing cost can be reduced and reliability can be improved. Let me explain in detail below. In consideration of user convenience and appearance, it seems reasonable that the user-operated power button is located on the front of the adapter and the terminals are located on the rear of the adapter. However, the switch unit is used not only to turn on and off a power source but also to connect and disconnect terminals therebetween. Therefore, if the switch unit is located on the front side of the adapter, many wirings must be arranged from the back side of the adapter to the front side of the adapter. However, when the switch unit is located on the rear side of the adapter, opening and closing of the switch unit can be controlled by making the rod contact the switch unit from the front side. Therefore, complicated wiring can be avoided. Ultimately, noise and the like can be prevented from affecting the system. the

优选地,该适配器还包括AC/DC转换器,用于将AC电源电压转换为DC电源电压,并且将该DC电源电压输出到所述内部电源电压生成电路。 Preferably, the adapter further includes an AC/DC converter for converting the AC power supply voltage into a DC power supply voltage and outputting the DC power supply voltage to the internal power supply voltage generation circuit. the

根据该适配器,由于与从外部AC适配器供给AC电源电压的情况不同,根据该适配器在内部将AC电源电压转换为DC电源电压,所以可以防止用户因为疏忽而连接规格与该适配器的规格不同的不适当的AC适配器,因此,可以提高可靠性。 According to this adapter, unlike the case where the AC power supply voltage is supplied from an external AC adapter, the AC power supply voltage is internally converted into a DC power supply voltage by this adapter, so it is possible to prevent users from inadvertently connecting a device whose specification is different from that of the adapter. A proper AC adapter, therefore, can improve reliability. the

此外,优选地,该适配器还包括:时钟振荡器电路,用于产生预定频率的时钟信号;以及时钟信号输出端子,通过该时钟信号输出端子,将所述时钟信号送到所述计算机。 In addition, preferably, the adapter further includes: a clock oscillator circuit for generating a clock signal with a predetermined frequency; and a clock signal output terminal through which the clock signal is sent to the computer. the

根据该适配器,该适配器提供运行连接到该适配器的卡盒内的计算机和其他电路系统所需的时钟信号,因此,不需要在卡盒内设置时钟振荡器电路。因此,可以降低卡盒的成本。另一方面,尽管在该配置中,适配器的成本趋于升高,但是由于该适配器通常可以用于各种卡盒,所以根据不同用途要频繁购买的卡盒的成本降低所产生的经济效益超过了适配器成本的升高。 According to the adapter, the adapter provides the clock signal required to run the computer and other circuitry within the cartridge connected to the adapter, and therefore, no clock oscillator circuit needs to be provided within the cartridge. Therefore, the cost of the cartridge can be reduced. On the other hand, although the cost of the adapter tends to increase in this configuration, since the adapter can generally be used for various cartridges, the economic benefit produced by the cost reduction of the cartridges that are frequently purchased according to different uses exceeds the This increases the cost of the adapter. the

更优选地,该适配器还包括:内部电源电压生成电路,用于根据从外部电源供给的外部电源电压产生具有不同输出电平的多个内部电源电压;时钟振荡器电路,用于产生预定频率的时钟信号;以及时钟信号输出端子,通过该时钟信号输出端子,将所述时钟信号送到所述计算机,其中所述内部电源电压生成电路将具有不同输出电平的所述多个内部电源电压中具有最高输出电平的内部电源电压送到所述时钟振荡器电路。 More preferably, the adapter further includes: an internal power supply voltage generation circuit for generating a plurality of internal power supply voltages with different output levels according to an external power supply voltage supplied from an external power supply; a clock oscillator circuit for generating a clock signal; and a clock signal output terminal through which the clock signal is sent to the computer, wherein the internal power supply voltage generation circuit converts the plurality of internal power supply voltages having different output levels The internal supply voltage with the highest output level is fed to the clock oscillator circuit. the

根据该适配器,由于根据最高电平的内部电源电压产生时钟信号,所以所设计的卡盒可以利用大振幅的时钟信号工作,因此,可以提高设计自由度。另一方面,通过设置用于改变时钟信号振幅的电路,所设计的卡盒可以利用较小振幅的时钟信号工作。 According to this adapter, since the clock signal is generated based on the internal power supply voltage of the highest level, the designed cartridge can operate with a clock signal of large amplitude, and thus, the degree of freedom in design can be improved. On the other hand, by providing a circuit for changing the amplitude of the clock signal, the designed cartridge can operate with a clock signal of smaller amplitude. the

第二内部电路可以设置有频率特性调节电路,用于调节或者修改从所述计算机输入的所述音频信号的频率特性,并将调节后的所述音频信号输出到所述音频信号输出端子。 The second internal circuit may be provided with a frequency characteristic adjustment circuit for adjusting or modifying the frequency characteristic of the audio signal input from the computer, and outputting the adjusted audio signal to the audio signal output terminal. the

根据该适配器,可以改善频率特性,因此,可以将高质量的音频信号输出到电视接收器。除此之外,还不需要在卡盒内设置频率特性调节功能,因此,可以降低卡盒的成本。另一方面,尽管在该配置中,适配器的成本趋于升高,但是由于该适配器通常可以用于各种卡盒,所以根据不同用途要频繁购买的卡盆的成本降低所产生的经济效益超过了适配器成本的升高。According to this adapter, frequency characteristics can be improved, and therefore, high-quality audio signals can be output to a television receiver. In addition, there is no need to provide a frequency characteristic adjustment function in the cartridge, so the cost of the cartridge can be reduced. On the other hand, although the cost of the adapter tends to increase in this configuration, since the adapter can generally be used for various cartridges, the cost reduction of the cartridges that are frequently purchased according to different uses produces more economic benefits than This increases the cost of the adapter.

优选地,该适配器还包括:红外信号接收器电路,用于从外部接收红外信号,并且将该红外信号转换为电信号;以及端子,通过该端子将来自所述红外信号接收器电路的电信号输出到所述计算机。 Preferably, the adapter further includes: an infrared signal receiver circuit for receiving an infrared signal from the outside and converting the infrared signal into an electrical signal; and a terminal through which the electrical signal from the infrared signal receiver circuit output to the computer. the

根据该适配器,可以将适配器收到的红外信号传送到卡盒。因此,可以设计存储在卡盒内的程序,以使用该红外信号的信息,因此,在该卡盒内可以实现更多类型的应用。 According to the adapter, the infrared signal received by the adapter can be transmitted to the cartridge. Therefore, a program stored in the cartridge can be designed to use the information of the infrared signal, and therefore, more types of applications can be realized in the cartridge. the

此外,优选地,该适配器还包括环形光学透镜,其中所述透镜设置为对着所述红外信号接收器电路的光接收部分。 In addition, preferably, the adapter further includes an annular optical lens, wherein the lens is arranged to face the light receiving part of the infrared signal receiver circuit. the

根据该适配器,利用环形光学透镜,可以聚焦从更广范围的方向入射的红外线,以扩展红外传感器的光接收范围。 According to this adapter, with the ring optical lens, infrared rays incident from a wider range of directions can be focused to expand the light receiving range of the infrared sensor. the

更优选地,与位于通向所述红外信号接收器电路的所述光接收部分的光路上的红外滤色器一体地形成所述透镜。 More preferably, the lens is integrally formed with an infrared color filter on an optical path leading to the light receiving portion of the infrared signal receiver circuit. the

根据该适配器,通过安装红外滤色片,可以设置该透镜,因此,可以减少制造过程中的步骤的数量。 According to this adapter, by installing an infrared filter, the lens can be set, and therefore, the number of steps in the manufacturing process can be reduced. the

优选地,该适配器还包括:预定数量的切换电路;并行/串行转换电路,用于将从所述预定数量的切换电路并行输入的接通/断开信号转换为串行信号,其中所述并行/串行转换电路的输入端子的数量大于所述预定数量。 Preferably, the adapter further includes: a predetermined number of switching circuits; a parallel/serial conversion circuit for converting on/off signals input in parallel from the predetermined number of switching circuits into serial signals, wherein the The number of input terminals of the parallel/serial conversion circuit is greater than the predetermined number. the

根据该适配器,由于可以使用用于进行并行/串行转换的输入端子之外的剩余输入端子,所以可以提供附加输入,因此提高了可扩展性。 According to this adapter, since the remaining input terminals other than the input terminals for parallel/serial conversion can be used, additional input can be provided, thus improving expandability. the

根据本发明第二方面的卡盒是一种可以连接到上述根据第一方面的适配器的卡盒,该卡盒不具有显示设备,该卡盒包括:存储器,用于存储程序和数据;以及计算机,能够通过所述程序利 用所述数据进行算法运算,以生成视频信号和音频信号,所述视频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述视频信号并显示对应于所述视频信号的图像的信号格式生成的,所述音频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述音频信号并输出对应于所述音频信号的声音的信号格式生成的。 A cartridge according to a second aspect of the present invention is a cartridge that can be connected to the above-mentioned adapter according to the first aspect, the cartridge does not have a display device, and the cartridge includes: a memory for storing programs and data; and a computer , can utilize said data to carry out arithmetic operation through said program, to generate video signal and audio signal, and said video signal is based on said television receiver receiving said video signal and displaying the image corresponding to said video signal The audio signal is generated in a signal format in which the television receiver receives the audio signal and outputs sound corresponding to the audio signal. the

该卡盒具有与根据第一方面的适配器相同的优点。 This cartridge has the same advantages as the adapter according to the first aspect. the

优选地,该卡盒还包括摄像单元,用于拍摄被摄体的图像并将所拍摄的视频信号输出到所述计算机。 Preferably, the cartridge further includes a camera unit for capturing images of the subject and outputting the captured video signals to the computer. the

根据该卡盒,尽管其存储器可以用于存储用于处理所拍摄的物体的图像的程序,但是在该卡盒内可以实现各种应用。 According to the cartridge, although its memory can be used to store programs for processing images of captured objects, various applications can be realized within the cartridge. the

根据本发明第三方面的卡盒,该卡盒不具有显示设备,该卡盒包括:存储器,用于存储程序和数据;计算机,能够通过所述程序利用所述数据进行算法运算,以生成视频信号和音频信号,所述视频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述视频信号并显示对应于所述视频信号的图像的信号格式生成的,所述音频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述音频信号并输出对应于所述音频信号的声音的信号格式生成的;以及时钟振幅改变电路,用于改变从所述时钟振荡器电路输出的所述时钟信号的振幅。 According to the card box of the third aspect of the present invention, the card box does not have a display device, and the card box includes: a memory for storing programs and data; a computer that can use the data to perform algorithmic operations through the program to generate video signal and an audio signal, the video signal is generated in a signal format in which the television receiver receives the video signal and displays an image corresponding to the video signal, and the audio signal is generated by the television receiver receiving the video signal generating the audio signal and outputting a signal format of sound corresponding to the audio signal; and a clock amplitude changing circuit for changing the amplitude of the clock signal output from the clock oscillator circuit. the

即使利用从与卡盒的内部要求的适配器不同的适配器输入时钟信号,也可以使该卡盒工作。 Even if a clock signal is input from an adapter different from that required inside the cartridge, the cartridge can be operated. the

根据本发明第四方面的计算机系统包括:卡盒,该卡盒包括存储器和计算机,该存储器用于存储程序和数据,该计算机能够通过所述程序利用所述数据进行算法运算、生成视频信号和音频信号,所述视频信号是以电视接收器接收所述视频信号并显示对应于所述视频信号的图像的信号格式生成的,所述音频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述音频信号并输出对应于所述音频信号的声音的信号格式生成的;以及适配器,所述卡盒可被安装在该适配器内,并且该适配器可被连接到所述电视接收器,所述适配器包括:视频信号输入端子,通过该视频信号输入端子,从所述计算机接收所述视频信号;音频信号输入端子,通过该音频信号输入端子,从所述计算机接收所述音频信号;视频信号输出端子,通过该视频信号输出端子,将从所述计算机输入的所述视频信号输出到所述电视接收器;音频信号输出端子,通过该音频信号输出端子,将从所述计算机输入的所述音频信号输出到所述电视接收器;以及第一内部电路,用于从所述第一视频信号输入端子接收所述视频信号,并将所述视频信号以所接收的所述视频信号的信号格式输出到所述视频信号输出端子;第二内部电路,用于从所述第一音频信号输入端子接收所述音频信号,并将所述音频信号以所接收的所述音频信号的信号格式输出到所述音频信号输出端子。 The computer system according to the fourth aspect of the present invention includes: a cartridge, which includes a memory and a computer, the memory is used to store programs and data, and the computer can use the data to perform algorithmic operations, generate video signals and an audio signal, the video signal is generated in a signal format in which a television receiver receives the video signal and displays an image corresponding to the video signal, and the audio signal is generated by the television receiver receiving the audio signal and displaying an image corresponding to the video signal outputting a signal format corresponding to the sound of the audio signal; and an adapter in which the cassette can be installed and which can be connected to the television receiver, the adapter comprising: a video signal The input terminal receives the video signal from the computer through the video signal input terminal; the audio signal input terminal receives the audio signal from the computer through the audio signal input terminal; the video signal output terminal receives the audio signal through the video signal input terminal. a signal output terminal for outputting the video signal input from the computer to the television receiver; an audio signal output terminal for outputting the audio signal input from the computer to the a television receiver; and a first internal circuit for receiving the video signal from the first video signal input terminal and outputting the video signal to the video signal in a signal format of the received video signal an output terminal; a second internal circuit configured to receive the audio signal from the first audio signal input terminal, and output the audio signal to the audio signal output terminal in the signal format of the received audio signal . the

该计算机系统与根据第一方面的适配器具有相同的优点。 The computer system has the same advantages as the adapter according to the first aspect. the

根据本发明第五方面的适配器包括:设置有连接器部分的卡盒安装接口,该连接器部分由包括第一连接端子和第二连接端子的多个连接端子构成,并且可以连接到用于预定功能并且具有以预定配置设计的连接器的卡盒;第一和第二信号输出端子,其每一个可被连接到以预定配置设计的插头;第一内部电路,所述第一连接端子和所述第一信号输出端子通过该第一内部电路互相连接;以及第二内部电路,所述第二连接端子和所述第二信号输出端子通过该第二内部电路互相连接,其中通过所述第一连接端子和所述第一信号输出端子以及通过所述第二连接端子和所述第二信号输出端子,将通过所述连接器和所述连接器部分从所述卡盒输入的信号输出到外部设备。 An adapter according to a fifth aspect of the present invention includes: a cartridge mounting interface provided with a connector portion composed of a plurality of connection terminals including a first connection terminal and a second connection terminal, and connectable to a predetermined function and has a cartridge with a connector designed in a predetermined configuration; first and second signal output terminals, each of which can be connected to a plug designed in a predetermined configuration; a first internal circuit, the first connection terminal and the The first signal output terminals are connected to each other through the first internal circuit; and a second internal circuit, the second connection terminal and the second signal output terminal are connected to each other through the second internal circuit, wherein the first A connection terminal and the first signal output terminal and through the second connection terminal and the second signal output terminal, a signal input from the cartridge through the connector and the connector part is output to the outside equipment. the

通过连接器部分的第一和第二连接端子以及第一和第二信号输出端子,可以中继从卡盒发送到外部设备的信号。在这种简单配置中,可以因为任何用途而将来自卡盒的信号发送到外部设备,因此,可以容易地改变卡盒的处理结果的目的地。 A signal sent from the cartridge to an external device can be relayed through the first and second connection terminals and the first and second signal output terminals of the connector portion. In such a simple configuration, the signal from the cartridge can be sent to an external device for any purpose, and therefore, the destination of the processing result of the cartridge can be easily changed. the

优选地,卡盒安装接口包括:卡盒支撑件,用于稳定地支撑该卡盒;以及施力机构,用于沿预定方向对所述卡盒支撑件施力,并且限制所述卡盒支撑件沿与所述预定方向相反的方向的移动量;所述连接器部分位于如下位置:当沿与所述预定方向相反的方向将支撑该卡盒的所述卡盒支撑件推到所述卡盒支撑件的移动被所述施力机构限制的位置时,所述连接器部分可以连接到所述卡盒的连接器。 Preferably, the cartridge installation interface includes: a cartridge support for stably supporting the cartridge; and a force applying mechanism for applying force to the cartridge support in a predetermined direction and limiting the cartridge support The amount of movement of the member in the direction opposite to the predetermined direction; the connector portion is located at a position where when the cartridge supporting member supporting the cartridge is pushed to the card in the direction opposite to the predetermined direction In a position where movement of the cartridge support is restricted by the urging mechanism, the connector portion may be connected to the connector of the cartridge. the

卡盒支承件支承该卡盒,以预定方向推动该卡盒,然后,使卡盒停止在卡盒的连接器可以插入适配器的连接器、同时限制卡盒进一步移动的位置。因此,可以容易地将卡盒插入适配器。 The cartridge support supports the cartridge, pushes the cartridge in a predetermined direction, and then stops the cartridge at a position where the connector of the cartridge can be inserted into the connector of the adapter while restricting further movement of the cartridge. Therefore, the cartridge can be easily inserted into the adapter. the

此外,优选地,该卡盒支承件包括预定形状的板状件。 Furthermore, preferably, the cartridge support includes a plate-like member of a predetermined shape. the

由于预定形状的板状件用于构成卡盒支承件,所以利用卡盒支承件可以稳定地支承板形式的卡盒。此外,容易实现处理卡盒以及以预定方向推动卡盒的操作,因此可以容易地插入卡盒。 Since a plate-shaped member of a predetermined shape is used to constitute the cartridge support, the cartridge in the form of a plate can be stably supported by the cartridge support. In addition, operations of handling the cartridge and pushing the cartridge in a predetermined direction are easily performed, so that the cartridge can be easily inserted. the

更优选地,通过在将所述卡盒支承件推动到所述推进机构限制移动的位置后,将所述卡盒支承件支承的卡盒滑动到所述连接器部分,所述卡盒的连接器连接到所述卡盒安装接口的所述连接器部分。 More preferably, the connection of the cartridge is achieved by sliding the cartridge supported by the cartridge support to the connector portion after pushing the cartridge support to a position where the movement of the pushing mechanism is restricted. connector to the connector portion of the cartridge mounting interface. the

简单地利用将卡盒放置在卡盒支承件上、下推卡盒、然后使卡盒在卡盒支承件上向适配器的连接器滑动的步骤,可以将该卡盒连接到适配器的连接器。 The cartridge can be connected to the connector of the adapter by simply placing the cartridge on the cartridge support, pushing the cartridge down, and then sliding the cartridge on the cartridge support towards the connector of the adapter. the

在实施例中,所述适配器设置有扁平矩形平行六面体形式的壳体,该壳体具有上表面、底表面、左侧面、右侧面、正面和背面,其中在所述上表面上形成用于接收所述卡盒的开口,以及所述卡盒安装接口位于所述上表面的所述开口中。 In an embodiment, said adapter is provided with a housing in the form of a flat rectangular parallelepiped having an upper surface, a bottom surface, a left side, a right side, a front and a back, wherein on said upper surface is formed a An opening for receiving the cartridge, and the cartridge mounting interface is located in the opening on the upper surface. the

在将卡盒放置在适配器壳体的上表面上后,通过放置在装饰板上、下推、然后滑动卡盒,可以将卡盒插入适配器内。与在横向进行推动操作相比,可以以稳定、可靠的方式执行下推卡盒的 操作。因为该原因,可以稳定地、安全地执行插入卡盒的操作。此外,在简单地通过沿纵向滑动卡盒来将卡盒插入安装接口的情况下,一般地说,必须设置特定类型的机构用于断开卡盒。然而,当以这种方式下推之后滑动卡盒时,不需要这种断开机构。此外,在从适配器的上表面向内推卡盒的配置中,在操作期间,所使用的卡盒的上表面露出适配器的上表面。因此,可以提供各种附件,例如图像传感器,或者用于在卡盒的上表面上连接附加卡盒的连接器。因此,该卡盒存在广泛的各种可行的应用。 After placing the cartridge on the upper surface of the adapter housing, the cartridge can be inserted into the adapter by placing it on the trim, pushing down, and then sliding the cartridge. The operation of pushing down the cartridge can be performed in a stable and reliable manner compared to the pushing operation in the lateral direction. For this reason, the operation of inserting the cartridge can be performed stably and safely. Furthermore, in the case of inserting the cartridge into the mounting interface simply by sliding the cartridge longitudinally, generally speaking, a certain type of mechanism must be provided for disconnecting the cartridge. However, when the cartridge is slid after being pushed down in this manner, such a disconnect mechanism is not required. Furthermore, in the configuration in which the cartridge is pushed inward from the upper surface of the adapter, the upper surface of the cartridge is used to expose the upper surface of the adapter during operation. Therefore, various accessories such as an image sensor, or a connector for connecting an additional cartridge on the upper surface of the cartridge may be provided. Thus, there is a wide variety of possible applications for the cartridge. the

优选地,该卡盒安装接口包括:顶板,该顶板位于所述上表面的所述开口中,并具有主表面,该卡盒被放置在该主表面上;以及施力机构,用于支撑所述顶板,以便沿向上方向对所述顶板施力且沿向下方向限制所述顶板的移动量的同时,所述顶板的所述主表面与所述壳体的所述上表面齐平,其中所述连接器部分位于如下位置:通过将配置有以预定方向取向的所述连接器的该卡盒朝所述底表面向下推到所述施力机构限制所述卡盒支撑件的移动的位置,并使该卡盒沿所述预定方向滑动,可以将所述连接器部分连接到所述卡盒的连接器。 Preferably, the cartridge installation interface includes: a top plate located in the opening of the upper surface and having a main surface on which the cartridge is placed; and a force applying mechanism for supporting the the top plate so that the main surface of the top plate is flush with the upper surface of the housing while urging the top plate in an upward direction and restricting a movement amount of the top plate in a downward direction, wherein The connector portion is located at a position where the movement of the cartridge support is restricted by the urging mechanism by pushing the cartridge provided with the connector oriented in a predetermined direction downward toward the bottom surface. position, and sliding the cartridge in the predetermined direction, the connector portion can be connected to the connector of the cartridge. the

为了与适配器的上表面齐平,通常利用施力机构支承顶板,因此,从审美的观点出发,适配器的外部设计整洁。此外,由于施力机构沿向上方向对装饰板施力,所以在卡盒滑动后,卡盒与装饰板一起自动升高,从而断开卡盒。因此,可以容易地卸下卡盒。 For flushing with the upper surface of the adapter, the top plate is usually supported by means of force application, so that the external design of the adapter is clean from an aesthetic point of view. In addition, since the urging mechanism urges the trim panel in an upward direction, after the cassette slides, the cassette is automatically raised together with the trim panel, thereby disconnecting the cassette. Therefore, the cartridge can be easily removed. the

更优选地,所述预定方向是朝向所述壳体的所述正面的方向。 More preferably, the predetermined direction is a direction toward the front of the casing. the

通常认为用户在适配器的正面的前方插入卡盒,因此,通过放置卡盒、使其连接器面朝前,用户可以容易地确认卡盒的正确方向。以错误方向放置卡盒的概率低。 It is generally considered that the user inserts the cartridge forward of the front face of the adapter, so by placing the cartridge with its connectors facing forward, the user can easily confirm the correct orientation of the cartridge. There is a low chance of placing the cartridge in the wrong orientation. the

更优选地,所述卡盒设置有扁平矩形平行六面体形式的壳体, 该壳体可以安装在所述适配器的所述开口内,该壳体设置有上表面、底表面、相对的侧面、正面和背面,其中在所述相对的侧面中的至少一个上形成预定形状的凹进部分,其中所述适配器还包括:接合件,其可以进入所述预定形状的凹进部分并通过装配到所述凹进部分中来固定所述卡盒;以及接合件支撑机构,用于在所述适配器中支撑所述接合件,以便当所述卡盒安装接口的所述顶板位于所述施力机构限制其移动的位置时,所述接合件凸入所述适配器的所述壳体的所述开口内,当所述卡盒安装接口的所述顶板位于上述位置之外的位置时,所述接合件移出所述开口,其中所述凹进部分被形成为如下几何形状:当将所述卡盒安装在所述适配器的所述卡盒安装接口中时,在以前后方向滑动所述卡盒期间,所述接合件不妨碍所述卡盒的任何其它部分。 More preferably, said cartridge is provided with a housing in the form of a flat rectangular parallelepiped mountable in said opening of said adapter, said housing being provided with an upper surface, a bottom surface, opposite sides, a front and the back, wherein a recessed portion of a predetermined shape is formed on at least one of the opposite sides, wherein the adapter further includes: an engaging member that can enter the recessed portion of a predetermined shape and fit into the The cartridge is fixed in the recessed portion; and the joint support mechanism is used to support the joint in the adapter so that when the top plate of the cartridge installation interface is located at the force applying mechanism, it is limited When the position is moved, the engaging member protrudes into the opening of the housing of the adapter, and when the top plate of the cartridge installation interface is located at a position other than the above position, the engaging member moves out The opening, wherein the recessed portion is formed in such a geometry that when the cartridge is mounted in the cartridge mounting interface of the adapter, during sliding of the cartridge in a front-to-rear direction, the The joint does not interfere with any other part of the cartridge. the

在安装卡盒时,即,在使卡盒安装接口的顶板位于被施力机构限制的位置时,利用接合件支承机构,使接合件进入卡盒侧面的凹进部分。利用接合件限制卡盒垂直移动。因为该原因,防止卡盒被施力机构的偏置力上推,从而降低卡盒与适配器在不希望时断开的危险。此外,凹进部分以如下形状形成:在卡盒水平滑动时,接合件不妨碍该卡盒的移动。因此,对有意插入和拉动卡盒不存在障碍。 When the cartridge is installed, that is, when the top plate of the cartridge installation interface is positioned at a position restricted by the force-applying mechanism, the engaging member is used to enter the recessed portion of the side of the cartridge by the engaging member supporting mechanism. The vertical movement of the cartridge is limited by the joint. For this reason, the cartridge is prevented from being pushed up by the biasing force of the urging mechanism, thereby reducing the risk of undesired disconnection of the cartridge from the adapter. In addition, the recessed portion is formed in such a shape that the engaging member does not hinder the movement of the cartridge when the cartridge is horizontally slid. Therefore, there is no hindrance to intentional insertion and pulling of the cartridge. the

所述凹进部分可以形成在所述卡盒的两个相对侧,以及所述接合件包括可以进入所述卡盒的各相对侧的所述凹进部分的多个部件。 The recessed portion may be formed on two opposite sides of the cartridge, and the engagement member includes a plurality of parts enterable into the recessed portion on each of the opposite sides of the cartridge. the

凹进部分和接合件可以防止卡盒在卡盒的垂直方向移动。可以确保将卡盒固定在适配器上。 The recess and engagement member prevent the cartridge from moving in the vertical direction of the cartridge. It is possible to secure the cartridge to the adapter. the

优选地,所述施力机构包括:多个施力件,每个施力件具有第一和第二端部;以及具有多个连接部分的支撑件,所述多个施力件的所述第一端部分别连接该多个连接部分,以从底部支撑所 述顶板。通过支承件,多个施力机构的偏置力施加到顶板上。因此,可以沿向上方向对顶板施力,在稳定支承顶板的同时,允许沿向上方向和向下方向移动。 Preferably, the urging mechanism includes: a plurality of urging members, each of which has a first end and a second end; and a support member having a plurality of connecting parts, the plurality of urging members The first ends are respectively connected to the plurality of connection parts to support the top plate from the bottom. The biasing forces of the plurality of force applying mechanisms are applied to the top plate through the support. Therefore, it is possible to urge the top plate in the upward direction, allowing movement in the upward direction and the downward direction while stably supporting the top plate. the

更优选地,在所述适配器的所述壳体的底表面上形成多个底部连接部分,所述多个施力件的所述第二端部分别连接到该多个底部连接部分。 More preferably, a plurality of bottom connection portions to which the second end portions of the plurality of urging members are respectively connected are formed on a bottom surface of the housing of the adapter. the

施力件的第二端部可以安装到形成在该适配器壳体的底表面上的底部连接部分。可以将施力机构安装到该适配器壳体的底表面上的预定位置,因此,利用施力机构,可以稳定支承顶板。 The second end portion of the urging member may be mounted to a bottom connection portion formed on a bottom surface of the adapter housing. The urging mechanism can be attached to a predetermined position on the bottom surface of the adapter housing, and thus, with the urging mechanism, the top plate can be stably supported. the

此外,优选地,所述多个施力件的每一个包括:可枢转件,其在所述第一端部关于平行于所述顶板的上表面的轴可枢转地安装到所述多个连接部分中的一个,而且在所述第二端部关于平行于上述轴的轴可枢转地安装到所述多个底部连接部分中的一个,其中该上述轴是可枢转件在所述第一端部关于该上述轴可枢转地安装的轴;以及弹性件,用于在所述第二端部沿向上的方向对所述可枢转件施力。所述弹性件包括弹簧,该弹簧装配在所述可枢转件的所述第二端部的可枢转轴上,以沿离开所述适配器的所述壳体的所述底表面的方向对所述可枢转件施力。 Furthermore, preferably, each of the plurality of urging members includes: a pivotable member pivotably mounted to the plurality of urging members at the first end about an axis parallel to the upper surface of the top plate. one of the connecting parts, and is pivotally mounted to one of the bottom connecting parts at the second end about an axis parallel to the shaft, wherein the shaft is a pivotable member at the second end; said first end is pivotally mounted about said shaft; and an elastic member for urging said pivotable member in an upward direction at said second end. The elastic member includes a spring fitted on the pivotable shaft of the second end portion of the pivotable member to act against the adapter in a direction away from the bottom surface of the housing of the adapter. The pivotable member applies force. the

作为多个施力件的组成部件,每个可枢转件的第一端部关于平行于所述顶板的上表面的轴可枢转地安装到支承件的连接部分。此外,第二端部关于平行于上述轴的轴安装到底部连接部分。在离开所述适配器的壳体的所述底表面的方向,利用诸如弹簧的弹性件对可枢转件施力。在下推顶板时,可枢转件抵抗弹性件的弹力而枢轴转动,以靠近该壳体的底表面。因此,支承件的高度朝向壳体的底表面降低,当可枢转件接触该壳体的底表面时,该支承件不再沿向下方向移动。当不存在沿向下方向的力时,因为弹性件的弹力,可枢转件的第一端部离开底表面,即沿向上方向 离开,从而沿向上方向对支承件施力。这样,沿向上方向施加的偏置力稳定地支承顶板,并且当在稳定支承的同时沿向下方向下拉时,在预定位置限制顶板移动。 As a component of a plurality of force applying members, a first end portion of each pivotable member is pivotally mounted to the connection portion of the support member about an axis parallel to the upper surface of the top plate. Furthermore, the second end portion is mounted to the bottom connection portion about an axis parallel to the aforementioned axis. The pivotable member is biased by an elastic member such as a spring in a direction away from the bottom surface of the housing of the adapter. When the top board is pushed down, the pivotable member resists the elastic force of the elastic member and pivots to approach the bottom surface of the housing. Thus, the height of the support decreases towards the bottom surface of the housing, and when the pivotable member contacts the bottom surface of the housing, the support no longer moves in the downward direction. When there is no force in the downward direction, because of the elastic force of the elastic member, the first end of the pivotable member leaves the bottom surface, that is, leaves in the upward direction, thereby applying force to the supporting member in the upward direction. In this way, the top plate is stably supported by a biasing force applied in the upward direction, and when pulled down in the downward direction while being stably supported, the top plate is restricted from moving at a predetermined position. the

优选地,所述连接器包括:矩形平行六面体形式的连接器单元,其具有朝向所述矩形平行六面体的正面开口的凹进接合部分,用于装配在形成在所述卡盒上的凸出接合部分上;固定到所述连接器单元上的屏蔽件,用于覆盖所述连接器单元的上表面的至少一部分;以及位于所述凹进接合部分中的多个所述连接端子,其中所述卡盒设置有:所述凸出接合部分,其可被装配在所述凹进接合部分中,具有要与所述连接器部分的多个连接端子电接触的多个连接端子;凹进接合部分,其可被装配在形成在所述连接器部分的所述上表面与凹进接合部分之间的所述连接器部分的凸出部分上;以及导电屏蔽件,其被设置以覆盖所述卡盒的内部电路,同时所述卡盒的所述屏蔽件的一部分安装在所述卡盒的所述凹进接合部分的内上表面上,以及所述连接器部分的所述屏蔽件被配置成当将所述卡盒安装在所述连接器部分上时,与所述卡盒的所述屏蔽件相接触。 Preferably, the connector includes: a connector unit in the form of a rectangular parallelepiped having a concave engagement portion open toward a front surface of the rectangular parallelepiped for fitting on a male engagement formed on the cartridge partly; a shield fixed to the connector unit for covering at least a part of the upper surface of the connector unit; and a plurality of the connection terminals located in the recessed joint part, wherein the The cartridge is provided with: the protruding engaging portion, which can be fitted in the concave engaging portion, having a plurality of connection terminals to be electrically contacted with the plurality of connection terminals of the connector portion; the concave engaging portion , which can be fitted on the protruding portion of the connector portion formed between the upper surface of the connector portion and the recessed engaging portion; and a conductive shield, which is arranged to cover the card The internal circuit of the box, while a part of the shield of the cartridge is mounted on the inner upper surface of the recessed joint portion of the cartridge, and the shield of the connector part is configured to The shield is in contact with the cartridge when the cartridge is mounted on the connector portion. the

此外,在将卡盒的连接器连接到适配器的连接器部分时,固定在适配器的连接器单元上表面上的屏蔽件的接触件接触用于覆盖位于凹进接合部分的内部的上表面上的部分的卡盒内部电路的屏蔽件,因此,在大的面积上,可以在它们之间建立连接。利用该连接,可以使适配器与卡盒之间的电连接稳定,而且可以避免发送和接收信号的问题。此外,如果仅利用线路实现该连接,则在卡盒的地电位与适配器的地电位(较稳定)之间可能产生电位差,以致卡盒的地电位不稳定。如果卡盒的地电位不稳定,则在卡盒与适配器之间发送和接收信号可能不稳定。此外,在卡盒的内部电路工作期间,屏蔽件本身的电位可能发生波动,以致辐射电磁 波。由于在卡盒与适配器的连接器之间的大面积上建立连接,所以可以最大限度地降低卡盒的地电位与适配器的地电位之间的电位差,即,使卡盒的地电位稳定。 In addition, when the connector of the cartridge is connected to the connector portion of the adapter, the contacts of the shield fixed on the upper surface of the connector unit of the adapter contact the shield for covering the upper surface located inside the recessed joint portion. Part of the shield of the internal circuit of the cartridge, so that a connection can be established between them over a large area. With this connection, the electrical connection between the adapter and the cartridge can be stabilized, and problems in sending and receiving signals can be avoided. Furthermore, if the connection is made using only wires, a potential difference may arise between the ground potential of the cartridge and the ground potential of the adapter (which is more stable), so that the ground potential of the cartridge becomes unstable. If the ground potential of the cartridge is unstable, the sending and receiving signals between the cartridge and the adapter may be unstable. Also, during the operation of the internal circuit of the cartridge, the potential of the shield itself may fluctuate to radiate electromagnetic waves. Since the connection is made over a large area between the connectors of the cartridge and the adapter, the potential difference between the ground potential of the cartridge and the ground potential of the adapter can be minimized, ie, the ground potential of the cartridge is stabilized. the

更优选地,所述连接器单元的所述上表面的后部部分被形成为低于所述上表面的前部部分,其中所述连接器单元的所述屏蔽件设置有开口,以便形成一端固定到所述上表面的所述前部部分而另一端位于所述连接器单元的所述上表面的所述低的部分中的接触件。 More preferably, a rear portion of the upper surface of the connector unit is formed lower than a front portion of the upper surface, wherein the shield of the connector unit is provided with an opening so as to form an end A contact fixed to the front portion of the upper surface with the other end located in the lower portion of the upper surface of the connector unit. the

通过在位于凹进接合部分的内部上表面上的部分接触卡盒的屏蔽件,在向下方向对该连接器的屏蔽件施力。在连接器单元的上表面的下部的上方,连接器的屏蔽件可以沿向下方向移动,因此,可以防止连接器的屏蔽件紧密接触卡盒的屏蔽件,防止它承受因为紧密接触而产生的物理故障。 The shield of the connector is urged in a downward direction by contacting the shield of the cartridge at a portion on the inner upper surface of the recessed engagement portion. Above the lower part of the upper surface of the connector unit, the shield of the connector can be moved in the downward direction, therefore, the shield of the connector can be prevented from closely contacting the shield of the cartridge, preventing it from being subjected to stress due to the close contact. Physical failure. the

此外,优选地,所述接触件被形成为在所述一端与所述另一端之间具有距所述连接器单元的上表面最远的预定点。 Furthermore, preferably, the contact is formed to have a predetermined point farthest from the upper surface of the connector unit between the one end and the other end. the

在这种配置中,在接触件处,连接器部分的屏蔽件可以确保接触卡盒的屏蔽件。此外,尽管在接触件上延伸的连接器部分的屏蔽件的一部分沿向下方向移动,还是在这种情况下,可以避免连接器的屏蔽件产生物理故障,这是因为连接器单元的上表面的一部分形成在较低位置。 In this configuration, at the contacts, the shield of the connector part can ensure contact with the shield of the cartridge. In addition, although a part of the shield of the connector portion extending on the contact moves in the downward direction, in this case, physical failure of the shield of the connector can be avoided because the upper surface of the connector unit A part of it is formed in the lower position. the

根据本发明第六方面的卡盒包括:存储器,用于存储程序和数据;计算机,其能够通过所述程序利用所述数据进行算法运算、生成视频信号和音频信号,所述视频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述视频信号并显示对应于所述视频信号的图像的信号格式生成的,所述音频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述音频信号并输出对应于所述音频信号的声音的信号格式生成的;以及连接器,其连接到所述计算机,用于将从所述计算机输出的所述视频信号 和音频信号送到外部设备;以及壳体,其容纳所述存储器和所述计算机,并设置有安装于其上的所述连接器,以便所述连接器的接触部分位于所述壳体的表面上。 The cartridge according to the sixth aspect of the present invention includes: a memory for storing programs and data; a computer for performing algorithmic operations and generating video signals and audio signals through the programs using the data, and the video signals are based on the The television receiver receives the video signal and displays an image corresponding to the video signal in a signal format, and the audio signal is generated by the television receiver receiving the audio signal and outputting a video signal corresponding to the audio signal and a connector, which is connected to the computer, for sending the video signal and audio signal output from the computer to an external device; and a casing, which accommodates the memory and the The computer is provided with the connector mounted thereon so that the contact portion of the connector is located on the surface of the housing. the

根据该卡盒,根据存储在内部存储器内的数据和程序,通过连接器,可以将计算机产生的视频信号和音频信号送到外部设备。通过将没有显示设备的卡盒产生的信号传送到外部设备,例如电视接收器或者中间设备,可以使用在卡盒内运行的程序所产生的结果。在卡盒内安装存储器和程序,卡盒以电视接收器可以分别根据视频信号和音频信号显示图像和输出声音的信号格式输出视频信号和音频信号,因此,可以不考虑电视接收器的实际配置来使用卡盒。此外,如果使用中间设备,则由于存储器和计算机安装在卡盒内,因而可以利用同样的中间设备实现显著不同的功能。此外,在改进卡盒内的计算机的性能时,改进的计算机的功能完全可用,而与中间设备的配置无关。 According to the cartridge, according to the data and programs stored in the internal memory, video signals and audio signals generated by the computer can be sent to an external device through the connector. By transmitting the signal generated by the cartridge without the display device to an external device, such as a television receiver or an intermediate device, the results produced by the program running in the cartridge can be used. The memory and the program are installed in the card box, and the video signal and the audio signal can be output by the TV receiver according to the signal format of the video signal and the audio signal to display the image and output the sound respectively. Therefore, the actual configuration of the TV receiver can be ignored. Use a card box. Furthermore, if an intermediate device is used, since the memory and the computer are installed in the cartridge, significantly different functions can be realized with the same intermediate device. Furthermore, when improving the performance of the computer within the cartridge, the functionality of the improved computer is fully available regardless of the configuration of the intermediate device. the

优选地,该卡盒还包括防尘件,其位于设置有连接端子的开口中,用于防止外部灰尘通过所述开口进入所述卡盒的内部。 Preferably, the cartridge further includes a dustproof member located in the opening provided with the connection terminal for preventing external dust from entering the interior of the cartridge through the opening. the

该防尘件用于防止外部灰尘通过连接器进入卡盒的内部。卡盒包括若干对外部灰尘较敏感的部件,例如存储器和计算机,因此,该防尘件可以有效降低因为外部灰尘而导致故障的危险。 The dustproof member is used to prevent external dust from entering the inside of the cartridge through the connector. The cartridge includes several parts sensitive to external dust, such as memory and computer, so the dustproof member can effectively reduce the risk of failure due to external dust. the

此外,优选地,所述壳体包括:壳体主体,其具有内部空间,在其一侧具有开口;顶板,其被形成为覆盖所述壳体的所述开口的最大部分的形状,并且可以临时固定在覆盖所述开口的位置,固定件,其具有凸出的爪部,用于通过所述壳体的所述开口中没有被所述顶板覆盖的部分牢固地钩到所述壳体的预定内部部分,从而将所述临时固定的顶板固定到所述壳体主体上。 In addition, preferably, the case includes: a case main body having an inner space with an opening at one side thereof; a top plate formed in a shape covering the largest part of the opening of the case and capable of Temporarily fixed in a position covering the opening, a fixing member having a protruding claw for securely hooking to a portion of the housing through a portion of the opening of the housing not covered by the top plate An inner portion is predetermined to secure the temporarily fixed top plate to the housing body. the

在不使用破坏卡盒外观的螺栓等的情况下,通过在顶板上使顶板钩住壳体内部的预定部分,将顶板固定在壳体上。此外,由 于通过钩住该爪形部分而将固定件固定在壳体上,所以可以容易地卸下该固定件,因此,也可以容易地卸下顶板,这便于维护卡盒。 The top plate is fixed to the case by hooking the top plate on a predetermined portion inside the case on the top plate without using bolts or the like that spoil the appearance of the cartridge. In addition, since the fixing member is fixed to the housing by hooking the claw portion, the fixing member can be easily removed, and therefore, the top plate can also be easily removed, which facilitates maintenance of the cartridge. the

优选地,所述壳体主体设置有开口,可以通过该开口插入工具,以便在所述固定件的所述爪部牢固地钩住所述壳体的预定内部部分后,从所述预定部分卸下所述爪部。 Preferably, the housing main body is provided with an opening through which a tool can be inserted for detaching from a predetermined inner portion of the housing after the claw portion of the fixing member is securely hooked on the predetermined inner portion of the housing. the claws. the

通过将尖头件插入该开口内以使爪形部分与上部壳体的边缘脱钩,可以容易地从该壳体卸下固定件和顶板。 The mount and top plate can be easily removed from the upper housing by inserting the prong into the opening to unhook the claw portion from the edge of the upper housing. the

更优选地,在所述壳体内部的多个位置设置固定部分,以便可以通过选择一个或者多个所述固定部分来安装功能互相对应但具有不同尺寸的任何一个组成元件。 More preferably, fixing parts are provided at a plurality of positions inside the housing, so that any one of constituent elements corresponding in function to each other but having different sizes can be installed by selecting one or more of the fixing parts. the

例如,分别具有不同大小的多种类型的板、屏蔽件等要安装在卡盒内。通过事先形成用于接受多个不同大小的任一个的固定部分,可以利用同样的壳体制造具有分别具有不同尺寸的板、屏蔽件等的各种产品。因此,可以简化制造过程,迅速将产品投入市场,而无需对各产品重新设计壳体。 For example, a plurality of types of boards, shields, etc. each having a different size are to be installed in the cartridge. By forming in advance a fixing portion for receiving any one of a plurality of different sizes, various products having plates, shields, etc. each having different sizes can be manufactured using the same housing. Therefore, the manufacturing process can be simplified, and products can be put into the market quickly without redesigning the housing for each product. the

在实施例中,在所述壳体相对侧面的每一个上从所述相对侧面的每一个的中心向所述壳体的背面位移的位置处形成第一锁定槽,以将锁定件的用于将所述卡盒固定在预定位置的部分插入所述第一锁定槽内。该第一锁定槽可以包括:具有分别大于锁定件的所述部分的高度和宽度的预定高度和预定宽度的矩形形状的第一槽,以及与所述第一槽邻接、具有大于锁定件的所述部分的高度且小于所述第一槽的所述预定高度的高度和预定宽度的矩形形状的第二槽。 In an embodiment, a first locking groove is formed on each of the opposite sides of the housing at a position displaced from the center of each of the opposing sides toward the back of the housing, so that the locking piece is used for A portion for fixing the cartridge at a predetermined position is inserted into the first locking groove. The first locking groove may include: a rectangular-shaped first groove having a predetermined height and a predetermined width that are respectively larger than the height and width of the portion of the locking piece; The height of the portion is smaller than the predetermined height of the first groove and the second groove is a rectangular shaped second groove with a predetermined width. the

如果在将卡盒插入适配器等时以正确的方向放置该卡盒,则在部分锁定件从右侧或者左侧进入第一锁定槽后,通过朝向正面滑动该卡盒以使所述部分锁定件进入第二槽的内部,可以确保限 制卡盒沿垂直方向的移动。 If you place the cartridge in the correct orientation when inserting it into an adapter, etc., after the partial lock enters the first locking groove from the right or left, make the partial lock Access to the interior of the second slot ensures that the movement of the cartridge in the vertical direction is restricted. the

在所述壳体相对侧面的每一个上,在关于垂直于相对侧的中心线对称地对着所述第一锁定槽的位置形成第二锁定槽,以将锁定件的用于将所述卡盒固定在预定位置的所述部分插入所述第二锁定槽内;所述第二锁定槽具有如下选择的高度和宽度:即使将所述卡盒前后颠倒地放置在所述预定位置,也可以将锁定件的所述部分插入所述第二锁定槽内。 On each of the opposite sides of the housing, a second locking groove is formed at a position symmetrically opposite to the first locking groove with respect to a center line perpendicular to the opposite side, so that the locking member is used to lock the card. The portion where the cartridge is fixed at a predetermined position is inserted into the second locking groove; the second locking groove has a height and a width selected so that even if the cartridge is placed upside down at the predetermined position, Inserting the portion of the locking member into the second locking groove. the

在上面的配置中,即使将卡盒前后颠倒地插入适配器,也可以避免接合件使卡盒保持在离开锁定槽的位置,可以避免不能再从适配器中拉出卡盒。 In the above configuration, even if the cartridge is inserted into the adapter upside down, the engaging member keeps the cartridge away from the locking groove, preventing the cartridge from being no longer pulled out from the adapter. the

分别选择所述第一锁定槽的高度和宽度以及所述第二锁定槽的高度和宽度,使得即使上下颠倒地将所述卡盒放置在所述预定位置,也可以将锁定件的所述部分插入所述第一锁定槽或者所述第二锁定槽。 The height and width of the first locking groove and the height and width of the second locking groove are respectively selected so that even if the cartridge is placed upside down at the predetermined position, the part of the locking piece can be inserted into the first locking slot or the second locking slot. the

在上面的配置中,即使将卡盒前后颠倒和上下颠倒地插入适配器,也可以避免不能再从适配器中拉出卡盒。 In the above configuration, even if the cartridge is inserted into the adapter upside down and upside down, it is avoided that the cartridge can no longer be pulled out from the adapter. the

根据本发明第七方面的输入设备是一种用于电子游戏机的保龄球形输入设备,包括:壳体,其为保龄球的形式;以及输入设备,其安装在所述壳体内,其中在适合预定大小的手的适当排列的位置处形成多个指孔,同时在适合大小比所述预定大小小的手的适当排列的位置处形成用于代替所述多个指孔之一的附加指孔。 An input device according to a seventh aspect of the present invention is a bowling ball-shaped input device for an electronic game machine, comprising: a casing in the form of a bowling ball; A plurality of finger holes are formed at suitably arranged positions for hands of a smaller size, while an additional finger hole for replacing one of the plurality of finger holes is formed at suitably arranged positions for hands smaller than the predetermined size. the

由于形成多个指孔以适应预定大小的手,所以利用该指孔,具有平均大小的手的用户可以容易地做出抛保龄球的抛球动作。另一方面,对于手小于平均值的用户,例如儿童,利用该指孔和附加指孔,可以容易地做出抛保龄球的抛球动作。因此,通过选择适合手大小的适当指孔,用户可以享受保龄球游戏。 Since a plurality of finger holes are formed to fit a hand of a predetermined size, a user having an average-sized hand can easily perform a throwing action of throwing a bowling ball using the finger holes. On the other hand, for users with smaller than average hands, such as children, using the finger hole and the additional finger hole, it is easy to make a throwing action of throwing a bowling ball. Therefore, by selecting the appropriate finger holes for the size of the hand, the user can enjoy the game of bowling. the

根据本发明第七方面的输入设备是一种用于电子游戏机的保龄球形输入设备,包括:第一外壳壳体,其是中空的并且设置有用作指孔的凹进部分;第二外壳壳体,其是中空的并且设置有固定用凸出部分,该凸出部分的末端定位成当与所述第一外壳壳体结合时与所述凹进部分接触;第一内壳壳体,其是中空的并且设置有对应于所述第一外壳壳体的所述凹进部分的开口;以及第二内壳壳体,其是中空的并且设置有对应于所述第二外壳壳体的所述固定用凸出部分的开口,并且可以利用预定数量的紧固件将该第二内壳壳体固定在所述第一内壳壳体上,其中利用所述预定数量的紧固件将所述第一和第二内壳壳体互相固定在一起,以形成内壳,其中所述第一外壳壳体覆盖所述内壳,以通过形成在所述内壳的所述第一内壳壳体中的开口,插入所述第一外壳壳体的所述凹进部分,所述第二外壳壳体覆盖所述内壳,以通过形成在所述内壳的所述第二内壳壳体中的开口,插入所述第二外壳壳体的所述固定用凸出部分,以及利用预定紧固件,将所述第一外壳壳体的所述凹进部分固定在所述第二外壳壳体的所述固定用凸出部分上。 An input device according to a seventh aspect of the present invention is a bowling-ball-shaped input device for an electronic game machine, comprising: a first housing case which is hollow and provided with a recess serving as a finger hole; a second housing case a body which is hollow and provided with a fixing protruding portion whose tip end is positioned so as to contact the recessed portion when combined with the first outer shell shell; a first inner shell shell which is hollow and is provided with an opening corresponding to the recessed portion of the first outer shell; and a second inner shell is hollow and provided with the opening corresponding to the second outer shell. The opening of the fixing protruding part, and the second inner casing can be fixed on the first inner casing by using a predetermined number of fasteners, wherein the predetermined number of fasteners are used to fasten the second inner casing to the first inner casing The first and second inner shells are fixed to each other to form an inner shell, wherein the first outer shell covers the inner shell to pass through the first inner shell formed on the inner shell The opening in the body is inserted into the recessed portion of the first outer shell, and the second outer shell covers the inner shell to pass through the second inner shell formed in the inner shell the opening in, insert the fixing protruding portion of the second housing case, and fix the recessed portion of the first housing case to the second housing case by using predetermined fasteners On the said fixing protruding part of the body. the

通过将第一外壳壳体的指孔固定在第二外壳壳体的固定用凸出部分上,利用保持在内部的内壳形成保龄球形输入设备的外壳。紧固件位于指孔的底部,因此,从外部看不到它们。除了它们之外,其他任意这种部件至少不用于固定该外壳。因此,可以对保龄球形输入设备实现巧妙的设计。 By fixing the finger holes of the first outer case to the fixing protrusions of the second outer case, the outer case of the bowling ball input device is formed with the inner case held inside. The fasteners are located at the bottom of the finger holes, so they are not visible from the outside. Apart from them, at least any other such components are not used to fix the housing. Thus, a clever design can be achieved for the bowling ball shaped input device. the

优选地,所述第一和第二壳体壳体被形成为透明的。 Preferably, the first and second housing shells are formed transparent. the

通过使外壳壳体透明,可以利用外部光从外部使用设置在内壳壳体上的光学件。另一方面,因为透过外壳可以看到内壳壳体,因而输入设备的设计显得有吸引力。 By making the outer case transparent, the optics provided on the inner case can be used from the outside with external light. On the other hand, the design of the input device is attractive because the inner casing can be seen through the outer casing. the

此外,优选地,将回射件安装在所述内壳的外侧。 In addition, preferably, retroreflective elements are mounted on the outer side of the inner case. the

利用安装在内壳壳体上的回射件,外部设备可以利用该部件反射的光来获得输入设备的位置、速度和加速度,并利用该信息进行游戏。此外,在保龄球形输入设备本身内不需要特殊电路,因此可以简化配置。 Using the retro-reflective part installed on the inner casing shell, the external device can use the light reflected by the part to obtain the position, velocity and acceleration of the input device, and use this information to play games. In addition, no special circuitry is required within the bowling ball input device itself, thus simplifying configuration. the

根据本发明第九方面的输入设备是用于检测加速度并将关于所述加速度的预定信息输入到预定设备的输入设备,所述输入设备包括:壳体;加速度传感器,其安装在所述壳体上;加速度传感器电路,用于根据具有预定电压波形的外部信号和所述加速度传感器的输出,输出电压电平随所述加速度传感器检测到的加速度而变化的信号;电路,用于根据从所述加速度传感器电路输出的所述信号产生所述预定信息;判断电路,用于判断所述加速度传感器电路是否检测到加速度并输出判断信号;以及信号供应控制电路,用于根据从所述判断电路输出的所述判断信号,开始或者停止将具有预定电压波形的所述外部信号提供给所述加速度传感器电路。 An input device according to a ninth aspect of the present invention is an input device for detecting acceleration and inputting predetermined information on the acceleration to a predetermined device, the input device comprising: a housing; an acceleration sensor mounted on the housing On; an acceleration sensor circuit, for outputting a signal whose voltage level varies with the acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor according to an external signal having a predetermined voltage waveform and the output of the acceleration sensor; The predetermined information is generated by the signal output from the acceleration sensor circuit; a judgment circuit for judging whether the acceleration sensor circuit detects acceleration and outputting a judgment signal; The judgment signal starts or stops supply of the external signal having a predetermined voltage waveform to the acceleration sensor circuit. the

在没有检测到加速度时,信号供给控制电路停止将信号送到加速度传感器电路;一旦检测到加速度,则开始供给信号,从而可以输出关于加速度的信息。因此,可以提供在不工作时节省功率消耗、一旦工作就不延迟地激活该系统的输入设备。 When acceleration is not detected, the signal supply control circuit stops sending signals to the acceleration sensor circuit; once acceleration is detected, it starts supplying signals, so that information about acceleration can be output. Therefore, it is possible to provide an input device that saves power consumption when not in operation, and activates the system without delay once in operation. the

根据本发明第十方面的输入设备是用于电子游戏机的球棒形输入设备,包括:头部组件;以及具有螺纹部分的握持部分,该螺纹部分可以与形成在所述头部组件上的螺纹部分拧在一起,以利用所述螺纹部分将所述握持部分固定到所述头部组件上,其中所述头部组件包括:第一部件,其是中空的;第二部件,其利用多个紧固件组装;以及电子电路,用于产生输出到所述电子游戏机的控制信号,其中所述第二部件在其内部包含所述电子电路以形成控制单元,所述头部组件还包括:帽,其被装配在所述控制 单元上,以便覆盖所述控制单元的至少一部分并隐藏所述多个紧固件。 An input device according to a tenth aspect of the present invention is a bat-shaped input device for an electronic game machine, comprising: a head assembly; and a grip portion having a threaded portion that can be formed on the head assembly. The threaded parts of the threaded part are screwed together to fix the holding part to the head assembly by using the threaded part, wherein the head assembly includes: a first part, which is hollow; a second part, which Assembled with a plurality of fasteners; and an electronic circuit for generating a control signal output to said electronic game machine, wherein said second part contains said electronic circuit therein to form a control unit, said head assembly Also included is a cap fitted over the control unit so as to cover at least a portion of the control unit and conceal the plurality of fasteners. the

通过将帽装配在控制单元上,用于组装该控制单元的多个紧固件变得不可见。此外,利用也从外部不可见的螺纹部分将握持部分固定在头部组件上。因此,可以提供从审美的观点出发非常良好、没有诸如螺栓的外部可见紧固件的球棒形输入设备。 By fitting the cap on the control unit, the fasteners used to assemble the control unit become invisible. Furthermore, the grip part is secured to the head assembly by means of a threaded part which is also not visible from the outside. Therefore, it is possible to provide a bat-shaped input device that is excellent from an aesthetic point of view without externally visible fasteners such as bolts. the

根据本发明第十一方面的像素数据获取方法,用于根据表示开始获取对应于一帧的像素数据的帧状态标志信号和表示开始获取每个像素数据的像素选通信号,来获取作为对应于一帧的像素数据的像素数据,并将该像素数据存储到预定存储装置的由X坐标和Y坐标指定的地址,其中,当表示开始获取对应于一行的像素数据时,也发出所述像素选通信号。所述方法包括:将Y坐标的值初始化为预定初始值的步骤;等待所述帧状态标志信号取预定值的步骤;以及响应所述预定值的所述帧状态标志信号,获取对应于一帧的像素数据的步骤。获取对应于一帧的像素数据的步骤包括在以预定的量将Y坐标从预定初始值改变到预定最终值期间,依次获取对应于由每个Y坐标指定的一行的像素数据的步骤。该依次获取像素数据的步骤包括:等待所述像素选通信号取预定值的步骤;响应所述预定值的所述像素选通信号,将X坐标的值初始化为预定初始值的步骤;在以预定量将X坐标从预定初始值改变到预定最终值期间,每当判断为所述像素选通信号取所述预定值时获取像素数据,以及将该像素数据依次存储在由X坐标的值和Y坐标的值指定的地址的步骤;响应依次存储像素数据步骤的完成,以所述预定的量递增Y坐标的值的步骤;判断所述Y坐标的值是否达到所述最大值的步骤;以及响应所述Y坐标的值达到所述最大值的判断,完成该依次获取像素数据的步骤的步骤。 According to the pixel data acquisition method of the eleventh aspect of the present invention, it is used to acquire the pixel data as corresponding to Pixel data of the pixel data of one frame, and store the pixel data to the address specified by the X coordinate and the Y coordinate of the predetermined storage device, wherein, when it is indicated to start acquiring the pixel data corresponding to one line, the pixel selection is also issued signal. The method includes: a step of initializing the value of the Y coordinate to a predetermined initial value; a step of waiting for the frame state flag signal to take a predetermined value; and responding to the frame state flag signal of the predetermined value, acquiring the The pixel data steps. The step of acquiring pixel data corresponding to one frame includes sequentially acquiring pixel data corresponding to one row specified by each Y coordinate during changing the Y coordinate by a predetermined amount from a predetermined initial value to a predetermined final value. The step of sequentially acquiring pixel data includes: a step of waiting for the pixel strobe signal to take a predetermined value; a step of initializing the value of the X coordinate to a predetermined initial value in response to the pixel strobe signal of the predetermined value; during which the X coordinate is changed from a predetermined initial value to a predetermined final value by a predetermined amount, pixel data is acquired whenever it is judged that the pixel strobe signal takes the predetermined value, and the pixel data is sequentially stored in an array consisting of the value of the X coordinate and the step of address specified by the value of the Y coordinate; the step of incrementing the value of the Y coordinate by the predetermined amount in response to the completion of the step of sequentially storing the pixel data; the step of judging whether the value of the Y coordinate reaches the maximum value; and In response to the determination that the value of the Y coordinate reaches the maximum value, the step of sequentially acquiring pixel data is completed. the

在帧状态标志信号取预定值时,获取对应于一帧的像素数据。 在该步骤,在Y坐标以预定量从预定初始值递增到最大值时,依次获取每个Y坐标表示的一行的像素数据。依次获取像素数据的步骤等待像素选通信号取预定值,响应于预定值的像素选通信号,初始化X坐标的值。此时,还没有存储像素数据。此后,在使X坐标递增到最大值的同时,获取像素数据。在完成了获取一行的像素数据时,Y坐标的值以预定量递增。因此,如果Y坐标的值达到最大值,则完成了顺序获取步骤。在像素选通信号首次取预定值时,没有有效像素数据,因此忽略该像素选通信号。即,在像素选通信号首次取预定值时不获取像素数据,而在像素选通信号下一次取预定值时,开始实际获取像素数据。重复执行其后用于实际存储像素数据的处理,可以连续存储像素数据而不初始化X坐标,这是因为X坐标的值已经被初始化。在现有技术中,在开始下一行时,在获取了一行的像素数据之后且在像素选通信号取预定值之前,初始化X坐标。对于这种现有技术,由于初始化X坐标的值需要一定的时间,所以在开始下一行时,在像素选通信号取预定值时,有时会丢失信号跃迁。因此,经常不能获取每行的第一个像素数据。根据本发明的方法,在刚完成获取一行的像素数据后,不初始化X坐标,而是等待像素选通信号取表示开始获取下一行像素数据的预定值,这样,仅在像素选通信号刚取预定值后初始化X坐标的值。因此,在像素选通信号取预定值时不会产生丢失,因此,很少不能获取像素数据。 When the frame state flag signal takes a predetermined value, pixel data corresponding to one frame is acquired. In this step, when the Y coordinate increases from a predetermined initial value to a maximum value by a predetermined amount, the pixel data of a row represented by each Y coordinate is sequentially acquired. The step of sequentially acquiring pixel data waits for the pixel strobe signal to take a predetermined value, and initializes the value of the X coordinate in response to the pixel strobe signal of the predetermined value. At this point, no pixel data is stored yet. Thereafter, pixel data is acquired while incrementing the X coordinate to the maximum value. When the acquisition of pixel data for one line is completed, the value of the Y coordinate is incremented by a predetermined amount. Therefore, if the value of the Y coordinate reaches the maximum value, the sequential acquisition step is completed. When the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value for the first time, there is no valid pixel data, so the pixel strobe signal is ignored. That is, pixel data is not acquired when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value for the first time, and pixel data is actually acquired when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value next time. Repeating the subsequent processing for actually storing the pixel data, the pixel data can be stored continuously without initializing the X coordinate because the value of the X coordinate has already been initialized. In the prior art, when starting the next row, the X coordinate is initialized after the pixel data of one row is acquired and before the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value. With this prior art, since it takes a certain amount of time to initialize the value of the X coordinate, signal transitions are sometimes lost when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value when starting the next line. Therefore, it is often not possible to obtain the first pixel data of each row. According to the method of the present invention, after the pixel data of one row has just been obtained, the X coordinate is not initialized, but the pixel strobe signal is waited for to obtain a predetermined value representing the start of obtaining the next row of pixel data. Initialize the value of the X coordinate after a predetermined value. Therefore, loss does not occur when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value, and therefore, pixel data rarely fails to be acquired. the

根据本发明第十二方面的交互式娱乐系统,包括:操作件,当用户享受所述交互式娱乐系统时,用户操作该操作件;卡盒,包括用于存储程序和数据的存储器以及信号处理单元,该信号处理单元连接到所述存储器并用于通过利用所述数据来运行所述程序,以根据所述交互式娱乐系统的内容产生视频信号和音频信号,其中,所述视频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述视频信号并显示对应于所述视频信号的图像的信号格式生成的,所述音频信号是以所述电视接收器接收所述音频信号并输出对应于所述音频信号的声音的信号格式生成的;以及适配器,其被设置在当用户享受所述交互式娱乐系统时所述适配器面向用户的位置,该适配器设置有无线通信装置,用于根据用户使用所述操作件的动作接受用户的输入,该适配器可以连接到电视接收器和所述卡盒,以便接收由所述卡盒所产生的所述视频信号和所述音频信号,并将所述视频信号和所述音频信号以所接收的所述视频信号和所述音频信号的信号格式输出到所述电视接收器,从而根据所述交互式娱乐系统的内容显示所述图像并输出所述声音。According to the interactive entertainment system of the twelfth aspect of the present invention, it includes: an operating member, which is operated by the user when the user enjoys the interactive entertainment system; a cartridge including a memory for storing programs and data, and a signal processing A unit, the signal processing unit is connected to the memory and is used to run the program by using the data to generate a video signal and an audio signal according to the content of the interactive entertainment system, wherein the video signal is in the form of the The television receiver receives the video signal and displays an image corresponding to the video signal in a signal format, and the audio signal is generated by the television receiver receiving the audio signal and outputting a video signal corresponding to the audio signal generated by the signal format of the sound; and an adapter arranged at a position where the adapter faces the user when the user enjoys the interactive entertainment system, the adapter is provided with a wireless communication device for using the operating member according to the user's action to accept user input, the adapter may be connected to a television receiver and said cassette to receive said video signal and said audio signal produced by said cassette and convert said video signal to said audio signal Signals are output to the television receiver in the received signal format of the video signal and the audio signal, thereby displaying the image and outputting the sound according to the contents of the interactive entertainment system.

根据本发明第十三方面的视频娱乐系统,包括:卡盒,其包括用于存储程序和数据的存储器以及信号处理单元,该信号处理单元连接到所述存储器并用于通过利用所述数据来运行所述程序,以根据所述视频娱乐系统的内容产生模拟视频信号;以及适配器,其可以连接到电视接收器和所述卡盒,以便从所述卡盒接收所述模拟视频信号,并将所述模拟视频信号传送到所述电视接收器,从而根据所述交互式娱乐系统的内容在所述电视接收器上显示对应于所述模拟视频信号的图像,其中,所述适配器将所述模拟视频信号以所接收的所述模拟视频信号的信号格式传送到所述电视接收器。 A video entertainment system according to a thirteenth aspect of the present invention, comprising: a cartridge including a memory for storing programs and data, and a signal processing unit connected to said memory and configured to operate by utilizing said data the program to generate an analog video signal according to the content of the video entertainment system; and an adapter connectable to the television receiver and the cassette to receive the analog video signal from the cassette and convert the The analog video signal is transmitted to the television receiver so that an image corresponding to the analog video signal is displayed on the television receiver according to the content of the interactive entertainment system, wherein the adapter converts the analog video A signal is transmitted to the television receiver in the signal format of the received analog video signal. the

根据视频娱乐系统的另一例子,所述适配器在根据所述电视接收器的制式对所述模拟视频信号进行编码后,将所述模拟视频信号传送到所述电视接收器。 According to another example of the video entertainment system, the adapter transmits the analog video signal to the television receiver after encoding the analog video signal according to the standard of the television receiver. the

附图说明Description of drawings

通过参看下面结合附图对本发明优选实施例的说明,本发明的上述以及其他特征和目的以及实现它们的方式更加显而易见,而且可以更好地理解该发明本身。 By referring to the following description of preferred embodiments of the present invention in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, the above and other features and objects of the present invention and the way to achieve them will be more apparent, and the invention itself can be better understood. the

图1是示出根据本发明实施例的适配器和卡盒的外部透视图。 FIG. 1 is an external perspective view showing an adapter and a cartridge according to an embodiment of the present invention. the

图2(a)是示出图1所示适配器的正视图;图2(b)是示出该适配器的左侧视图;图2(c)是示出该适配器的后视图。 Fig. 2(a) is a front view showing the adapter shown in Fig. 1; Fig. 2(b) is a left side view showing the adapter; Fig. 2(c) is a rear view showing the adapter. the

图3(a)是示出图1所示适配器的平面图;而图3(b)是示出该适配器的仰视图。 Fig. 3(a) is a plan view showing the adapter shown in Fig. 1; and Fig. 3(b) is a bottom view showing the adapter. the

图4是示出图1所示适配器的分解透视图。 FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing the adapter shown in FIG. 1 . the

图5是示出图4所示下部外壳的内部的透视图。 FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing the inside of the lower housing shown in FIG. 4 . the

图6是示出图4所示上部外壳的内部的透视图。 FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing the inside of the upper case shown in FIG. 4 . the

图7是沿图3(a)中的A-A线的剖视图。 Fig. 7 is a sectional view along line A-A in Fig. 3(a). the

图8是示出从适配器卸下下部外壳的图1所示适配器的仰视图。 FIG. 8 is a bottom view of the adapter shown in FIG. 1 showing the lower housing removed from the adapter. the

图9是示出从适配器卸下上部外壳和装饰板的图1所示适配器的平面图。 FIG. 9 is a plan view showing the adapter shown in FIG. 1 with the upper housing and trim panel removed from the adapter. the

图10是示出图4所示升降机构和升降板锁定机构的示意图。 FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing the lifting mechanism and the lifting plate locking mechanism shown in FIG. 4 . the

图11(a)是示出图10所示磁体保持件的平面图;图11(b)是示出其的左侧视图;图11(c)是示出升降板支撑件的平面图;图11(d)是示出其的右侧视图;图11(e)是示出完全打开的升降板锁定机构的说明性视图;图11(f)是示出关闭的升降板锁定机构的说明性视图。 Fig. 11 (a) is a plan view showing the magnet holder shown in Fig. 10; Fig. 11 (b) is a left side view showing it; Fig. 11 (c) is a plan view showing a lifting plate support; Fig. 11 ( d) is a right side view showing it; FIG. 11(e) is an explanatory view showing a fully opened lift plate lock mechanism; FIG. 11(f) is an explanatory view showing a closed lift plate lock mechanism. the

图12是示出图4所示卡盒锁定机构的透视图。 FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing the cartridge locking mechanism shown in FIG. 4 . the

图13(a)是示出图4所示卡盒锁定机构的安装状态的说明性视图;而图13(b)是示出图4所示卡盒锁定机构的安装状态的说明性视图。 13( a ) is an explanatory view showing an installed state of the cartridge lock mechanism shown in FIG. 4 ; and FIG. 13( b ) is an explanatory view showing an installed state of the cartridge lock mechanism shown in FIG. 4 . the

图14是示出图4所示推动机构的示意图。 FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing the pushing mechanism shown in FIG. 4 . the

图15(a)是示出图4所示红外滤色器的透视图;图15(b)是示出红外滤色器19的内部的平面图;以及图15(c)是沿图15(b)中的B-B线的剖视图。 Fig. 15 (a) is a perspective view showing the infrared color filter shown in Fig. 4; Fig. 15 (b) is a plan view showing the inside of the infrared color filter 19; ) The cross-sectional view of the line B-B in ). the

图16(a)是示出图4所示连接器的正视图;图16(b)是示出图4所示连接器的平面图;图16(c)是示出图4所示连接器的仰视图。 Figure 16(a) is a front view showing the connector shown in Figure 4; Figure 16(b) is a plan view showing the connector shown in Figure 4; Figure 16(c) is a plan view showing the connector shown in Figure 4 Bottom view. the

图17(a)是示出图16(a)至(c)所示屏蔽件的透视图;图17(b)是示出图16(a)至(c)所示连接器单元的透视图;以及图17(c)是示出图 16(a)至(c)所示连接器的透视图。 Fig. 17(a) is a perspective view showing the shield shown in Fig. 16(a) to (c); Fig. 17(b) is a perspective view showing the connector unit shown in Fig. 16(a) to (c) and Figure 17(c) is a perspective view showing the connector shown in Figure 16(a) to (c). the

图18是沿图16(a)中的C-C线的剖视图。 Fig. 18 is a sectional view along line C-C in Fig. 16(a). the

图19(a)是示出在图7所示的装饰板上没有放置卡盒的升降机构和升降板锁定机构的说明性视图;图19(b)是示出装饰板上放置了卡盒的升降机构和升降板锁定机构的说明性视图;图19(c)是示出将装饰板上的卡盒向下移动到最低位置的升降机构和升降板锁定机构的说明性视图;以及图19(d)是示出将装饰板上的卡盒连接到连接器的升降机构和升降板锁定机构的说明性视图。 Fig. 19 (a) is an explanatory view showing the lifting mechanism and the lifting plate locking mechanism without placing the card box on the decorative plate shown in Fig. 7; Fig. 19 (b) is an explanatory view showing the card box placed on the decorative plate An explanatory view of the lifting mechanism and the lifting plate locking mechanism; FIG. 19( c) is an explanatory view showing the lifting mechanism and the lifting plate locking mechanism that move the cassette on the trim panel down to the lowest position; and FIG. 19( d) is an explanatory view showing the lifting mechanism and the lifting plate locking mechanism connecting the cassette on the trim plate to the connector. the

图20(a)是示出在图19(b)所示状态下,卡盒与卡盒锁定机构的C形件之间的接合的视图;图20(b)是示出在图19(c)所示状态下,卡盒与卡盒锁定机构的C形件之间的接合的视图;图20(c)是示出图20(b)所示状态的右侧视图;以及图20(d)是示出被锁定的卡盒的右侧视图。 Figure 20 (a) is a view showing the engagement between the cartridge and the C-shaped piece of the cartridge lock mechanism in the state shown in Figure 19 (b); Figure 20 (b) is a view shown in Figure 19 (c) ) under the state shown, the view of engagement between the cartridge and the C-shaped member of the cartridge locking mechanism; Figure 20(c) is a right side view showing the state shown in Figure 20(b); and Figure 20(d ) is a right side view showing the locked cartridge. the

图21(a)是示出图1所示卡盒的平面图;图21(b)是示出卡盒的仰视图;以及图21(c)是示出卡盒的右侧视图。 Fig. 21(a) is a plan view showing the cartridge shown in Fig. 1; Fig. 21(b) is a bottom view showing the cartridge; and Fig. 21(c) is a right side view showing the cartridge. the

图22是沿图21(a)中的C-C线的剖视图。 Fig. 22 is a sectional view along line C-C in Fig. 21(a). the

图23是示出图1所示卡盒的分解透视图。 Fig. 23 is an exploded perspective view showing the cartridge shown in Fig. 1 . the

图24(a)是示出图23所示板的平面图;而图24(b)是示出该板的连接器部分的右侧视图。 Fig. 24(a) is a plan view showing the board shown in Fig. 23; and Fig. 24(b) is a right side view showing the connector portion of the board. the

图25是示出图23所示防尘件的使用的透视图。 Fig. 25 is a perspective view showing use of the dustproof member shown in Fig. 23 . the

图26是用于说明图25所示防尘件的视图。 Fig. 26 is a view for explaining the dustproof member shown in Fig. 25 . the

图27是示出图23所示屏蔽件的平面图。 FIG. 27 is a plan view showing the shield shown in FIG. 23 . the

图28是示出图23所示下部外壳的内部的平面图。 FIG. 28 is a plan view showing the inside of the lower housing shown in FIG. 23 . the

图29是示出图23所示上部外壳的内部的透视图。 FIG. 29 is a perspective view showing the inside of the upper housing shown in FIG. 23 . the

图30是示出图23所示上部外壳的平面图。 Fig. 30 is a plan view showing the upper housing shown in Fig. 23 . the

图31是示出图23所示顶板装配在上部外壳的表面中的状态的平面图。 Fig. 31 is a plan view showing a state where the top plate shown in Fig. 23 is fitted in the surface of the upper casing. the

图32是示出图23所示固定件的透视图。 FIG. 32 is a perspective view showing the fixing member shown in FIG. 23 . the

图33是沿图21(a)中的D-D线的剖视图。 Fig. 33 is a sectional view taken along line D-D in Fig. 21(a). the

图34(a)是示出图23所示板的平面图;图34(b)是示出其尺寸大于该板的中型板的平面图;图34(c)是示出其尺寸大于该中型板的大型板的平面图;图34(d)是示出图23所示屏蔽件的平面图;图34(e)是示出其尺寸大于该屏蔽件的中型屏蔽件的平面图;图34(f)是示出其尺寸大于该中型屏蔽件的大型屏蔽件的平面图。 Figure 34 (a) is a plan view showing the plate shown in Figure 23; Figure 34 (b) is a plan view showing a medium-sized plate whose size is larger than the plate; Figure 34 (c) is a plan view showing a medium-sized plate whose size is larger than the plate Figure 34(d) is a plan view showing the shield shown in Figure 23; Figure 34(e) is a plan view showing a medium-sized shield whose size is larger than the shield; Figure 34(f) is a plan view showing Show a plan view of a large shield that is larger in size than the medium shield. the

图35是示出要插入图1所示适配器内的装备了摄像单元的卡盒的透视图。 FIG. 35 is a perspective view showing the camera unit-equipped cartridge to be inserted into the adapter shown in FIG. 1 . the

图36(a)是示出图35所示卡盒的平面图;图36(b)是示出该卡盒的仰视图;图36(c)是示出该卡盒的右侧视图。 Fig. 36(a) is a plan view showing the cartridge shown in Fig. 35; Fig. 36(b) is a bottom view showing the cartridge; Fig. 36(c) is a right side view showing the cartridge. the

图37是沿图36(a)中的E-E线的剖视图。 Fig. 37 is a sectional view taken along line E-E in Fig. 36(a). the

图38是沿图36(a)中的F-F线,而且仅示出摄像单元的剖视图。 Fig. 38 is a cross-sectional view taken along line F-F in Fig. 36(a) and showing only the imaging unit. the

图39是示出图35所示摄像单元的分解透视图。 FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view showing the imaging unit shown in FIG. 35 . the

图40是用于说明图39所示外壳部件与底板之间的连接的视图。 FIG. 40 is a view for explaining the connection between the case member shown in FIG. 39 and the bottom plate. the

图41是示出图35所示卡盒单元的分解透视图。 Fig. 41 is an exploded perspective view showing the cartridge unit shown in Fig. 35 . the

图42是示出图41所示下部外壳的内表面的平面图。 Fig. 42 is a plan view showing the inner surface of the lower case shown in Fig. 41 . the

图43是示出图41所示上部外壳的内部的透视图。 FIG. 43 is a perspective view showing the inside of the upper housing shown in FIG. 41 . the

图44是用于说明将图41所示顶板安装到上部外壳的过程的视图。 Fig. 44 is a view for explaining a process of attaching the top plate shown in Fig. 41 to the upper casing. the

图45是示出图1所示适配器的典型使用1的说明性视图。 FIG. 45 is an explanatory view showing a typical use 1 of the adapter shown in FIG. 1 . the

图46是示出图45所示球拍形输入设备的平面图。 FIG. 46 is a plan view showing the racket-shaped input device shown in FIG. 45 . the

图47是示出图46所示球拍形输入设备的主体的分解透视图。 FIG. 47 is an exploded perspective view showing the main body of the racket-shaped input device shown in FIG. 46 . the

图48是示出图46所示球拍形输入设备的握持部分的分解透视图。 FIG. 48 is an exploded perspective view showing a grip portion of the racket-shaped input device shown in FIG. 46 . the

图49是沿图46中的G-G线的剖视图。 Fig. 49 is a sectional view taken along line G-G in Fig. 46 . the

图50是示出打开的图49所示外部盖和内部盖的透视图。 Fig. 50 is a perspective view showing the outer cover and inner cover shown in Fig. 49 opened. the

图51是示出关闭的图49所示外部盖和内部盖的平面图。 Fig. 51 is a plan view showing the outer cover and inner cover shown in Fig. 49 closed. the

图52是示出打开和关闭的图49所示外部盖和内部盖的侧视图。 Fig. 52 is a side view showing the outer cover and the inner cover shown in Fig. 49 opened and closed. the

图53(a)是示出图45所示球棒形输入设备的平面图;图53(b)是示出球棒形输入设备的仰视图。 Fig. 53(a) is a plan view showing the bat-shaped input device shown in Fig. 45; Fig. 53(b) is a bottom view showing the bat-shaped input device. the

图54(a)是示出分离后的图45所示球棒形输入设备的说明性视图;图54(b)是示出分离后的图45所示球棒形输入设备的说明性视图;以及图54(c)是示出分离后的图45所示球棒形输入设备的说明性视图。 FIG. 54(a) is an explanatory view showing the bat-shaped input device shown in FIG. 45 after separation; FIG. 54(b) is an explanatory view showing the bat-shaped input device shown in FIG. 45 after separation; And FIG. 54(c) is an explanatory view showing the bat-shaped input device shown in FIG. 45 after separation. the

图55是沿图53(b)中的H-H线的剖视图。 Fig. 55 is a sectional view taken along line H-H in Fig. 53(b). the

图56是示出图55所示区域A的放大图。 FIG. 56 is an enlarged view showing the area A shown in FIG. 55 . the

图57是示出图55所示区域B的放大图。 FIG. 57 is an enlarged view showing a region B shown in FIG. 55 . the

图58是示出图55所示区域C的放大图。 FIG. 58 is an enlarged view showing a region C shown in FIG. 55 . the

图59是示出图45所示球棒形输入设备的分离机构的说明性视图。 FIG. 59 is an explanatory view showing a separation mechanism of the bat-shaped input device shown in FIG. 45 . the

图60是示出图45所示球形输入设备的透视图。 FIG. 60 is a perspective view showing the spherical input device shown in FIG. 45 . the

图61是示出图45所示球形输入设备的平面图。 FIG. 61 is a plan view showing the spherical input device shown in FIG. 45 . the

图62是沿图61中的I-I线的剖视图。 Fig. 62 is a cross-sectional view along line I-I in Fig. 61 . the

图63是示出图1所示适配器的典型使用2的说明性视图。 Fig. 63 is an explanatory view showing a typical use 2 of the adapter shown in Fig. 1 . the

图64是示出图63所示保龄球形输入设备的透视图。 FIG. 64 is a perspective view showing the bowling-ball-shaped input device shown in FIG. 63 . the

图65是示出图63所示保龄球形输入设备的平面图。 FIG. 65 is a plan view showing the bowling-ball-shaped input device shown in FIG. 63 . the

图66是沿图65中的J-J线的剖视图。 Fig. 66 is a sectional view taken along line J-J in Fig. 65 . the

图67是示出图63所示保龄球形输入设备的分解透视图。 FIG. 67 is an exploded perspective view showing the bowling-ball-shaped input device shown in FIG. 63 . the

图68是示出图67所示内套上部外壳的内部的透视图。 FIG. 68 is a perspective view showing the interior of the inner sleeve upper shell shown in FIG. 67. FIG. the

图69是示出图67所示内套下部外壳的内部的透视图。 FIG. 69 is a perspective view showing the interior of the lower shell of the inner sleeve shown in FIG. 67. FIG. the

图70是示出接合在一起的内套上部外壳和内套下部外壳的平 面图。 Fig. 70 is a plan view showing the inner sleeve upper shell and the inner sleeve lower shell joined together. the

图71是示出从图70所示箭头A方向观看的内套的侧视图。 Fig. 71 is a side view showing the inner sheath viewed from the direction of arrow A shown in Fig. 70 . the

图72是示出从图70所示箭头B方向观看的内套的侧视图。 Fig. 72 is a side view showing the inner sheath viewed from the arrow B direction shown in Fig. 70 . the

图73是示出从图70所示箭头C方向观看的内套的侧视图。 Fig. 73 is a side view showing the inner sheath viewed from the direction of arrow C shown in Fig. 70 . the

图74是示出图70所示内套的仰视图。 FIG. 74 is a bottom view showing the inner sleeve shown in FIG. 70. FIG. the

图75是示出图67所示外套上部外壳的内部的透视图。 FIG. 75 is a perspective view showing the interior of the outer casing shown in FIG. 67. FIG. the

图76是示出图67所示指孔形成件的示意图。 Fig. 76 is a schematic view showing the finger hole forming member shown in Fig. 67 . the

图77是示出图67所示外套下部外壳的内部的透视图。 FIG. 77 is a perspective view showing the interior of the outer casing shown in FIG. 67. FIG. the

图78是示出图1所示适配器的电配置的视图。 Fig. 78 is a view showing the electrical configuration of the adapter shown in Fig. 1 . the

图79是示出图78所示电源电路和电源开关的电路图。 FIG. 79 is a circuit diagram showing a power supply circuit and a power switch shown in FIG. 78 . the

图80是示出图78所示内部电源电压生成电路的电路图。 Fig. 80 is a circuit diagram showing the internal power supply voltage generating circuit shown in Fig. 78 . the

图81是示出图78所示音频放大器的电路图。 Fig. 81 is a circuit diagram showing the audio amplifier shown in Fig. 78 . the

图82是示出图78所示IR接收器电路的电路图。 FIG. 82 is a circuit diagram showing the IR receiver circuit shown in FIG. 78 . the

图83是示出图78所示键块的电路图。 FIG. 83 is a circuit diagram showing the key block shown in FIG. 78 . the

图84是示出图78所示晶体振荡器电路的电路图。 FIG. 84 is a circuit diagram showing the crystal oscillator circuit shown in FIG. 78 . the

图85是示出图1所示卡盒的电配置的示意图。 Fig. 85 is a schematic diagram showing the electrical configuration of the cartridge shown in Fig. 1 . the

图86是示出图85所示高速处理器的方框图。 Fig.86 is a block diagram showing the high speed processor shown in Fig.85. the

图87是示出图35所示卡盒的电配置的视图。 Fig. 87 is a view showing the electrical configuration of the cartridge shown in Fig. 35 . the

图88是示出图87所示摄像单元的电配置的视图。 FIG. 88 is a view showing the electrical configuration of the imaging unit shown in FIG. 87 . the

图89是示出从图88所视图像传感器接收像素数据的高速处理器的操作的时序图。 FIG. 89 is a timing diagram showing the operation of a high-speed processor receiving pixel data from the image sensor shown in FIG. 88 . the

图90是示出图89所示部分的展开的时序图。 FIG. 90 is a timing chart showing expansion of the portion shown in FIG. 89 . the

图91是示出图45所示球拍形输入设备的电配置的视图。 FIG. 91 is a view showing an electrical configuration of the racket-shaped input device shown in FIG. 45 . the

图92(a)是示出来自图91所示MCU的输出端口的输出信号的波形图;图92(b)是示出输入到该MCU的输入端口的输入信号的波形图;图92(c)是用于说明该MCU的输入判定的说明性视图。 Figure 92 (a) is a waveform diagram showing the output signal from the output port of the MCU shown in Figure 91; Figure 92 (b) is a waveform diagram showing the input signal input to the input port of the MCU; Figure 92 (c ) is an explanatory view for explaining the input determination of this MCU. the

图93是示出图91所示MCU的处理的流程图。 Fig. 93 is a flowchart showing the processing of the MCU shown in Fig. 91 . the

图94是示出在图93所示步骤S2中加速检测处理的流程图。 FIG. 94 is a flowchart showing acceleration detection processing in step S2 shown in FIG. 93 . the

图95是示出图93所示步骤S5的代码发送处理的流程图。 FIG. 95 is a flowchart showing code transmission processing at step S5 shown in FIG. 93 . the

图96是示出利用图45所示球拍形输入设备打网球的虚拟现实系统的处理流程的流程图。 FIG. 96 is a flowchart showing the processing flow of the virtual reality system for playing tennis using the racket-shaped input device shown in FIG. 45 . the

图97是示出在图96所示步骤S109中的代码接收处理的流程图。 FIG. 97 is a flowchart showing code reception processing in step S109 shown in FIG. 96 . the

图98是示出利用图63所示的保龄球形输入设备打保龄球的虚拟现实系统的处理流程的流程图。 FIG. 98 is a flowchart showing a processing flow of a virtual reality system for bowling using the bowling-ball-shaped input device shown in FIG. 63 . the

图99是示出作为在图98所示步骤S201中执行的初始化处理而执行的传感器初始设置处理例子的流程图。 FIG. 99 is a flowchart showing an example of sensor initial setting processing executed as initialization processing executed in step S201 shown in FIG. 98 . the

图100是示出在图99所示步骤S231中的命令发送处理的一个例子的流程图。 FIG. 100 is a flowchart showing an example of command transmission processing in step S231 shown in FIG. 99 . the

图101(a)是示出图88所示寄存器设置时钟RCLK的时序图;图101(b)是示出图88所示寄存器数据的时序图。 FIG. 101( a ) is a timing chart showing the register setting clock RCLK shown in FIG. 88 ; FIG. 101( b ) is a timing chart showing register data shown in FIG. 88 . the

图102是示出在图99所示步骤S233执行的寄存器设置处理的一个例子的流程图。 FIG. 102 is a flowchart showing an example of register setting processing executed at step S233 shown in FIG. 99 . the

图103是示出图98所示步骤S203的摄像处理的流程图。 FIG. 103 is a flowchart showing the imaging process in step S203 shown in FIG. 98 . the

图104是示出在图103的步骤S261中获取一组像素数据的处理的一个例子的流程图。 FIG. 104 is a flowchart showing one example of processing for acquiring a set of pixel data in step S261 of FIG. 103 . the

图105是示出在图104的步骤S276中所示的获取像素数据的处理的一个例子的流程图。 FIG. 105 is a flowchart showing one example of the process of acquiring pixel data shown in step S276 of FIG. 104 . the

图106是示出根据本发明实施例的典型变形例的适配器1000的视图。 FIG. 106 is a view showing an adapter 1000 according to a typical modified example of an embodiment of the present invention. the

图107(a)是示出图106所示适配器1000的侧视图;图107(b)是其后侧视图;图107(c)是其仰视图。 Fig. 107(a) is a side view showing the adapter 1000 shown in Fig. 106; Fig. 107(b) is a rear side view thereof; Fig. 107(c) is a bottom view thereof. the

图108是示出根据本发明实施例的典型变形例的卡盒的透视图。 Fig. 108 is a perspective view showing a cartridge according to a typical modification of the embodiment of the present invention. the

图109是示出适配器1000内的电源开关组件的示意图。 FIG. 109 is a schematic diagram illustrating the power switch assembly within the adapter 1000 . the

图110是示出适配器1000的电配置的视图。 FIG. 110 is a view showing an electrical configuration of the adapter 1000 . the

图111是示出图110所示开关调节器1058的电路配置的视图。 FIG. 111 is a view showing the circuit configuration of the switching regulator 1058 shown in FIG. 110 . the

图112是示出图110所示扩展连接器、扩展连接器外围电路1050以及键块1052的电路配置的电路框图。 FIG. 112 is a circuit block diagram showing the circuit configurations of the extension connector, the extension connector peripheral circuit 1050 , and the key block 1052 shown in FIG. 110 . the

图113示出图110所示内部电源电压生成电路1056的电路配置。 FIG. 113 shows the circuit configuration of the internal power supply voltage generation circuit 1056 shown in FIG. 110 . the

图114是示出在本发明实施例中使用的球棒形输入设备1200的分解图。 FIG. 114 is an exploded view showing a bat-shaped input device 1200 used in an embodiment of the present invention. the

图115是示出球棒形输入设备1200的头部和盖1212的分解图。 FIG. 115 is an exploded view showing the head and cover 1212 of the bat-shaped input device 1200 . the

图116是示出球棒形输入设备1200的头部的按钮的内部平面图。 FIG. 116 is an internal plan view showing the buttons of the head portion of the bat-shaped input device 1200 . the

图117是示出图116所示、具有安装在其上的紧固件1246的结构的视图。 FIG. 117 is a view showing the structure shown in FIG. 116 with the fastener 1246 mounted thereon. the

图118(a)是示出利用其将球棒形输入设备1200的头部和握持部分组装在一起,或者将它们拆开的按钮的正视图;而图118(b)是其左侧视图。 Fig. 118(a) is a front view showing the button with which the head and the grip part of the bat-shaped input device 1200 are assembled together, or they are disassembled; and Fig. 118(b) is a left side view thereof . the

图119是示出盖1212装配在控制单元1210上的球棒形输入设备1200的头部的控制单元1210的下部的剖视图。 FIG. 119 is a cross-sectional view of a lower portion of the control unit 1210 showing the head portion of the bat-shaped input device 1200 in which the cover 1212 is fitted on the control unit 1210 . the

图120是示出从头部下端方向观看,在其上安装了盖1212的球棒形输入设备1200的头部的控制单元1210的视图。 FIG. 120 is a view showing the control unit 1210 of the head of the bat-shaped input device 1200 on which the cover 1212 is mounted, viewed from the lower end direction of the head. the

图121是示出球棒形输入设备1200的握持部分1214的透视图。 FIG. 121 is a perspective view showing the grip portion 1214 of the bat-shaped input device 1200 . the

图122是示出在刚好接合之前头部的按钮1222和握持部分1214的端部的视图。 FIG. 122 is a view showing the button 1222 of the head and the end of the grip portion 1214 just prior to engagement. the

图123是示出其端部与头部的按钮1222接合在一起的握持部 分1214的侧视图。 Figure 123 is a side view showing the grip portion 1214 with its end engaged with the button 1222 of the head. the

图124是示出图114和图115所示球棒形输入设备1200的控制单元1210的内部平面图。 FIG. 124 is an internal plan view illustrating the control unit 1210 of the bat-shaped input device 1200 shown in FIGS. 114 and 115 . the

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合附图说明本发明的几个实施例。同时,在用于说明该实施例的各附图中,利用同样的附图标记表示同样的元件。此外,尽管如下使用各种外壳,但是它们可以由例如ABS(acrylonitrile buta diene styrene,丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯)构成。 Several embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Meanwhile, in the respective drawings for explaining the embodiment, the same elements are denoted by the same reference numerals. In addition, although various casings are used as follows, they may be composed of, for example, ABS (acrylonitrile buta diene styrene). the

图1是示出根据本发明实施例的适配器1和卡盒500的外部透视图。如图1所示,适配器1是扁平长方体形的,它具有上面、下面、右侧面、左侧面、正面和背面。在正面的左手侧,适配器1设置了电源开关9、复位开关11和电源灯10,而在正面的右手侧,设置了红外滤色器19。该红外滤色器19是可以截止红外线之外的光线,选择性地透射红外线的滤色器,该红外滤色器19上设置了红外传感器,它位于该红外滤色器19的后面,将在下面说明它。此外,在适配器1的正面边缘的附近,在其上面上设置箭头键17a至17d。此外,在箭头键17a的左手侧设置取消键13,而在箭头键17d的右手侧设置输入键(enter key)17。顺便提一句,术语“箭头键17”用于泛指箭头键17a至17d。 FIG. 1 is an external perspective view showing an adapter 1 and a cartridge 500 according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , the adapter 1 is in the shape of a flat cuboid, which has an upper side, a lower side, a right side, a left side, a front side and a back side. On the left-hand side of the front, the adapter 1 is provided with a power switch 9 , a reset switch 11 and a power light 10 , while on the right-hand side of the front, an infrared filter 19 is provided. The infrared color filter 19 is a color filter that can cut off light beyond the infrared rays and selectively transmits the infrared rays. An infrared sensor is arranged on the infrared color filter 19, and it is positioned at the back of the infrared color filter 19. It is explained below. Furthermore, in the vicinity of the front edge of the adapter 1, arrow keys 17a to 17d are provided thereon. Further, a cancel key 13 is provided on the left-hand side of the arrow key 17a, and an enter key 17 is provided on the right-hand side of the arrow key 17d. Incidentally, the term "arrow key 17" is used to refer to the arrow keys 17a to 17d in general. the

此外,在适配器1的上表面的中部的上面,形成开口,同时在其中设置装饰板4,以使其上面与适配器1的上面基本齐平。在适配器1的内部,有升降机构,它支撑并向上对装饰板4拖力,以使该装饰板4的上面位于如上所述的高度。装饰板4由该升降机构支撑,以在该开口内向上、向下移动。通过将该卡盒500放置在该装饰板4上,下推该卡盒500,然后向正面滑动该卡盒500,卡盒500 可以连接到连接器69,将在下面说明它。该卡盒500包括:高速处理器、存储器等,将在下面说明它们。此外,显然,当在装饰板4上向下推卡盒500时,升降机构限制装饰板4向下移动的距离,使得卡盒500停止在预定高度。 Furthermore, above the middle part of the upper surface of the adapter 1 , an opening is formed, while the decorative plate 4 is provided therein so that its upper face is substantially flush with the upper face of the adapter 1 . Inside the adapter 1, there is a lifting mechanism, which supports and pulls the decorative panel 4 upwards so that the upper surface of the decorative panel 4 is located at the above-mentioned height. The decorative panel 4 is supported by the lifting mechanism to move upwards and downwards in the opening. By placing the card box 500 on the trim panel 4, pushing down the card box 500, and then sliding the card box 500 to the front, the card box 500 can be connected to the connector 69, which will be explained below. The cartridge 500 includes: a high-speed processor, memory, etc., which will be described below. In addition, obviously, when the cartridge 500 is pushed down on the decoration board 4, the lift mechanism limits the distance that the decoration board 4 moves downward, so that the cartridge 500 stops at a predetermined height. the

(A)适配器1的结构 (A) Structure of Adapter 1

图2(a)是示出图1所示适配器1的正视图(前视图);图2(b)是示出其的左侧视图;以及图2(c)是示出其的后视图。图3(a)是示出图1所示适配器1的平面图;而图3(b)是示出其的仰视图。 2( a ) is a front view (front view) showing the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1 ; FIG. 2( b ) is a left side view showing it; and FIG. 2( c ) is a rear view showing it. Fig. 3(a) is a plan view showing the adapter 1 shown in Fig. 1; and Fig. 3(b) is a bottom view showing it. the

如图2(c)所示,在适配器1的背面设置AV插口25、电源插口27、视频插口31V、L通道音频插口31L以及R通道音频插口31R。顺便提一句,术语“AV插口31”用于泛指视频插口31V、L通道音频插口31L和R通道音频插口31R。AV插口25是外部输出端子,而且它连接到电视接收器的外部输入端子。另一方面,AV插口31是可以连接到各种外部装置(例如,DVD(数字通用光盘)播放器)的输出端子的输入端子。 As shown in FIG. 2( c ), an AV jack 25 , a power jack 27 , a video jack 31V, an L channel audio jack 31L and an R channel audio jack 31R are set on the back of the adapter 1 . Incidentally, the term "AV jack 31" is used to generically refer to a video jack 31V, an L channel audio jack 31L, and an R channel audio jack 31R. The AV jack 25 is an external output terminal, and it is connected to an external input terminal of a television receiver. On the other hand, the AV jack 31 is an input terminal that can be connected to an output terminal of various external devices such as a DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player. the

此外,为了从适配器1的背面伸出(参见图2(b))并围起AV1插口25和31以及电源插口27(参见图2(c)),设置插口保护装置23。通过该插口保护装置23避免了外力直接施加到连接到这些插口的线缆的插头部分。因此,插口保护装置23用于防止线缆脱离插口,以及防止破坏线缆的插头部分、损坏插口等。 In addition, to protrude from the back of the adapter 1 (see FIG. 2( b )) and surround the AV1 sockets 25 and 31 and the power socket 27 (see FIG. 2( c )), a socket protector 23 is provided. Direct application of external forces to the plug portions of cables connected to these sockets is prevented by the socket protector 23 . Therefore, the socket protector 23 is used to prevent the cable from coming out of the socket, as well as to prevent damage to the plug portion of the cable, damage to the socket, and the like. the

此外,如图2(a)至(c)以及图3(b)所示,在适配器1的底面设置4个防滑垫21。通过该配置可以稳定地放置适配器1。 In addition, as shown in FIGS. 2( a ) to ( c ) and FIG. 3( b ), four anti-skid pads 21 are provided on the bottom surface of the adapter 1 . With this configuration, the adapter 1 can be placed stably. the

图4是示出图1所示适配器1的分解透视图。如图4所示,适配器1包括:装饰板2、键顶35、37和39a至39d、上部外壳3、装饰板4、升降板55、机架5a至5c、键顶41和43、红外滤色器19、升降板锁定机构59a和59b、升降机构57、卡盒锁定机构61a和61b、推动机构73、复位开关单元45、作为电源指示器的LED(发光二极 管)10、取消键单元47、输入键单元49、箭头键单元51a至51d、板63、65和67、连接器69、连接器增强件71、四极单掷型(four polesingle throw type)电源开关单元53、AV插口25、电源插口27、视频插口31V、音频插口31L和31R以及下部外壳7。 FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in Figure 4, the adapter 1 includes: a decorative panel 2, key tops 35, 37 and 39a to 39d, an upper housing 3, a decorative panel 4, a lifting plate 55, a frame 5a to 5c, key tops 41 and 43, an infrared filter Color device 19, lift plate lock mechanism 59a and 59b, lift mechanism 57, cartridge lock mechanism 61a and 61b, push mechanism 73, reset switch unit 45, LED (Light Emitting Diode) 10 as a power indicator, cancel key unit 47. Input key unit 49, arrow key units 51a to 51d, boards 63, 65 and 67, connector 69, connector reinforcement 71, four poles single throw type power switch unit 53, AV jack 25 , a power jack 27, a video jack 31V, audio jacks 31L and 31R, and a lower case 7. the

顺便提一句,术语“键顶39”、“机架5”、“升降板锁定机构59”、“卡盒锁定机构61”以及“箭头键单元51”分别用于泛指键顶39a至39d、机架5a至5c、升降板锁定机构59a和59b、卡盒锁定机构61a和61b以及箭头键单元51a至51d。 Incidentally, the terms "key top 39", "chassis 5", "lift plate lock mechanism 59", "cartridge lock mechanism 61", and "arrow key unit 51" are used to refer to the key tops 39a to 39d, Frames 5a to 5c, elevator plate lock mechanisms 59a and 59b, cartridge lock mechanisms 61a and 61b, and arrow key units 51a to 51d. the

图5是示出图4所示下部外壳7的内部的透视图。图6是示出图4所示上部外壳3的内部的透视图。图7是沿图3(a)中的A-A线的剖视图。图8是示出从其上卸下下部外壳7的图1所示适配器1的仰视图。图9是示出卸下上部外壳3和装饰板2和4的图1所示适配器的平面图。 FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing the inside of the lower housing 7 shown in FIG. 4 . FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing the inside of the upper housing 3 shown in FIG. 4 . Fig. 7 is a sectional view along line A-A in Fig. 3(a). FIG. 8 is a bottom view showing the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1 from which the lower housing 7 is removed. FIG. 9 is a plan view showing the adapter shown in FIG. 1 with the upper housing 3 and trim panels 2 and 4 removed. the

如图5所示,在下部外壳7的内表面中,形成轴支撑凸起111a至111d,它们从内表面凸出,并分别具有轴支撑孔。此外,在下部外壳7的内表面中,沿其外边缘,形成圆柱形凸起105a至105j。在每个圆柱形凸起105a至105j的中心形成孔,以穿过下部外壳7的底表面。下部外壳7的一个长边(适配器1的背面)形成有与插口保护装置23的轮廓相符的切口部分。下部外壳7的另一个长边(适配器1的正面)形成有与红外滤色器19的轮廓相符的切口部分。在下部外壳7的内表面中,沿下部外壳7的一个短边(从适配器1的正面观看的左侧),形成支撑凸起108a和108b,以支撑推动机构73(参见图9)。顺便提一句,术语“轴支撑凸起111”用于泛指轴支撑凸起111a至111d。 As shown in FIG. 5, in the inner surface of the lower housing 7, shaft support projections 111a to 111d are formed, which protrude from the inner surface and have shaft support holes, respectively. Furthermore, in the inner surface of the lower case 7, along the outer edge thereof, cylindrical protrusions 105a to 105j are formed. A hole is formed at the center of each cylindrical protrusion 105 a to 105 j so as to pass through the bottom surface of the lower case 7 . One long side of the lower case 7 (the back of the adapter 1 ) is formed with a cutout portion conforming to the outline of the socket protector 23 . The other long side of the lower case 7 (the front face of the adapter 1 ) is formed with a cutout portion conforming to the outline of the infrared filter 19 . In the inner surface of the lower case 7, along one short side of the lower case 7 (the left side viewed from the front of the adapter 1), support protrusions 108a and 108b are formed to support the pushing mechanism 73 (see FIG. 9). Incidentally, the term "shaft supporting protrusion 111" is used to refer to the shaft supporting protrusions 111a to 111d in general. the

如图6所示,在上部外壳3中,形成矩形开口113。在上部外壳3中,对应于如图1所示的取消键13、箭头键17a至17d和输入键15,形成开口75、开口79a至79d以及开口77。此外,上部外壳3的一 个长边(适配器1的后侧面)形成有与插口保护装置23的轮廓相符的切口部分。对上部外壳7的另一个长边(适配器1的正侧面)形成与红外滤色器19的轮廓相符的切口部分。 As shown in FIG. 6, in the upper case 3, a rectangular opening 113 is formed. In the upper housing 3, corresponding to the cancel key 13, the arrow keys 17a to 17d, and the enter key 15 shown in FIG. 1, an opening 75, openings 79a to 79d, and an opening 77 are formed. In addition, one long side of the upper housing 3 (the rear side of the adapter 1) is formed with a cutout portion conforming to the outline of the socket protector 23. On the other long side of the upper case 7 (the front side of the adapter 1 ), a cutout portion matching the outline of the infrared filter 19 is formed. the

沿上部外壳3的开口113的周边,除了适配器1的正侧面,具有内壁115。该内壁115设置有两个导向槽117,这两个导向槽117彼此相对,用以引导升降机构57垂直移动。此外,该内壁115设置有两个彼此相对的开口119。此外,该内壁115设置有分别与开口119成对的切口部分120。形成开口119和切口部分120,以支撑包括C形件的卡盒锁定机构61,将在下面说明它,其一端可以穿过开口119伸入开口113内,而其另一端可以穿过切口部分120伸入开口113内。在上部外壳3的内表面中,形成分别对应于两组开口119和切口部分120的轴支撑凸起109a和109b。轴支撑凸起109a和109b的端部分别形成有半圆形凹口,用于支撑C形件的轴。在上部外壳3的内表面中,沿上部外壳3的一个短边(从适配器1的正面观看的左侧面),形成支撑凸起107a至107c,用以支撑推动机构73(参见图8)。 Along the periphery of the opening 113 of the upper housing 3 , except for the front side of the adapter 1 , there is an inner wall 115 . The inner wall 115 is provided with two guide grooves 117 , and the two guide grooves 117 are opposite to each other for guiding the vertical movement of the lifting mechanism 57 . Furthermore, the inner wall 115 is provided with two openings 119 opposite each other. In addition, the inner wall 115 is provided with cutout portions 120 that are paired with the openings 119, respectively. The opening 119 and the cutout portion 120 are formed to support the cartridge locking mechanism 61 comprising a C-shaped piece, which will be described below, one end of which can be inserted into the opening 113 through the opening 119, and the other end can be passed through the cutout portion 120. into the opening 113. In the inner surface of the upper housing 3, shaft support protrusions 109a and 109b are formed corresponding to the two sets of openings 119 and cutout portions 120, respectively. Ends of the shaft supporting protrusions 109a and 109b are respectively formed with semicircular notches for supporting the shaft of the C-shaped piece. In the inner surface of the upper housing 3, along one short side of the upper housing 3 (the left side viewed from the front of the adapter 1), support projections 107a to 107c are formed to support the pushing mechanism 73 (see FIG. 8). the

此外,在上部外壳3的内表面中,沿其外边缘,形成圆柱形凸起93a至93k和圆柱形凸起103a至103j。此外,在上部外壳3的内表面中,形成用于支撑板65的圆柱形凸起97a和97b以及用于支撑板67的圆柱形凸起97c。另外,在上部外壳3的内表面中,形成用于支撑板63的圆柱形凸起95a和95d。另外,在上部外壳3的内表面中,形成用作推动机构73的枢轴的圆柱形凸起101c。另外,为了在上部外壳3的内表面中支撑连接器增强件71,形成圆柱形凸起102a(该图中未示出)和圆柱形凸起102b。 Further, in the inner surface of the upper case 3, along the outer edge thereof, cylindrical protrusions 93a to 93k and cylindrical protrusions 103a to 103j are formed. Further, in the inner surface of the upper housing 3, cylindrical protrusions 97a and 97b for the support plate 65 and a cylindrical protrusion 97c for the support plate 67 are formed. In addition, in the inner surface of the upper housing 3, cylindrical protrusions 95a and 95d for supporting the plate 63 are formed. In addition, in the inner surface of the upper housing 3, a cylindrical protrusion 101c serving as a pivot of the pushing mechanism 73 is formed. In addition, in order to support the connector reinforcement 71 in the inner surface of the upper housing 3, a cylindrical protrusion 102a (not shown in this figure) and a cylindrical protrusion 102b are formed. the

升降单元 lift unit

图10是示出图4所示升降机构57和升降板锁定机构59a和59b的示意图。如图10所示,升降机构57包括:轴支撑件149、枢转 件157a至157d、扭簧147a至147d、以及轴141a至141d、145a至145d以及143a至143d。升降板锁定机构59a包括:轴139a、盘状磁体155a、磁体保持件153a以及升降板支撑件151a。升降板锁定机构59b具有同样的构造。顺便提一句,术语“枢转件157”和“轴141、145和143”分别用于泛指枢转件157a至157d和轴141a至141d、145a至145d以及143a至143d。此外,术语“升降板锁定机构59”、“轴139”、“磁体155”、“磁体保持件153”和“升降板支撑件151”分别用于泛指升降板锁定机构59a和59b、轴139a和139b、磁体155a和155b、磁体保持件153a和153b以及升降板支撑件151a和151b。 FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing the lifting mechanism 57 and the lifting plate locking mechanisms 59a and 59b shown in FIG. 4 . As shown in FIG. 10, the lifting mechanism 57 includes: a shaft support 149, pivoting members 157a to 157d, torsion springs 147a to 147d, and shafts 141a to 141d, 145a to 145d, and 143a to 143d. The lift plate lock mechanism 59a includes: a shaft 139a, a disc magnet 155a, a magnet holder 153a, and a lift plate support 151a. The lift plate locking mechanism 59b has the same configuration. Incidentally, the terms "pivot 157" and "shafts 141, 145, and 143" are used to generically refer to pivots 157a to 157d and shafts 141a to 141d, 145a to 145d, and 143a to 143d, respectively. Additionally, the terms "lifter locking mechanism 59", "shaft 139", "magnet 155", "magnet holder 153" and "lifter support 151" are used to refer generically to lifter locking mechanisms 59a and 59b, shaft 139a, respectively. and 139b, magnets 155a and 155b, magnet holders 153a and 153b, and lifting plate supports 151a and 151b. the

如图10和图9中所示,在升降板55的前侧上(朝向适配器1的正面),形成挡块131,以从其凸出(参见图7)。此外,在升降板55的相对侧表面上,对应于图6所示的导向槽117,形成挡块133。此外,为了露出升降板锁定机构59a和59b的磁体155a和155b,穿过升降板55,形成开口137a和137b。在升降板55的内表面中,沿其一个侧边缘,形成半圆柱形轴抵接部分129a和129b,而沿其另一个侧边缘,形成半圆柱形轴抵接部分129c和129d。此外,在升降板55的内表面中,在升降板55的前侧上(适配器1的正面),形成轴支撑凸起135a,而在升降板55的后侧上(适配器1的背面),形成轴支撑凸起135b。如图7所示,装饰板4安装到升降板55的上表面。顺便提一句,术语“开口137”、“轴抵接部分129”以及“轴支撑凸起135”用于泛指开口137a和137b、轴抵接部分129a至129d以及轴支撑凸起135a和135b。 As shown in FIGS. 10 and 9 , on the front side of the lifting plate 55 (towards the front of the adapter 1 ), a stopper 131 is formed so as to protrude therefrom (see FIG. 7 ). In addition, on the opposite side surfaces of the lift plate 55 , corresponding to the guide groove 117 shown in FIG. 6 , stoppers 133 are formed. In addition, openings 137a and 137b are formed through the lift plate 55 in order to expose the magnets 155a and 155b of the lift plate locking mechanisms 59a and 59b. In the inner surface of the lift plate 55, along one side edge thereof, semicylindrical shaft abutment portions 129a and 129b are formed, and along the other side edge thereof, semicylindrical shaft abutment portions 129c and 129d are formed. Further, in the inner surface of the lift plate 55, on the front side of the lift plate 55 (front side of the adapter 1), a shaft support protrusion 135a is formed, and on the rear side of the lift plate 55 (rear side of the adapter 1), a shaft support protrusion 135a is formed. Shaft support protrusion 135b. As shown in FIG. 7 , the decorative panel 4 is attached to the upper surface of the lifting plate 55 . Incidentally, the terms "opening 137", "shaft abutment portion 129" and "shaft support protrusion 135" are used to refer to openings 137a and 137b, shaft abutment portions 129a to 129d, and shaft support protrusions 135a and 135b in general. the

这样,为了向外凸出,将轴145a至145d不可旋转地固定在H形轴支撑件149的4个延长的角上。枢转件157与轴145可枢转地接合。为了向外凸出,轴141不可旋转地固定到枢转件157的上端。另一方面,枢转件157的下部分成二叉,以形成一对腿部分(参见 图8)。然后,利用扭簧147及插进这两个腿部分和扭簧147的轴143,将这两个腿部分置于图5所示轴支撑凸起111之间,使得枢转地支撑枢转件157。在这种情况下,由于轴143不可旋转地固定到轴支撑凸起111,所以,枢转件157可在绕轴143上枢转。另一方面,位于枢转件157的上端的轴141与形成在升降板55的内部的轴抵接部分129抵接,并随着升降板55上下移动在轴抵接部分129上滑动(参见图7)。 Thus, the shafts 145a to 145d are non-rotatably fixed to the four elongated corners of the H-shaped shaft support 149 in order to protrude outward. Pivot 157 is pivotally engaged with shaft 145 . To protrude outward, the shaft 141 is non-rotatably fixed to the upper end of the pivot 157 . On the other hand, the lower portion of the pivot member 157 is bifurcated to form a pair of leg portions (see FIG. 8 ). Then, using the torsion spring 147 and the shaft 143 inserted into the two leg portions and the torsion spring 147, the two leg portions are placed between the shaft support protrusions 111 shown in FIG. Item 157. In this case, since the shaft 143 is non-rotatably fixed to the shaft support protrusion 111 , the pivot member 157 can pivot on the shaft 143 . On the other hand, the shaft 141 positioned at the upper end of the pivot member 157 abuts against the shaft abutting portion 129 formed inside the lifting plate 55, and slides on the shaft abutting portion 129 as the lifting plate 55 moves up and down (see FIG. 7). the

在扭簧147的弹力使枢转件157的轴141对升降板55向上施力的同时,挡块131和133使升降板55保持在预定高度。因此,在卡盒500没有放置在装饰板4(升降板55)上时,保持枢转件157与下部外壳7的内表面成锐角,如图7所示。 While the elastic force of the torsion spring 147 makes the shaft 141 of the pivoting member 157 force the lifting plate 55 upward, the stoppers 131 and 133 keep the lifting plate 55 at a predetermined height. Therefore, when the cartridge 500 is not placed on the trim panel 4 (lifting panel 55 ), the pivot member 157 is kept at an acute angle with the inner surface of the lower housing 7 as shown in FIG. 7 . the

回到图10,磁体保持件153保持磁体155。在升降板支撑件151的基端和磁体保持件153的基端,插入轴139。在这种情况下,轴139穿过的升降板支撑件151和磁体保持件153的孔的直径大于轴139的直径,使得升降板支撑件151和磁体保持件153可以在轴139上枢转。 Returning to FIG. 10 , the magnet holder 153 holds the magnet 155 . At the base end of the lifting plate support 151 and the base end of the magnet holder 153 , the shaft 139 is inserted. In this case, the diameter of the hole of the lifting plate support 151 and the magnet holder 153 through which the shaft 139 passes is larger than the diameter of the shaft 139 so that the lifting plate support 151 and the magnet holder 153 can pivot on the shaft 139 . the

如上所述配置的升降板锁定机构59的轴139的两端不可旋转地固定到形成在升降板55的内表面中的轴支撑凸起135。然后,当卡盒500没有放置在装饰板4(升降板55)上时,通过自身的重量,升降板支撑件151竖立在下部外壳7的内表面,如图7所示。同时,磁体保持件153与升降板支撑件151成锐角。将详细说明升降板锁定机构59的结构及其配置。 Both ends of the shaft 139 of the lift plate lock mechanism 59 configured as described above are non-rotatably fixed to the shaft support projections 135 formed in the inner surface of the lift plate 55 . Then, when the cartridge 500 is not placed on the decorative panel 4 (lifting plate 55), the lifting plate support 151 is erected on the inner surface of the lower casing 7 by its own weight, as shown in FIG. 7 . Meanwhile, the magnet holder 153 forms an acute angle with the lifting plate support 151 . The structure of the lift plate lock mechanism 59 and its arrangement will be described in detail. the

图11(a)是示出图10所示磁体保持件153a的平面图;图11(b)是示出其左侧的视图;图11(c)是示出升降板支撑件151a的平面图;图11(d)是示出其右侧的视图;图11(e)是示出完全打开的升降板锁定机构50a的说明性视图;图11(f)是示出关闭的升降板锁定机构59a的说明性视图。 Fig. 11 (a) is a plan view showing the magnet holder 153a shown in Fig. 10; Fig. 11 (b) is a view showing its left side; Fig. 11 (c) is a plan view showing the lifting plate support 151a; Fig. 11(d) is a view showing its right side; FIG. 11(e) is an explanatory view showing the fully opened lift plate lock mechanism 50a; FIG. 11(f) is a view showing the closed lift plate lock mechanism 59a. Illustrative view. the

如图11(a)所示,在基端侧的磁体保持件153a的一个侧面上,形成夹角限制部分173。如图11(b)所示,在该侧视图中该夹角限制部分173形状为梯形。此外,在磁体保持件153a的基端,形成轴支撑孔171,轴139插入该孔。另一方面,如图11(c)和11(d)所示,在上角,部分切割升降板支撑件151a,以形成台阶部分,该台阶部分提供了用于接收磁体保持件153a的夹角限制部分173的接收部分175。此外,在升降板支撑件151a的基端,还形成轴支撑孔172,轴139a插入该孔。 As shown in FIG. 11( a ), on one side surface of the magnet holder 153 a on the base end side, an included angle restricting portion 173 is formed. As shown in FIG. 11( b ), in the side view, the angle limiting portion 173 is trapezoidal in shape. Further, at the base end of the magnet holder 153a, a shaft support hole 171 into which the shaft 139 is inserted is formed. On the other hand, as shown in Figures 11(c) and 11(d), at the upper corner, the lifting plate support 151a is partially cut to form a stepped portion that provides an included angle for receiving the magnet holder 153a. The receiving section 175 of the limiting section 173 . In addition, at the base end of the lifting plate support 151a, a shaft support hole 172 into which the shaft 139a is inserted is also formed. the

如图11(e)所示,磁体保持件153a和升降板支撑件151a被配置成使得它们不能以超过它们之间预定的固定夹角θ2打开。即,当夹角限制部分173的倾斜面156与接收部分175接触时,阻止磁体保持件153a和升降板支撑件151a以超过它们之间的固定夹角θ2打开。由夹角限制部分173的底表面158与倾斜面156之间的夹角θ1来确定该固定夹角θ2。在这种情况下,固定夹角θ2是锐角。另一方面,如图11(f)所示,当磁体保持件153a和升降板支撑件151a完全闭合时,夹角限制部分173容纳在接收部分175中。如上构造的升降板锁定机构59a被安装在图10所示升降板55的轴支撑凸起135a上。在这种情况下,如图7所示,当卡盒500没有放置在装饰板4上时,图11所示的磁体保持件153a的角160与升降板55的内表面接触,使得磁体保持件153a和升降板支撑件151a不完全闭合,以在它们之间保持一定的锐角。该夹角不大于图11(e)所示的夹角θ2。顺便提一句,升降板锁定机构59b的配置与升降板锁定机构59a的配置相同。 As shown in FIG. 11(e), the magnet holder 153a and the lifting plate support 151a are configured such that they cannot be opened beyond a predetermined fixed angle θ2 therebetween. That is, when the inclined surface 156 of the angle limiting portion 173 is in contact with the receiving portion 175, the magnet holder 153a and the lifting plate support 151a are prevented from being opened beyond the fixed angle θ2 therebetween. The fixed angle θ2 is determined by the angle θ1 between the bottom surface 158 of the angle limiting portion 173 and the inclined surface 156 . In this case, the fixed angle θ2 is an acute angle. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 11(f), when the magnet holder 153a and the lifting plate support 151a are completely closed, the included angle limiting portion 173 is accommodated in the receiving portion 175. The elevating plate locking mechanism 59a constructed as above is mounted on the shaft support projection 135a of the elevating plate 55 shown in FIG. 10 . In this case, as shown in FIG. 7, when the cartridge 500 is not placed on the decorative panel 4, the corner 160 of the magnet holder 153a shown in FIG. 153a and lift plate support 151a are not fully closed to maintain a certain acute angle between them. The included angle is not greater than the included angle θ2 shown in FIG. 11(e). Incidentally, the configuration of the lift plate lock mechanism 59b is the same as that of the lift plate lock mechanism 59a. the

卡盒锁定机构 Cartridge Locking Mechanism

图12是示出图4所示卡盒锁定机构61a的透视图。如图12所示,卡盒锁定机构61a包括:轴支撑件161a、C形件159a和扭簧165a。在C形件159a的侧面上形成轴163,以从其伸出。轴支撑件 161a支撑这些轴163。此外,围绕轴163之一设置扭簧165a。扭簧165a在一端具有挂到C形件159a的内表面的钩部,在另一端具有挂到轴支撑件161a的底表面的钩部。因此,扭簧165a的弹力施加到C形件159a上,从而使C形件159a向夹角限制部分167转动。然而,由于C形件159a的外表面靠在从轴支撑件161a的内侧面凸出形成的夹角限制部分167上,所以禁止C形件159a的倾斜超过预定夹角。顺便提一句,卡盒锁定机构61a的配置与卡盒锁定机构61b的配置相同。将如上构造的卡盒锁定机构61a和61b安装在图6所示上部外壳3的内表面中。将对此做详细说明。 FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing the cartridge locking mechanism 61a shown in FIG. 4 . As shown in FIG. 12 , the cartridge locking mechanism 61a includes: a shaft supporting member 161a, a C-shaped member 159a and a torsion spring 165a. A shaft 163 is formed on the side of the C-shaped piece 159a to protrude therefrom. The shaft supports 161a support these shafts 163. Furthermore, a torsion spring 165a is provided around one of the shafts 163 . The torsion spring 165a has a hook portion hooked to the inner surface of the C-shaped piece 159a at one end and a hook portion hung to the bottom surface of the shaft support 161a at the other end. Therefore, the elastic force of the torsion spring 165a is applied to the C-shaped piece 159a, thereby causing the C-shaped piece 159a to rotate toward the included angle limiting portion 167 . However, since the outer surface of the C-shaped piece 159a abuts on the angle limiting portion 167 protruding from the inner side of the shaft support 161a, the inclination of the C-shaped piece 159a beyond a predetermined angle is prohibited. Incidentally, the configuration of the cartridge lock mechanism 61a is the same as that of the cartridge lock mechanism 61b. The cartridge lock mechanisms 61a and 61b constructed as above are mounted in the inner surface of the upper housing 3 shown in FIG. 6 . This will be explained in detail. the

图13(a)和图13(b)是示出图4所示卡盒锁定机构61a被安装在上部外壳3的内表面中时的说明性视图。在图13(b)中,未示出图12所示的夹角限制部分167。如图13(a)所示,利用螺栓87a,将卡盒锁定机构61a的轴支撑件161a固定在从上部外壳3的内表面凸出的圆柱形凸起99a上(参见图8)。以同样的方式,利用螺栓87b,将卡盒锁定机构61b固定在从上部外壳3的内表面凸出的圆柱形凸起99b上(参见图8)。此外,如图13(b)所示,从上部外壳3的内侧凸出的轴支撑凸起109a可枢转地支撑C形件159a的轴163(参见图6)。此外,不仅轴支撑凸起109a和109b,而且从上部外壳3的内表面凸出的直立状态支撑部分169a也用于使C形件159a保持直立状态。顺便提一句,卡盒锁定机构61b具有同样的结构。 13( a ) and FIG. 13( b ) are explanatory views showing when the cartridge lock mechanism 61 a shown in FIG. 4 is installed in the inner surface of the upper housing 3 . In FIG. 13(b), the included angle limiting portion 167 shown in FIG. 12 is not shown. As shown in FIG. 13(a), the shaft support 161a of the cartridge lock mechanism 61a is fixed to a cylindrical protrusion 99a protruding from the inner surface of the upper housing 3 with a bolt 87a (see FIG. 8). In the same manner, the cartridge lock mechanism 61b is fixed to a cylindrical protrusion 99b protruding from the inner surface of the upper housing 3 with a bolt 87b (see FIG. 8). Further, as shown in FIG. 13(b), a shaft support protrusion 109a protruding from the inner side of the upper housing 3 pivotably supports the shaft 163 of the C-shaped piece 159a (see FIG. 6). In addition, not only the shaft support projections 109a and 109b but also the erect state support portion 169a protruding from the inner surface of the upper housing 3 serves to keep the C-shaped piece 159a in an erect state. Incidentally, the cartridge lock mechanism 61b has the same structure. the

电源开关组件 Power Switch Components

图14是示出图4所示推动机构73的示意图。如图14所示,推动机构73包括:臂177、179和181以及弹簧193。从臂179的一端向下凸出的圆柱形凸起191插入穿过臂181的一端形成的插入孔185内,同时将带垫圈的有头螺栓(washer head screw)拧入圆柱形凸起191。圆柱形凸起191的外径小于插入孔185的内径,且圆柱形凸起191的端部从插入孔185凸出,因此,臂181可绕圆柱形 凸起191枢转。此外,从臂179的中心位置向下凸出的圆柱形凸起189插入穿过臂177的一端形成的插入孔187内,且将带垫圈的有头螺栓91b拧入圆柱形凸起189。圆柱形凸起189的外径小于插入孔187的内径,且圆柱形凸起189的端部从插入孔187凸出,因此,臂177可绕圆柱形凸起189枢转。此外,从上部外壳3的内表面凸出的圆柱形凸起101c插入穿过臂179的另一端形成的插入孔183,且带垫圈的有头螺栓91c拧入圆柱形凸起101c。圆柱形凸起101c的外径小于插入孔187的内径,且圆柱形凸起101c的端部从插入孔183凸出,因此,臂179可绕圆柱形凸起101c枢转。 FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing the pushing mechanism 73 shown in FIG. 4 . As shown in FIG. 14 , the pushing mechanism 73 includes arms 177 , 179 and 181 and a spring 193 . A cylindrical protrusion 191 protruding downward from one end of the arm 179 is inserted into an insertion hole 185 formed through one end of the arm 181 while a washer head screw is screwed into the cylindrical protrusion 191 . The outer diameter of the cylindrical protrusion 191 is smaller than the inner diameter of the insertion hole 185, and the end of the cylindrical protrusion 191 protrudes from the insertion hole 185, so the arm 181 can pivot around the cylindrical protrusion 191. Further, a cylindrical protrusion 189 protruding downward from the center position of the arm 179 is inserted into an insertion hole 187 formed through one end of the arm 177 , and a washer cap bolt 91 b is screwed into the cylindrical protrusion 189 . The outer diameter of the cylindrical protrusion 189 is smaller than the inner diameter of the insertion hole 187 , and the end of the cylindrical protrusion 189 protrudes from the insertion hole 187 , so the arm 177 can pivot about the cylindrical protrusion 189 . Further, a cylindrical protrusion 101c protruding from the inner surface of the upper housing 3 is inserted through an insertion hole 183 formed at the other end of the arm 179, and a washer cap bolt 91c is screwed into the cylindrical protrusion 101c. The outer diameter of the cylindrical protrusion 101c is smaller than the inner diameter of the insertion hole 187, and the end of the cylindrical protrusion 101c protrudes from the insertion hole 183, so the arm 179 can pivot about the cylindrical protrusion 101c. the

键顶41安装在臂177的另一端上(参见图4)。此外,绕该臂177装配弹簧193。另一方面,在臂181的另一端形成接合部分197,且将图4所示的电源开关单元53的端部松装配在该接合部分197内(参见图9)。如图8和图9所示,支撑凸起107a和107c以及它们之间的支撑凸起108a和108b支撑推动机构73(参见图5和图6)。此外,如图8所示,围绕臂177装配的弹簧193设置在挡块195(参见图14)和支撑件107b之间。 The key top 41 is mounted on the other end of the arm 177 (see FIG. 4 ). Furthermore, a spring 193 is fitted around this arm 177 . On the other hand, an engaging portion 197 is formed at the other end of the arm 181, and the end portion of the power switch unit 53 shown in FIG. 4 is loosely fitted into this engaging portion 197 (see FIG. 9). As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 , the supporting protrusions 107 a and 107 c and the supporting protrusions 108 a and 108 b therebetween support the pushing mechanism 73 (see FIGS. 5 and 6 ). Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 8, a spring 193 fitted around the arm 177 is provided between a stopper 195 (see FIG. 14) and the support member 107b. the

红外滤色器 Infrared color filter

图15(a)是示出图4所示红外滤色器19的透视图;图15(b)是示出红外滤色器19的内部的平面图;以及图15(c)是沿图15(b)中的B-B线的剖视图。如图15(b)和图15(c)所示,在红外滤色器19的内表面中,形成环形透镜部分199。更具体地说,以垂直于该环形的圆环中轴的平面,以环形切割一半的形式,提供该透镜部分199。 Fig. 15 (a) is a perspective view showing the infrared color filter 19 shown in Fig. 4; Fig. 15 (b) is a plan view showing the inside of the infrared color filter 19; and Fig. 15 (c) is a view along Fig. Cross-sectional view along line B-B in b). As shown in FIG. 15(b) and FIG. 15(c), in the inner surface of the infrared color filter 19, an annular lens portion 199 is formed. More specifically, the lens portion 199 is provided in the form of a circular cut half in a plane perpendicular to the central axis of the circular ring. the

透镜部分199具有半圆形截面,且其折射率大于空气的折射率。因此,从外侧入射到红外滤色器19上的红外线通过透镜部分199后向透镜部分199的中轴折射。此外,因为透镜部分199是圆环形的,所以可以使从360度方向进入的红外线聚焦。因此,可以扩大红外传感器50(对着透镜部分199)的光接收范围,该红外传感 器50位于红外滤色器19的后面(参见图9)。 The lens portion 199 has a semicircular cross-section, and its refractive index is greater than that of air. Therefore, infrared rays incident on the infrared filter 19 from the outside pass through the lens portion 199 and are refracted toward the central axis of the lens portion 199 . In addition, since the lens portion 199 is circular, it is possible to focus infrared rays entering from 360-degree directions. Therefore, it is possible to expand the light-receiving range of the infrared sensor 50 (facing the lens portion 199), which is located behind the infrared color filter 19 (see FIG. 9 ). the

此外,将红外滤色器19染成黑色或者另一种暗色,以便仅透射红外线。因此,可以尽可能避免由红外线之外的光线导致的红外传感器50的故障。 Furthermore, the infrared color filter 19 is dyed black or another dark color so as to transmit only infrared rays. Therefore, malfunction of the infrared sensor 50 caused by light other than infrared rays can be avoided as much as possible. the

顺便提一句,只要可以扩大红外传感器50的光接收范围,可以使用任何适当的红外滤色器,来代替具有环形光学透镜部分199的红外滤色器19。例如,可以利用许多小锥形凸起来形成这种替换红外滤色器,这些小锥形凸起可以通过折射,使入射到其上的光线再射向红外传感器50。在这种情况下,在红外滤色器的内表面上,形成小锥形凸起。 Incidentally, any appropriate infrared filter may be used instead of the infrared filter 19 having the annular optical lens portion 199 as long as the light-receiving range of the infrared sensor 50 can be expanded. For example, the replacement infrared color filter can be formed by using many small conical protrusions, which can refract the light incident on it to the infrared sensor 50 again. In this case, on the inner surface of the infrared filter, small conical protrusions are formed. the

通过能利用环形光学透镜部分199或者小锥形凸起聚焦从更大方向范围入射的红外线的红外滤色器,可以以扩大的光接收范围的红外传感器实现适配器1。除此之外,可以通过安装红外滤色器19进行该透镜的设置,因此,可以减少制造过程的步骤数量。 The adapter 1 can be realized with an infrared sensor with an expanded light receiving range by using an infrared filter capable of focusing infrared rays incident from a wider range of directions using the annular optical lens portion 199 or small tapered protrusions. Besides, the setting of the lens can be performed by installing the infrared filter 19, and therefore, the number of steps of the manufacturing process can be reduced. the

连接器 Connector

图16(a)是示出图4所示连接器69的正视图;图16(b)是示出图4所示连接器69的平面图;图16(c)是示出图4所示连接器69的仰视图。图17(a)是示出图16(a)至16(c)所示屏蔽件201的透视图;图17(b)是示出图16(a)至16(c)所示连接器单元203的透视图;以及图17(c)是示出图16(a)至16(c)所示连接器69的透视图。图18是沿图16(a)所示C-C线的剖视图。 Figure 16(a) is a front view showing the connector 69 shown in Figure 4; Figure 16(b) is a plan view showing the connector 69 shown in Figure 4; Figure 16(c) is a view showing the connection shown in Figure 4 Bottom view of device 69. Fig. 17(a) is a perspective view showing the shield 201 shown in Fig. 16(a) to 16(c); Fig. 17(b) is a perspective view showing the connector unit shown in Fig. 16(a) to 16(c) 203; and FIG. 17(c) is a perspective view showing the connector 69 shown in FIGS. 16(a) to 16(c). Fig. 18 is a sectional view along line C-C shown in Fig. 16(a). the

如图17(a)至17(c)所示,以近似长方体的形式,由绝缘材料制成连接器单元203。由金属制成屏蔽件201,而且设置该屏蔽件201以覆盖连接器单元203的上表面和相对的侧面。在该屏蔽件201的上部形成开口。通常,在该平面图中,以从连接器69的正面向内延伸的矩形齿的形式形成该开口的边缘(参见图16(b))。这样,如图17(a)所示,在屏蔽件201的上表面上,形成5个接触件207。如 图18示出的截面所示,每个接触件207分别具有较高中心部分和较低的相对侧部分(即,脊的形式)。此外,屏蔽件201设置有一对爪部208,形成该爪部208以分别与一对装配部分209接合。此外,通过切割屏蔽件201的相对侧面,形成一对爪部210。如上形成的屏蔽件201安装在连接器单元203上以覆盖它。更具体地说,通过将爪部208叠合在连接器单元203的装配部分209的底表面上(参见图17(c)和图16(a)至16(c)),然后向内折叠爪部210,以使它们闩锁在形成在连接器单元203的相对侧面上的凹槽部分上来将屏蔽件201装配到连接器单元203。 As shown in FIGS. 17(a) to 17(c), the connector unit 203 is made of an insulating material in an approximately rectangular parallelepiped form. The shield 201 is made of metal, and is provided to cover the upper surface and the opposite sides of the connector unit 203 . An opening is formed in an upper portion of the shield 201 . Typically, in this plan view, the edge of the opening is formed in the form of a rectangular tooth extending inwardly from the front face of the connector 69 (see FIG. 16( b )). Thus, as shown in FIG. 17( a ), five contacts 207 are formed on the upper surface of the shield 201 . As shown in the cross-section shown in FIG. 18, each contact 207 has a higher central portion and lower opposite side portions (i.e., in the form of ridges), respectively. Furthermore, the shield 201 is provided with a pair of claw portions 208 formed to engage with a pair of fitting portions 209 , respectively. In addition, by cutting opposite sides of the shield 201, a pair of claws 210 are formed. The shield 201 formed as above is mounted on the connector unit 203 to cover it. More specifically, by overlapping the claw portion 208 on the bottom surface of the fitting portion 209 of the connector unit 203 (see FIG. 17(c) and FIGS. 16(a) to 16(c)), and then folding the claw inwardly parts 210 so that they latch on groove portions formed on opposite sides of the connector unit 203 to fit the shield 201 to the connector unit 203 . the

如图17(b)和图18所示,在连接器单元203的上表面形成凹进198。此外,连接器单元203设置有:伸长的凹进接合部分211,卡盒500的凸出接合部分538(参见图1)装配到其内;以及伸长的凸出接合部分215,在位于凹进接合部分211正上方的位置,将伸长的凹进接合部分539(参见图1)装配在其中。 As shown in FIGS. 17( b ) and 18 , a recess 198 is formed on the upper surface of the connector unit 203 . In addition, the connector unit 203 is provided with: an elongated female engaging portion 211 into which the male engaging portion 538 (see FIG. 1 ) of the cartridge 500 fits; Into a position directly above the engaging portion 211, an elongated female engaging portion 539 (see FIG. 1) fits therein. the

在连接器单元203的内部,如图18和图16(a)所示,形成隔板212,以将凹进接合部分211限定在隔板212的边缘(参见图18)与连接器单元203的底部的内表面之间。此外,形成从连接器单元203的一个侧面延伸到另一个侧面的端子支撑件213。然后,将24个端子T1至T24(术语“端子Tn(n=1至24)”用于泛指这些端子)设置在隔板212中相邻的隔板之间,且在各端子Tn的一端,由端子支撑件213支撑。此外,将每个隔板212背面的一部分熔融接合到相应端子Tn上。这样可以将端子Tn固定在连接器单元203上。此外,如图18所示,端子Tn首先从端子支撑件213支撑的端部向着凹进接合部分211向下弯曲,然后,向着连接器单元203的上表面向上弯曲。在这样形成时,在各顶点处形成触点214。此外,端子Tn沿该上表面延伸到背面,然后,以直角向下弯曲。 In the inside of the connector unit 203, as shown in FIGS. 18 and 16( a), a partition 212 is formed so that the recessed engaging portion 211 is limited to the edge of the partition 212 (see FIG. 18 ) and the edge of the connector unit 203. between the inner surfaces of the bottom. Furthermore, a terminal support 213 extending from one side of the connector unit 203 to the other is formed. Then, 24 terminals T1 to T24 (the term "terminal Tn (n=1 to 24)" is used to generically refer to these terminals) are provided between adjacent ones of the spacers 212, and at one end of each terminal Tn , supported by the terminal support 213 . In addition, a part of the back surface of each spacer 212 is fusion-bonded to the corresponding terminal Tn. This fixes the terminal Tn to the connector unit 203 . Further, as shown in FIG. 18 , the terminals Tn are first bent downward toward the recessed engagement portion 211 from the end supported by the terminal support 213 , and then, upward toward the upper surface of the connector unit 203 . When so formed, contacts 214 are formed at the vertices. In addition, the terminal Tn extends along the upper surface to the rear surface, and then, is bent downward at a right angle. the

利用螺栓83b和83c,将如上构造的连接器69固定到板63上, 如图8所示,然后,利用图4所示的连接器增强件71增强该连接器69(参见图7)。利用螺栓85b(该图中未示出)和85a(参见图8),将连接器增强件71固定在图6所示的圆柱形凸起102a(该图中未示出)和102b上。 Utilize bolt 83b and 83c, the connector 69 constructed as above is fixed on the plate 63, as shown in Figure 8, then, utilize connector reinforcement 71 shown in Figure 4 to reinforce this connector 69 (see Figure 7). The connector reinforcement 71 is fixed to the cylindrical protrusions 102a (not shown in this figure) and 102b shown in FIG. 6 by means of bolts 85b (not shown in this figure) and 85a (see FIG. 8 ). the

升降操作 Lifting operation

图19(a)是示出在图7所示装饰板4上没有放置卡盒500的升降机构57和升降板锁定机构59的说明性视图;图19(b)是示出装饰板4上放置了卡盒500的升降机构57和升降板锁定机构59的说明性视图;图19(c)是示出将装饰板4上的卡盒500向下移动到最低位置时升降机构57和升降板锁定机构59的说明性视图;以及图19(d)是示出将装饰板4上的卡盒500连接到连接器69时升降机构57和升降板锁定机构59的说明性视图。 Fig. 19 (a) is an explanatory view showing that the lifting mechanism 57 and the lifting plate locking mechanism 59 of the card box 500 are not placed on the decorative panel 4 shown in Fig. 7; The explanatory view of the lifting mechanism 57 and the lifting plate locking mechanism 59 of the card box 500 is shown; FIG. Explanatory view of mechanism 59; and FIG. the

如图19(a)所示,当卡盒500没有放置在装饰板4上时,升降板支撑件151因为其自身的重量而直立。因此,当没有将卡盒500放置在装饰板4上时,即使试图使升降板55向下,因为受升降板支撑件151的支撑,升降板55也不向下移动。同时,因为其自身重量和角160,磁体保持件153与升降板支撑件151成锐角(参见图11(e))。在这种情况下,尽管有扭簧147上推升降板55的力,但是如图8所示在升降板55上形成的挡块131(图19(a)至19(d)中未示出)靠在上部外壳3的内表面上,使得升降板55停止在预定高度。此外,形成在升降板55的侧面上的挡块133(参见图10)靠在导向槽117的端部上(参见图6),以使升降板55停止在预定高度。 As shown in FIG. 19( a ), when the cartridge 500 is not placed on the trim panel 4 , the lifting plate support 151 stands upright due to its own weight. Therefore, when the cartridge 500 is not placed on the trim panel 4 , even if an attempt is made to make the lift plate 55 downward, the lift plate 55 does not move downward because it is supported by the lift plate support 151 . Meanwhile, the magnet holder 153 forms an acute angle with the lifting plate support 151 because of its own weight and the angle 160 (see FIG. 11( e )). In this case, despite the force of the torsion spring 147 pushing up the lifting plate 55, the stopper 131 formed on the lifting plate 55 as shown in FIG. 8 (not shown in FIGS. 19(a) to 19(d) ) leans against the inner surface of the upper casing 3, so that the lifting plate 55 stops at a predetermined height. In addition, a stopper 133 (see FIG. 10 ) formed on the side of the lift plate 55 abuts on the end of the guide groove 117 (see FIG. 6 ) to stop the lift plate 55 at a predetermined height. the

如图19(b)所示,当卡盒500放置在装饰板4上时,磁体155被设置在卡盒500的下部外壳504上的金属板536a和536b吸引(术语“金属板536”用于泛指这些金属板)。因此,磁体保持件153和升降板支撑件151一起在轴139上枢转。这是因为,如图11(e)所示,由于夹角限制部分173和接收部分175,磁体保持件153与升降板 支撑件151之间的夹角不能增大到超过预定夹角θ2,因此,这两个部件在保持预定夹角θ2的同时一起枢转。因此,升降板支撑件151不再起支撑的作用。 As shown in Fig. 19 (b), when the cartridge 500 is placed on the decorative panel 4, the magnet 155 is attracted by the metal plates 536a and 536b provided on the lower casing 504 of the cartridge 500 (the term "metal plate 536" is used for generally refers to these metal plates). Accordingly, the magnet holder 153 pivots on the shaft 139 together with the lifting plate support 151 . This is because, as shown in FIG. 11(e), due to the angle limiting portion 173 and the receiving portion 175, the angle between the magnet holder 153 and the lifting plate support 151 cannot be increased beyond the predetermined angle θ2, so , the two parts pivot together while maintaining a predetermined included angle θ2. Therefore, the lifting plate support 151 no longer functions as a support. the

因此,当向下推装饰板4上的卡盒500时,使升降板55降低到如图19(c)所示的位置。在这种情况下,在磁体保持件153和升降板支撑件151被完全闭合时(参见图11(f)),其上放置卡盒500的装饰板4的高度等于连接器69的凹进接合部分211的底表面的高度。 Therefore, when the cassette 500 on the decorative panel 4 is pushed down, the lifting plate 55 is lowered to the position shown in FIG. 19(c). In this case, when the magnet holder 153 and the lifting plate support 151 are completely closed (see FIG. 11(f)), the height of the trim plate 4 on which the cartridge 500 is placed is equal to the recessed engagement of the connector 69. The height of the bottom surface of part 211. the

因此,通过使卡盒500滑动到连接器60内,如图19(d)所示,可以将卡盒500的凸出接合部分538和凹进接合部分539分别装配到连接器69的凹进接合部分211和凸出接合部分215上。不用说,在用户手动执行上述步骤序列时,即使处于图19(c)所示的状态,扭簧147的向上弹力也施加到升降板55上,使得用户必须保持该推力使卡盒500滑动。 Therefore, by sliding the cartridge 500 into the connector 60, as shown in FIG. part 211 and the protruding engagement part 215. Needless to say, when the user manually performs the above-mentioned sequence of steps, even in the state shown in FIG. the

通过上述步骤序列,将卡盒500连接到连接器69。另一方面,通过与上述相反的处理,可以卸下该卡盒500。然而,在使卡盒500与连接器69断开后,扭簧147的弹力使升降板55升高,因此,不需要用手拉起升降板55。 Through the above-described sequence of steps, the cartridge 500 is connected to the connector 69 . On the other hand, the cartridge 500 can be detached by the reverse process to the above. However, after the cartridge 500 is disconnected from the connector 69, the elastic force of the torsion spring 147 raises the lifting plate 55, so it is not necessary to pull up the lifting plate 55 by hand. the

顺便提一句,如果因为疏忽而将卡盒500颠倒放置在装饰板4上,则使金属板536位于与装饰板4垂直离开的位置处,以防止磁体155被金属板536吸引,使得升降板锁定机构保持锁定。因此,可以防止因为疏忽而将卡盒500颠倒安装在适配器1内。另一方面,即使因为疏忽而将卡盒500前后颠倒地放置在装饰板4上,则金属板536位于将在下面说明的图28所示在横向上从中心向右移位的位置,而非位于该中心位置,使得磁体155不被吸引到金属板536,因此,可以使升降板锁定机构保持锁定。因此,可以防止因为疏忽而将卡盒500前后颠倒地安装在适配器1内。 By the way, if the cartridge 500 is placed upside down on the trim plate 4 due to inadvertence, the metal plate 536 is positioned at a position perpendicular to the trim plate 4 to prevent the magnet 155 from being attracted by the metal plate 536 so that the lifting plate is locked Institutions remain locked. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cartridge 500 from being inadvertently installed upside down in the adapter 1 . On the other hand, even if the cartridge 500 is inadvertently placed upside down on the decorative panel 4, the metal plate 536 is located at a position displaced from the center to the right in the lateral direction as shown in FIG. Being in this central position allows the magnet 155 not to be attracted to the metal plate 536, thus allowing the lifter plate locking mechanism to remain locked. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cartridge 500 from being inadvertently mounted upside down in the adapter 1 . the

卡盒锁定操作 Cartridge lock operation

图20(a)是示出在图19(b)所示状态下,卡盒500与卡盒锁定机构59的C形件159之间的接合的视图;图20(b)是示出在图19(c)所示状态下,卡盒500与卡盒锁定机构59的C形件159之间的接合的视图;图20(c)是示出图20(b)所示状态下的右侧视图;以及图20(d)是示出被锁定的卡盒500的右侧视图。 Figure 20 (a) is a view showing the engagement between the cartridge 500 and the C-shaped member 159 of the cartridge lock mechanism 59 in the state shown in Figure 19 (b); Under the state shown in 19(c), the view of engagement between the cartridge 500 and the C-shaped member 159 of the cartridge lock mechanism 59; FIG. 20(c) is a view showing the right side in the state shown in FIG. 20(b) view; and FIG. 20( d ) is a right side view showing the locked cartridge 500 . the

如图20(a)所示,在与升降板55接触之前,安装在C形件159上的扭簧165(参见图12)的弹力使两个C形件159打开。在下推卡盒500,以使升降板55的底表面靠在C形件159的下端时,在其上端,C形件159枢转,而且靠在在卡盒500的相对侧面上形成的锁定槽560a和560b上(术语“锁定槽560”用于泛指这些锁定槽),如图20(b)和20(c)所示。在这种情况下,C形件159的下端与升降板55的侧面接触,以保持C形件159的上端与锁定槽560接触的状态。 As shown in FIG. 20( a ), before contacting the lifting plate 55 , the elastic force of the torsion spring 165 (see FIG. 12 ) installed on the C-shaped pieces 159 makes the two C-shaped pieces 159 open. When the cartridge 500 is pushed down so that the bottom surface of the lifting plate 55 rests against the lower end of the C-shaped member 159, at its upper end, the C-shaped member 159 pivots and rests against the locking groove formed on the opposite side of the cartridge 500. 560a and 560b (the term "locking groove 560" is used to refer to these locking grooves in general), as shown in Figures 20(b) and 20(c). In this case, the lower end of the C-shaped piece 159 is in contact with the side of the lifting plate 55 to maintain the state where the upper end of the C-shaped piece 159 is in contact with the locking groove 560 . the

然后,如图19(d)所示,通过使卡盒500向适配器1的正面(即,向连接器69)滑动,将卡盒500连接到连接器69。如上所述,与锁定槽560接触的C形件159不防碍卡盒500滑动,这是因为锁定槽560形成为沿卡盒500的侧面在纵向上行进。如上所述,当卡盒500连接到连接器69时,C形件159位于锁定槽560的端部,如图20(d)所示。即使在这种状态下,C形件159仍保持与升降板55的侧面接触的状态,因此,保持如图20(b)所示的状态。因此,通过图7所示的扭簧147的弹力施加到升降板55上,C形件159的上端靠在锁定槽560的下边缘上。 Then, as shown in FIG. 19( d ), the cartridge 500 is connected to the connector 69 by sliding the cartridge 500 toward the front of the adapter 1 (ie, toward the connector 69 ). As described above, the C-shaped piece 159 in contact with the locking groove 560 does not prevent the sliding of the cartridge 500 because the locking groove 560 is formed to run in the longitudinal direction along the side of the cartridge 500 . As described above, when the cartridge 500 is connected to the connector 69, the C-shaped piece 159 is located at the end of the locking groove 560, as shown in FIG. 20(d). Even in this state, the C-shaped member 159 remains in contact with the side surface of the lifting plate 55, and therefore maintains the state shown in FIG. 20(b). Therefore, the upper end of the C-shaped piece 159 abuts against the lower edge of the locking groove 560 by the elastic force of the torsion spring 147 shown in FIG. 7 being applied to the lifting plate 55 . the

上推升降板55的扭簧147的力不仅施加到卡盒500的凸出接合部分538和连接器69,而且施加到锁定槽560的下边缘和C形件159,以分散该力施加的位置,因此,尽可能避免卡盒500与连接器69之间的接触情况发生恶化,这种接触条件的恶化可能造成损坏,或者导致其他缺陷。如果不施加到卡盒锁定机构61,则扭簧147的力集中在卡盒500的凸出接合部分538和连接器69上,使得 经过长期使用,可能导致上述缺陷。 The force of the torsion spring 147 pushing up the lifting plate 55 is applied not only to the protruding engaging portion 538 and the connector 69 of the cartridge 500, but also to the lower edge of the locking groove 560 and the C-shaped piece 159 to disperse the positions where the force is applied. Therefore, deterioration of the contact condition between the cartridge 500 and the connector 69 is avoided as much as possible, which may cause damage or cause other defects. If it is not applied to the cartridge locking mechanism 61, the force of the torsion spring 147 is concentrated on the protruding engagement portion 538 and the connector 69 of the cartridge 500, so that the above-mentioned defects may be caused after long-term use. the

电源开关推动操作 Power switch push operation

如图8和图9所示,当推动电源开关9以接通图1所示的电源开关9时,推动机构73的臂177向电源开关单元53移动。响应于此,臂179绕作为支点的圆柱形凸起101c(参见图14)向电源开关单元53枢转。此外,响应于此,臂181被推入电源开关单元53。利用该动作,装入臂181的接合部分197的电源开关单元53(参见图14)的端部被推动以接通电源开关单元53。在被接通时,电源开关单元53保持其被推下状态,因此,由于弹簧193,臂177、179和181返回它们的初始位置(缺省位置)。顺便提一句,即使在缺省位置也施加弹簧193的弹力,形成在该臂177上的挡块195靠在支撑凸起107a和108a上,以保持该缺省位置。 As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 , when the power switch 9 is pushed to turn on the power switch 9 shown in FIG. 1 , the arm 177 of the pushing mechanism 73 moves toward the power switch unit 53 . In response thereto, the arm 179 pivots toward the power switch unit 53 about the cylindrical protrusion 101c (see FIG. 14 ) as a fulcrum. Also, in response thereto, the arm 181 is pushed into the power switch unit 53 . With this action, the end of the power switch unit 53 (see FIG. 14 ) incorporated into the engagement portion 197 of the arm 181 is pushed to turn on the power switch unit 53 . When turned on, the power switch unit 53 maintains its pushed-down state, and thus, the arms 177 , 179 and 181 return to their original positions (default positions) due to the spring 193 . Incidentally, the elastic force of the spring 193 is applied even in the default position, and the stopper 195 formed on the arm 177 abuts against the supporting protrusions 107a and 108a to maintain the default position. the

如上所述,利用3个臂177、179和181的杠杆作用实现推动操作。为了即使在用户执行较短实际推动距离时,仍可以保证足够有效的推动距离,采用该配置。 As mentioned above, the pushing operation is realized by the leverage of the three arms 177, 179 and 181. This configuration is adopted in order to ensure a sufficiently effective pushing distance even when the user performs a short actual pushing distance. the

其他结构 other structures

参考图4和图6,利用螺栓81b至81e(参见图8),将机架5a固定到上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起93b至93e上。利用螺栓81f至81i(参见图8),将机架5b固定到上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起93f至93i上。利用螺栓81a、81k和81j(参见图8),将机架5c固定到上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起93a、93k至93j上。 Referring to FIGS. 4 and 6, the frame 5a is fixed to the cylindrical protrusions 93b to 93e of the upper housing 3 using bolts 81b to 81e (see FIG. 8). The frame 5b is fixed to the cylindrical protrusions 93f to 93i of the upper housing 3 by bolts 81f to 81i (see FIG. 8). The frame 5c is fixed to the cylindrical protrusions 93a, 93k to 93j of the upper casing 3 by means of bolts 81a, 81k, and 81j (see FIG. 8). the

参考图4,对应于如图1所示的复位开关11、电源灯10、取消键13、箭头键17a至17d、输入键15以及红外滤色器19,将复位开关单元45、线路指示器10、取消键单元47、箭头键单元51a至51d、输入键单元49以及红外传感器50安装在板63上。利用螺栓83a和83d(参见图8),将板63固定在上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起95a和95d上。 Referring to FIG. 4, corresponding to the reset switch 11 shown in FIG. , the cancel key unit 47 , the arrow key units 51 a to 51 d , the input key unit 49 , and the infrared sensor 50 are mounted on the board 63 . The plate 63 is fixed to the cylindrical protrusions 95a and 95d of the upper housing 3 by means of bolts 83a and 83d (see FIG. 8). the

还参考图8和图9,电源开关单元53、通道音频插口31R和31L以及视频插口31V安装在板65上。利用螺栓89a和89b,将板65固定在上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起97a和97b上(参见图6)。将电源插口27和AV插口25安装在板67上。利用螺栓89c,将板67固定在上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起97c上(参见图6)。 Referring also to FIGS. 8 and 9 , the power switch unit 53 , the channel audio jacks 31R and 31L, and the video jack 31V are mounted on a board 65 . The plate 65 is fixed to the cylindrical protrusions 97a and 97b of the upper housing 3 by means of bolts 89a and 89b (see FIG. 6). The power socket 27 and the AV socket 25 are mounted on the board 67 . With bolts 89c, the plate 67 is fixed on the cylindrical protrusion 97c of the upper housing 3 (see FIG. 6). the

参考图4,装饰板2安装在上部外壳3的表面上。利用从下部外壳7的外侧插入上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起103a至103j的螺栓33a至33j(参见图3(b)),将下部外壳7固定在上部外壳3上。在这种情况下,在将下部外壳7的圆柱形凸起105a至105c和105f至105h(参见图5)装配在上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起103a至103c和103f至103h内(参见图6)时,板63、65和67支撑在下部外壳7的圆柱形凸起105i、105j、105d和105e与上部外壳3的圆柱形凸起103i、103j、103d和103e之间。此外,插口保护装置23和红外滤色器19支撑在上部外壳3和下部外壳7之间。 Referring to FIG. 4 , a decorative panel 2 is installed on a surface of an upper case 3 . The lower case 7 is fixed to the upper case 3 by bolts 33a to 33j (see FIG. 3(b)) inserted into the cylindrical protrusions 103a to 103j of the upper case 3 from outside the lower case 7. In this case, after fitting the cylindrical projections 105a to 105c and 105f to 105h (see FIG. ), the plates 63, 65 and 67 are supported between the cylindrical protrusions 105i, 105j, 105d and 105e of the lower housing 7 and the cylindrical protrusions 103i, 103j, 103d and 103e of the upper housing 3. Furthermore, a socket protector 23 and an infrared filter 19 are supported between the upper case 3 and the lower case 7 . the

将键顶35、37和39a至39d设置成分别与取消键单元51、输入键单元49和箭头键单元51a至51d的头部接触,而通过插入孔75、77和79a至79d,露出键顶35、37和39a至39d的头部表面。此外,将键顶41和43设置成分别与推动机构73的臂177的端部(参见图14)和复位开关单元45的端部接触。 The key tops 35, 37, and 39a to 39d are arranged to be in contact with the heads of the cancel key unit 51, the input key unit 49, and the arrow key units 51a to 51d, respectively, while the key tops are exposed through the insertion holes 75, 77, and 79a to 79d. 35, 37 and 39a to 39d of the head surface. Further, the key tops 41 and 43 are arranged to be in contact with the end of the arm 177 of the push mechanism 73 (see FIG. 14 ) and the end of the reset switch unit 45, respectively. the

顺便提一句,键顶35和取消键单元47构成取消键13。键顶37和输入键单元49构成输入键15。键顶39a和箭头键单元51a、键顶39b和箭头键单元51b、键顶39c和箭头键单元51c以及键顶39d和箭头键单元51d分别构成箭头键17a、17b、17c和17d。键顶43和复位开关单元45构成复位开关11。键顶41、推动机构73和电源开关单元53构成电源开关9。 Incidentally, the key top 35 and the cancel key unit 47 constitute the cancel key 13 . The key tops 37 and the input key unit 49 constitute the input key 15 . The key top 39a and arrow key unit 51a, the key top 39b and arrow key unit 51b, the key top 39c and arrow key unit 51c, and the key top 39d and arrow key unit 51d constitute the arrow keys 17a, 17b, 17c and 17d, respectively. The key top 43 and the reset switch unit 45 constitute the reset switch 11 . The key top 41 , the push mechanism 73 and the power switch unit 53 constitute the power switch 9 . the

(B)卡盒500的结构 (B) The structure of the cartridge 500

图21(a)是示出图1所示卡盒500的平面图;图21(b)是示出卡 盒500的仰视图;以及图21(c)是示出卡盒500的右侧视图。图22是沿图21(a)中的C-C线的剖视图。图23是示出图1所示卡盒500的分解透视图。如图23所示,卡盒500是偏平长方体形状,具有上面、下面、右侧面、左侧面、正面和背面,并包括固定件510、顶板506、上部外壳502、屏蔽件508、螺帽514a至514d、圆柱形件516a至516d、防尘件512、板518、屏蔽件520以及下部外壳504。 Fig. 21 (a) is a plan view showing the cartridge 500 shown in Fig. 1; Fig. 21 (b) is a bottom view showing the cartridge 500; and Fig. 21 (c) is a right side view showing the cartridge 500. Fig. 22 is a sectional view along line C-C in Fig. 21(a). FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view showing the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in Figure 23, the cartridge 500 is in the shape of a flat cuboid, has an upper side, a lower side, a right side, a left side, a front side and a back side, and includes a fixing part 510, a top plate 506, an upper shell 502, a shielding part 508, a nut 514 a - 514 d , cylindrical pieces 516 a - 516 d , dust shield 512 , plate 518 , shield 520 , and lower housing 504 . the

图24(a)是示出图23所示板518的平面图;而图24(b)是示出该板518的连接器部分524的右侧视图。 24( a ) is a plan view showing the board 518 shown in FIG. 23 ; and FIG. 24( b ) is a right side view showing the connector portion 524 of the board 518 . the

如图24(a)所示,在矩形板518的相对侧边缘上,形成半圆形切口部分,而沿除正面边缘之外的边缘形成孔522a至522f。在板518的正面边缘处,具有凹进部分、从该凹进部分进一步延续的凸出部分以及从该凸出部分延续的另一个凹进部分。该凸出部分是连接器部分524。在连接器部分524的宽度方向上,形成24个端子t1至t24(术语“端子tn”用于泛指这些端子)。如图24(b)所示,连接器部分524的前沿形成有向下倾斜面,用以使卡盒500可以平滑插入图17(c)所示的连接器69。因为同样的原因,如图18所示,凹进接合部分211的边缘(开口边缘)形成有倾斜面。 As shown in FIG. 24(a), on opposite side edges of the rectangular plate 518, semicircular cutout portions are formed, while holes 522a to 522f are formed along edges other than the front edge. At the front edge of the plate 518, there is a concave portion, a convex portion further continuing from the concave portion, and another concave portion continuing from the convex portion. This protruding portion is the connector portion 524 . In the width direction of the connector portion 524, 24 terminals t1 to t24 (the term "terminal tn" is used to refer to these terminals generically) are formed. As shown in FIG. 24(b), the leading edge of the connector portion 524 is formed with a downward slope to allow the cartridge 500 to be smoothly inserted into the connector 69 shown in FIG. 17(c). For the same reason, as shown in FIG. 18, the edge (opening edge) of the concave engagement portion 211 is formed with an inclined surface. the

图25是示出图23所示防尘件512的透视图。如图25所示,防尘件512包括壁部分529,用于防止外部灰尘通过凹进接合部分539进入内部。此外,防尘件512的表面设置有圆柱形凸起526a、526b、528a和528b。将该防尘件512的圆柱形凸起526a和526b分别与板518的孔522a和522f对准,然后将螺栓558a(参见图22)和558f(该图中未示出)拧入圆柱形凸起526a和526b。这样,将防尘件512安装在板518上。 FIG. 25 is a perspective view showing the dustproof member 512 shown in FIG. 23 . As shown in FIG. 25 , the dustproof member 512 includes a wall portion 529 for preventing external dust from entering the inside through the concave engaging portion 539 . In addition, the surface of the dustproof member 512 is provided with cylindrical protrusions 526a, 526b, 528a, and 528b. Align the cylindrical protrusions 526a and 526b of the dust shield 512 with the holes 522a and 522f of the plate 518, respectively, and then screw the bolts 558a (see FIG. 22) and 558f (not shown in this figure) into the cylindrical protrusions. from 526a and 526b. In this way, the dust guard 512 is mounted on the plate 518 . the

图26是用于说明图25所示防尘件512的使用的视图。图26示出利用防尘件512将板518放置在其上的下部外壳504。如图26所示,在露出端子tn的同时,平行于凸出接合部分538的正面边缘, 布置防尘件512的壁部分529,其相对侧边缘向下部外壳504的正面成直角弯曲,并沿凹进接合部分539的外侧,在下部外壳504的正面附近延伸。如上所述,在完成后,防尘件512用于阻挡卡盒500的凹进接合部分539附近的间隙(参见图22),以防止外部灰尘进入。 FIG. 26 is a view for explaining use of the dustproof member 512 shown in FIG. 25 . FIG. 26 shows the lower housing 504 with a dust guard 512 on which a plate 518 is placed. As shown in FIG. 26 , while exposing the terminal tn, parallel to the front edge of the protruding engagement portion 538, the wall portion 529 of the dustproof member 512 is arranged with its opposite side edges bent at right angles to the front surface of the lower housing 504 and along the The outer side of the recessed engagement portion 539 extends near the front face of the lower housing 504 . As described above, after completion, the dustproof member 512 serves to block the gap near the recessed engagement portion 539 of the cartridge 500 (see FIG. 22 ) to prevent entry of external dust. the

图27是示出图23所示屏蔽件508的平面图。如图27所示,屏蔽件508具有覆盖图24(a)所示整个板518所需的形状和大小。在屏蔽件508的相对侧边缘上,形成半圆形切口部分,而沿外部边缘,形成孔530a至530f。 FIG. 27 is a plan view showing the shield 508 shown in FIG. 23 . As shown in FIG. 27, the shield 508 has the shape and size required to cover the entire plate 518 shown in FIG. 24(a). On opposite side edges of the shield 508, semicircular cutout portions are formed, while along the outer edges, holes 530a to 530f are formed. the

定位屏蔽件508的孔530b至530e,使得与其上安装了防尘件512的板518的孔522b至522e对准。然后,将螺栓558a至558d(除了图22所示的螺栓558b以外,该图中未示出)从板518的底侧插入孔522b至522e和孔530b至530e,并分别拧入螺帽514a至514d。此外,定位屏蔽件508的孔530a和530f,使得分别与防尘件512的圆柱形凸起528a和528b对准,然后将栓拧入圆柱形凸起528a和528b。这样,将屏蔽件508安装到板518上。 The holes 530b to 530e of the shield 508 are positioned so as to align with the holes 522b to 522e of the plate 518 on which the dust guard 512 is mounted. Then, bolts 558a to 558d (except bolts 558b shown in FIG. 22, which are not shown in this figure) are inserted from the bottom side of plate 518 into holes 522b to 522e and holes 530b to 530e, and screwed into nuts 514a to 530e, respectively. 514d. In addition, the holes 530a and 530f of the shield 508 are positioned so as to align with the cylindrical protrusions 528a and 528b of the dust shield 512, respectively, and then the pins are screwed into the cylindrical protrusions 528a and 528b. In this way, shield 508 is mounted to board 518 . the

如图22所示,在屏蔽件508仅通过安装面(3个面(参见图27))与板518接触时,在屏蔽件508的上部与板518之间存在间隙,因此,屏蔽件508不与形成在板518上的布线、LSI(大规模集成电路)、电子部件等接触。 As shown in FIG. 22, when the shield 508 is in contact with the board 518 only through the mounting surface (three faces (see FIG. 27)), there is a gap between the upper part of the shield 508 and the board 518, and therefore, the shield 508 does not It is in contact with wiring, LSI (Large Scale Integration), electronic components, etc. formed on the board 518 . the

图28是示出图23所示下部外壳504的内部的平面图。如图28所示,沿下部外壳504的正面边缘之外的边缘,形成圆柱形凸起532b、532d、532g、532h、532i、532l和532n。此外,在下部外壳504的内部,形成圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532j和532m以及圆柱形凸起532a、532e、532k和532o。圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532j、532m、532a、532e、532k和532o的每一个设置有4个围绕该凸起形成且具有平头的支撑件。在这种情况下,该支撑件从其 基部到其端部的长度小于圆柱形凸起从其基部到其端部的长度。 FIG. 28 is a plan view showing the inside of the lower housing 504 shown in FIG. 23 . As shown in FIG. 28, along edges other than the front edge of the lower housing 504, cylindrical protrusions 532b, 532d, 532g, 532h, 532i, 532l, and 532n are formed. Further, inside the lower housing 504, cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532j, and 532m and cylindrical protrusions 532a, 532e, 532k, and 532o are formed. Each of the cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532j, 532m, 532a, 532e, 532k and 532o is provided with 4 supports formed around the protrusion and having a flat head. In this case, the length of the support from its base to its end is less than the length of the cylindrical projection from its base to its end. the

此外,在下部外壳504的内部形成固定架534a和534b,并将金属板536a和536b固定装配在固定架534a和534b内。形成固定架534a和534b,以便在将卡盒500放置在图1所示适配器1的装饰板4上时,被定位在升降板55的开口137a和137b的正上方(参见图9)。还参考图21(b),沿下部外壳504的背面边缘,形成3个通孔546a至546c。除了这三个通孔546a至546c,没有通孔穿过下部外壳504,而在圆柱形凸起532a至532o上开的孔是形成为不穿过下部外壳504的全程的盲孔。 In addition, fixing frames 534a and 534b are formed inside the lower housing 504, and metal plates 536a and 536b are fixedly fitted in the fixing frames 534a and 534b. The fixing brackets 534a and 534b are formed so as to be positioned right above the openings 137a and 137b of the lifting plate 55 when the cartridge 500 is placed on the trim plate 4 of the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1 (see FIG. 9 ). Referring also to FIG. 21(b), along the back edge of the lower housing 504, three through holes 546a to 546c are formed. Except for these three through holes 546 a to 546 c , no through holes pass through the lower case 504 , and the holes made on the cylindrical protrusions 532 a to 532 o are blind holes formed not to pass through the entirety of the lower case 504 . the

在背面的附近,在下部外壳504的相对侧面上形成凹进部分,以形成锁定槽560a和560b。此外,如图21(b)和21(c)以及图22所示,在下部外壳504的外表面上,形成垫片552a至552d。利用垫片552a至552d,防止下部外壳504的整个外表面与适配器1的装饰板4接触,以尽可能避免擦伤装饰板4的整个表面,而且尽可能避免擦掉字母、图形等。 In the vicinity of the rear surface, recessed portions are formed on opposite sides of the lower housing 504 to form locking grooves 560a and 560b. Furthermore, as shown in FIGS. 21(b) and 21(c) and FIG. 22, on the outer surface of the lower housing 504, spacers 552a to 552d are formed. Utilize gaskets 552a to 552d to prevent the entire outer surface of the lower housing 504 from contacting the decorative plate 4 of the adapter 1, so as to avoid scratching the entire surface of the decorative plate 4 as much as possible, and to avoid erasing letters, graphics, etc. as much as possible. the

返回图28,在下部外壳504的前端,具有用于形成凸出接合部分538的凸出部分、用于形成凹进接合部分539的凹进部分。 Returning to FIG. 28 , at the front end of the lower housing 504 , there are convex portions for forming the convex engaging portion 538 , and concave portions for forming the concave engaging portion 539 . the

图29是示出图23所示上部外壳502的内部的透视图。图30是示出图23所示上部外壳502的平面图。如图29和图30所示,以矩形的形式,对上部外壳502设置开口544。此外,在上部外壳502的内表面上,沿正面边缘之外的外部边缘,形成圆柱形凸起540a至540g。穿过圆柱形凸起540a至540g的内部到上部外壳502的表面,形成孔,以便可以从上表面穿过上部外壳502拧入螺栓。此外,在上部外壳502的正面和背面分别形成插入孔542a和542e以及插入孔542b、542c和542d。同时,从上表面到内表面,通过上部外壳502的全程,形成插入孔。靠近背面,在上部外壳502的相对侧面上形成凹进部分,以形成锁定槽560a和560b。 FIG. 29 is a perspective view showing the inside of the upper housing 502 shown in FIG. 23 . FIG. 30 is a plan view showing the upper housing 502 shown in FIG. 23 . As shown in FIGS. 29 and 30 , an opening 544 is provided to the upper housing 502 in a rectangular form. Further, on the inner surface of the upper case 502, along the outer edge other than the front edge, cylindrical protrusions 540a to 540g are formed. Through the interior of the cylindrical protrusions 540a to 540g to the surface of the upper housing 502, holes are formed so that bolts can be screwed through the upper housing 502 from the upper surface. Further, insertion holes 542a and 542e and insertion holes 542b, 542c, and 542d are formed on the front and rear surfaces of the upper housing 502, respectively. At the same time, an insertion hole is formed all the way through the upper housing 502 from the upper surface to the inner surface. Near the rear, recessed portions are formed on opposite sides of the upper housing 502 to form locking grooves 560a and 560b. the

这样,将形状与板518相似的屏蔽件520(参见图23)安装在下部外壳504的内表面。例如,利用铜箔制成该屏蔽件520。然后,通过将下部外壳504的圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532j和532m装配在位于安装有防尘件512和屏蔽件508的板518的两个侧面边缘的半圆形切口部分(参见图24(a)和图27)上,将板518放置在围绕圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532j和532m形成的支撑件上。将圆柱形件516a至516d装配在圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532m和532j的各端部上,然后将螺栓554a至554d(除了图22所示的螺栓554b外,在该图中未示出)拧入圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532m和532j,从而将板518固定在下部外壳504上。 Thus, a shield 520 (see FIG. 23 ) similar in shape to the plate 518 is mounted on the inner surface of the lower housing 504 . For example, the shield 520 is made of copper foil. Then, by fitting the cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532j, and 532m of the lower housing 504 into the semicircular cutout portions located at both side edges of the plate 518 on which the dustproof member 512 and the shielding member 508 are installed (see FIG. 24 (a) and FIG. 27 ), the plate 518 is placed on supports formed around cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532j and 532m. Fit cylindrical members 516a to 516d on respective ends of cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532m and 532j, and then bolts 554a to 554d (except for bolt 554b shown in FIG. ) screw into the cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532m and 532j, thereby securing the plate 518 to the lower housing 504. the

接着,将上部外壳502的内表面上的圆柱形凸起540a至540g装配在下部外壳504的各圆柱形凸起532b、532d、532g、532h、532i、532l和532n上,然后将螺栓556a至556g(除了图22所示的螺栓556d以外,在该图中未示出)从上部外壳502的外表面上的开口拧入圆柱形凸起532b、532d、532g、532h、532i、532l和532n,从而将上部外壳502固定到下部外壳504上。然后,通过将从顶板506的正面边缘凸出而形成的插入部分548a和548b插入上部外壳502的插入孔542a和542e,将顶板506装配到上部外壳502的表面中。 Next, the cylindrical projections 540a to 540g on the inner surface of the upper casing 502 are fitted on the respective cylindrical projections 532b, 532d, 532g, 532h, 532i, 532l, and 532n of the lower casing 504, and then the bolts 556a to 556g are fitted. (except for the bolt 556d shown in FIG. 22, which is not shown in this figure) from the openings on the outer surface of the upper housing 502 screwed into the cylindrical projections 532b, 532d, 532g, 532h, 532i, 532l and 532n, thereby The upper housing 502 is secured to the lower housing 504 . Then, the top plate 506 is fitted into the surface of the upper case 502 by inserting the insertion portions 548 a and 548 b formed protruding from the front edge of the top plate 506 into the insertion holes 542 a and 542 e of the upper case 502 . the

图31是示出图23所示顶板506装配在上部外壳502的表面上的状态的平面图。在顶板506临时固定在上部外壳502的表面上的这种状态下,图23所示的固定件510装配在插入孔542b、542c和542d内,以完成卡盒500。下面将对此做详细说明。 FIG. 31 is a plan view showing a state where the top plate 506 shown in FIG. 23 is fitted on the surface of the upper housing 502 . In this state where the top plate 506 is temporarily fixed on the surface of the upper housing 502, the fixing member 510 shown in FIG. This will be described in detail below. the

图32是图23所示固定件510的透视图。如图32所示,在固定件510的相对端,向外形成爪部550a和550c。此外,在固定件510的中心部分,向内形成爪部550b。在从图31所示顶板506的背面角部凸出形成的插入部分548c和548d上,放置固定件510,爪部 550a至550c分别装配在图31所示的插入孔542b至542d内。通过这样做,可以固定顶板506。 FIG. 32 is a perspective view of the fixing member 510 shown in FIG. 23 . As shown in FIG. 32, at opposite ends of the fixing member 510, claw portions 550a and 550c are formed outward. In addition, at a central portion of the fixing member 510, a claw portion 550b is formed inwardly. On insertion portions 548c and 548d protruding from the back corners of the top plate 506 shown in FIG. By doing so, the top plate 506 can be fixed. the

图33是沿图21(a)中的D-D线的剖视图。如图33和图22所示,固定件510的爪部550a至550c卡住上部外壳502的边缘,从而将固定件510固定在上部外壳502上。 Fig. 33 is a sectional view taken along line D-D in Fig. 21(a). As shown in FIGS. 33 and 22 , the claws 550 a to 550 c of the fixing member 510 catch the edge of the upper housing 502 , thereby fixing the fixing member 510 on the upper housing 502 . the

接着,参考图22和图33,说明拆卸卡盒500的方法。在上述构造的卡盒500的外表面上,没有螺栓头露在外面。因此,在例如为了维护而拆卸卡盒500时,执行下面的步骤。通过经过形成在下部外壳504上的孔546a至546c,插入细长杆,使爪部550a至550c与上部外壳502的边缘脱钩。因此,使固定件510与上部外壳502分离,使得可以利用与上述组装过程相反的过程,拆卸卡盒500。 Next, a method of disassembling the cartridge 500 will be described with reference to FIGS. 22 and 33 . On the outer surface of the cartridge 500 constructed as described above, no bolt heads are exposed outside. Therefore, when the cartridge 500 is disassembled for maintenance, for example, the following steps are performed. The claws 550 a to 550 c are decoupled from the edge of the upper housing 502 by inserting the elongated rods through holes 546 a to 546 c formed in the lower housing 504 . Accordingly, detaching the mount 510 from the upper housing 502 allows the cartridge 500 to be disassembled using a process reverse to the assembly process described above. the

图34(a)是示出图23所示板518的平面图;图34(b)是示出尺寸大于该板518的中型板562的平面图;图34(c)是示出尺寸大于该中型板562的大型板564的平面图;图34(d)是示出图23所示屏蔽件508的平面图;图34(e)是示出尺寸大于该屏蔽件508的中型屏蔽件566的平面图;图34(f)是示出尺寸大于该中型屏蔽件566的大型屏蔽件568的平面图。在上面的例子中,在将板518用作板使用时,屏蔽件508被用作屏蔽件使用。然而,可以将尺寸比它们大的中型板562和中型屏蔽件566,或者尺寸比它们更大的大型板564和大型屏蔽件568安装到下部外壳504内,而不修改其结构。这是因为如图28所示,除了与板518的尺寸相符地形成圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532j和532m以外,还事先与大型板564的尺寸相符地形成圆柱形凸起532a、532e、532k和532o。 Figure 34 (a) is a plan view showing the plate 518 shown in Figure 23; Figure 34 (b) is a plan view showing a medium-sized plate 562 with a size larger than the plate 518; Figure 34 (c) is a plan view showing a size larger than the medium-sized plate 562 large plate 564 plan view; Figure 34 (d) is a plan view showing the shield 508 shown in Figure 23; Figure 34 (e) is a plan view showing a medium shield 566 larger in size than the shield 508; Figure 34 (f) is a plan view showing a large shield 568 that is larger in size than the medium shield 566 . In the above example, shield 508 is used as a shield while board 518 is used as a board. However, the medium-sized plate 562 and the medium-sized shield 566 , which are larger in size, or the large-sized plate 564 and the large-sized shield 568 , which are larger in size, may be installed into the lower housing 504 without modifying its structure. This is because, as shown in FIG. 28, in addition to forming cylindrical projections 532c, 532f, 532j, and 532m in conformity with the size of the plate 518, the cylindrical projections 532a, 532e, 532e, 532k and 532o. the

以与板518和屏蔽件508相同的方式,可以通过将大型板564和大型屏蔽件568装配在圆柱形凸起532a、532e、532k和532o上来安装它们。以与板518和屏蔽件508相同的方式,通过将中型板562和中型屏蔽件566装配在圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532k和532o 上,可以安装中型板562和中型屏蔽件566。 In the same manner as plate 518 and shield 508, large plate 564 and large shield 568 may be mounted by fitting them over cylindrical protrusions 532a, 532e, 532k, and 532o. In the same manner as plate 518 and shield 508, mid-size plate 562 and mid-size shield 566 may be mounted by fitting them over cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532k, and 532o. the

这样,参考图18和图22详细说明在连接卡盒500与适配器1的连接器69时它们之间的关系。卡盒500的凸出接合部分538和凹进接合部分539分别装配在连接器69的凹进接合部分211和凸出接合部分215上。然后,形成在卡盒500的板518上的端子t1至t24(参见图24(a))以一一对应的方式与连接器69的端子T1至T24的触点214接触。另一方面,由于在凹进接合部分539露出卡盒500的屏蔽件508,所以屏蔽件508与连接器69的屏蔽件201的接触件207接触。在这种情况下,屏蔽件201的接触件207的基端向形成在连接器69的上表面上的凹进部分198弯曲,因此,防止接触件207的隆起轮廓因为长时间使用而变形,导致连接不良。 Thus, the relationship between the cartridge 500 and the connector 69 of the adapter 1 when they are connected will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 18 and 22 . The male engaging portion 538 and the female engaging portion 539 of the cartridge 500 are fitted on the female engaging portion 211 and the male engaging portion 215 of the connector 69, respectively. Then, the terminals t1 to t24 (see FIG. 24( a )) formed on the board 518 of the cartridge 500 come into contact with the contacts 214 of the terminals T1 to T24 of the connector 69 in a one-to-one correspondence. On the other hand, since the shield 508 of the cartridge 500 is exposed at the recessed engagement portion 539 , the shield 508 comes into contact with the contacts 207 of the shield 201 of the connector 69 . In this case, the base end of the contact 207 of the shield 201 is bent toward the recessed portion 198 formed on the upper surface of the connector 69, therefore, the convex profile of the contact 207 is prevented from being deformed due to long-term use, resulting in Poor connection. the

(C)另一种典型卡盒(装备了摄像单元的卡盒) (C) Another typical cartridge (a cartridge equipped with a camera unit)

图35是示出要插入图1所示适配器1内的装备了摄像单元的卡盒600的透视图。如图35所示,摄像单元603设置在该卡盒600的主体601的上表面上。此外,以与图1所示卡盒500相同的方式,在卡盒主体601的相对侧面上,形成锁定槽610a和610b。其功能与卡盒500的锁定槽560a和560b的功能相同。此外,以与图1所示卡盒500相同的方式,在卡盒600上设置具有外露端子tn的凸出接合部分668和具有外露屏蔽件508(该图中未示出)的凹进接合部分669,它们被设计成分别适于连接器69的凹进接合部分211和凸出接合部分215。将卡盒600安装在适配器1内的过程与安装卡盒500(参见图19(a)至19(d))的过程相同。在安装时锁定卡盒600的机构与锁定卡盒500的机构(参见图20(a)至20(d))相同。 FIG. 35 is a perspective view showing the camera unit-equipped cartridge 600 to be inserted into the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 35 , an imaging unit 603 is provided on the upper surface of the main body 601 of the cartridge 600 . In addition, in the same manner as the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. 1, on opposite sides of the cartridge main body 601, locking grooves 610a and 610b are formed. Its function is the same as that of the locking grooves 560 a and 560 b of the cartridge 500 . In addition, in the same manner as the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. 1, the cartridge 600 is provided with a protruding engaging portion 668 having an exposed terminal tn and a recessing engaging portion having an exposed shield 508 (not shown in this figure). 669, which are designed to fit into the female engagement portion 211 and the male engagement portion 215 of the connector 69, respectively. The procedure of installing the cartridge 600 in the adapter 1 is the same as that of installing the cartridge 500 (see FIGS. 19( a ) to 19( d )). The mechanism for locking the cartridge 600 at the time of installation is the same as the mechanism for locking the cartridge 500 (see FIGS. 20( a ) to 20( d )). the

图36(a)是示出图35所示卡盒600的平面图;图36(b)是示出该卡盒600的仰视图;图36(c)是示出该卡盒600的右侧视图。图37是沿图36(a)中的E-E线的剖视图。图38是沿图36(a)中的F-F线且仅示出摄像单元603的剖视图。图39是示出图35所示摄像单元603 的分解透视图。如图39所示,摄像单元603包括:盖板624、可以选择性地仅透射红外线的红外滤色器612、红外发光二极管614a至614d、LED保持件616、透镜单元622、设置有被覆导体束620的板618、外壳部件628以及基板626。 Figure 36 (a) is a plan view showing the cartridge 600 shown in Figure 35; Figure 36 (b) is a bottom view showing the cartridge 600; Figure 36 (c) is a right side view showing the cartridge 600 . Fig. 37 is a sectional view taken along line E-E in Fig. 36(a). FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view taken along line F-F in FIG. 36( a ) and showing only the imaging unit 603 . FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view showing the imaging unit 603 shown in FIG. 35. As shown in FIG. 39, the camera unit 603 includes: a cover plate 624, an infrared filter 612 that can selectively transmit only infrared rays, infrared light-emitting diodes 614a to 614d, an LED holder 616, a lens unit 622, and a covered conductor bundle. The board 618 of 620, the housing part 628 and the base plate 626. the

透镜单元622安装在板618上。然后,透镜单元622具有圆柱形部分,其被装配在LED保持件616的圆柱形部分的孔内。此外,红外滤色器612封闭LED保持件616的圆柱形部分的孔。在这种情况下,耦合并定位LED保持件616和红外滤色器612,使得位于这两个部件的相对侧上的孔在垂直方向互相对准,然后,通过该孔插入螺栓,将它们连接在一起。此外,将每个红外发光二极管614a至614d的两个管脚插入在LED保持件616的4个角的相应角附近形成的两个孔内。以这样的方式构造摄像单元组件605。 The lens unit 622 is mounted on the board 618 . Then, the lens unit 622 has a cylindrical portion which fits in the hole of the cylindrical portion of the LED holder 616 . Furthermore, an infrared filter 612 closes the hole of the cylindrical portion of the LED holder 616 . In this case, the LED holder 616 and the infrared filter 612 are coupled and positioned so that the holes on opposite sides of the two components are vertically aligned with each other, and then bolts are inserted through the holes to connect them. together. In addition, the two pins of each infrared light emitting diode 614 a to 614 d are inserted into two holes formed near the corresponding ones of the four corners of the LED holder 616 . The camera unit assembly 605 is constructed in this way. the

通过经过板618的背面,将螺栓拧入从盖板624的内表面凸出的两个圆柱形凸起607内,将摄像单元组件605固定在盖板624上。然后,与固定到该盖板624上的摄像单元组件605一起,将盖板624固定在外壳部件628上。在这种情况下,通过将板618的边缘部分和导体束620插入穿过外壳部件628的底部形成的开口611内来露出它们(参见图37和图38,其中省略示出导体束620)。然后,将外壳部件628固定在基板626的表面上。将对此做详细说明。 The camera unit assembly 605 is secured to the cover plate 624 by threading bolts through the back of the plate 618 into two cylindrical protrusions 607 protruding from the inner surface of the cover plate 624 . Then, the cover plate 624 is fixed to the case member 628 together with the imaging unit assembly 605 fixed to the cover plate 624 . In this case, the edge portion of the plate 618 and the conductor bundle 620 are exposed by inserting them into an opening 611 formed through the bottom of the case member 628 (see FIGS. 37 and 38 , in which the conductor bundle 620 is omitted). Then, the housing member 628 is fixed on the surface of the substrate 626 . This will be explained in detail. the

图40是用于说明图39所示外壳部件628与基板626之间的连接的视图。如图40所示,形成在外壳部件628的底部上的圆柱形凸起644a至644d分别对准穿过基板626形成的孔648a至648d,然后,穿过它们拧入螺栓,以固定它们。在这种情况下,板618的边缘部分和导体束620插入基板626的开口650内,以露出它们(参见图37)。 FIG. 40 is a view for explaining the connection between the case member 628 and the substrate 626 shown in FIG. 39 . As shown in FIG. 40, cylindrical projections 644a to 644d formed on the bottom of housing member 628 are aligned with holes 648a to 648d formed through base plate 626, respectively, and then bolts are screwed through them to secure them. In this case, the edge portion of the board 618 and the conductor bundle 620 are inserted into the opening 650 of the base plate 626 to expose them (see FIG. 37 ). the

这样,如图38所示,在将摄像单元组件605安装在盖板624上时,将红外发光二极管614a和614d插入从盖板624的背面凸出的 圆柱形部分666a和666d的孔内。这些圆柱形部分666a和666d的孔形成的完全穿过盖板624的表面,使得在盖板624的表面上,露出红外发光二极管614a和614d。红外发光二极管614b和614c也是这样。 In this way, as shown in FIG. 38, when the camera unit assembly 605 is installed on the cover plate 624, the infrared light emitting diodes 614a and 614d are inserted into the holes of the cylindrical parts 666a and 666d protruding from the back side of the cover plate 624. The holes of these cylindrical parts 666a and 666d are formed completely through the surface of the cover plate 624, so that on the surface of the cover plate 624, the infrared LEDs 614a and 614d are exposed. The same is true for infrared light emitting diodes 614b and 614c. the

由于红外发光二极管614a至614d以这样的方式插入圆柱形部分666a至666d内,所以可以防止由红外发光二极管614a至614d发出的红外线直接被安装在板618上的图像传感器654(参见图37)检测到。此外,盖板624,连同红外发光二极管614a至614d所插入的圆柱形部分666a至666d的内表面被涂成闷光的黑色。因此,可以防止通过圆柱形部分666a至666d透射红外发光二极管614a至614d发出的红外线,并尽可能防止安装在板618的表面上的图像传感器654检测到该红外线。 Since the infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d are inserted into the cylindrical portions 666a to 666d in this manner, infrared rays emitted by the infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d can be prevented from being directly detected by the image sensor 654 (see FIG. 37 ) mounted on the board 618. arrive. In addition, the cover plate 624, together with the inner surfaces of the cylindrical portions 666a to 666d into which the IR LEDs 614a to 614d are inserted, are painted in a dull black. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent infrared rays emitted from the infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d from being transmitted through the cylindrical portions 666a to 666d, and to be prevented from being detected by the image sensor 654 mounted on the surface of the board 618 as much as possible. the

参考图37,详细说明图39所示的透镜单元622。透镜单元622包括:单元基底656、透镜支架658、凹透镜660和凸透镜662。以对着红外滤色片612的侧面平行于安装在板618上的图像传感器654的方式,将凹透镜660安装在透镜支架658上。此外,以对着图像传感器654的侧面平行于图像传感器654的方式,将凸透镜662安装在透镜支架658上。此外,在凹透镜660与凸透镜662之间存在空腔(光径)664。透过红外滤色片612的红外线穿过凹透镜660、空腔664和凸透镜662后被图像传感器654检测到。同时,透镜支架658固定在单元基底656上。 Referring to FIG. 37, the lens unit 622 shown in FIG. 39 will be described in detail. The lens unit 622 includes: a unit base 656 , a lens holder 658 , a concave lens 660 and a convex lens 662 . Concave lens 660 is mounted on lens holder 658 with the side facing infrared filter 612 parallel to image sensor 654 mounted on board 618 . Furthermore, a convex lens 662 is mounted on the lens holder 658 in such a manner that the side facing the image sensor 654 is parallel to the image sensor 654 . Furthermore, a cavity (optical path) 664 exists between the concave lens 660 and the convex lens 662 . The infrared rays passing through the infrared filter 612 are detected by the image sensor 654 after passing through the concave lens 660 , the cavity 664 and the convex lens 662 . Meanwhile, the lens holder 658 is fixed on the unit base 656 . the

图41是示出图35所示卡盒单元601的分解透视图。如图41所示,卡盒单元601包括:顶板606、上部外壳602、屏蔽件508、防尘件512、圆柱形件516a至516d、螺帽514a至514d、板518、屏蔽件520以及下部外壳604。屏蔽件508、防尘件512、圆柱形件516a至516d、螺帽514a至514d、板518和屏蔽件520及其安装过程与图1所示卡盒500的相同,因此,不重复不必要的描述。 FIG. 41 is an exploded perspective view showing the cartridge unit 601 shown in FIG. 35 . As shown in FIG. 41, the cartridge unit 601 includes: a top plate 606, an upper housing 602, a shield 508, a dustproof member 512, cylindrical members 516a to 516d, nuts 514a to 514d, a plate 518, a shield 520, and a lower housing 604. The shielding member 508, the dustproof member 512, the cylindrical members 516a to 516d, the nuts 514a to 514d, the plate 518 and the shielding member 520 and their installation process are the same as those of the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. describe. the

图42是示出图41所示下部外壳604的内表面的平面图。如图42所示,在下部外壳504的内表面上,形成圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532j和532m以及圆柱形凸起532a、532e、532k和532o。这些圆柱形凸起与图1所示的卡盒500的下部外壳504的圆柱形凸起532c、532f、532j和532m以及圆柱形凸起532a、532e、532k和532o具有同样的功能,因此,不重复不必要的描述。因此,不用说,以与衬底518和屏蔽件520相同的方式,可以将如图34(c)至34(f)所示的中型板562和屏蔽件566,或者大型板564和屏蔽件568安装在卡盒600内,而无需修改下部外壳604的结构。 FIG. 42 is a plan view showing the inner surface of the lower housing 604 shown in FIG. 41 . As shown in FIG. 42, on the inner surface of the lower housing 504, cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532j, and 532m and cylindrical protrusions 532a, 532e, 532k, and 532o are formed. These cylindrical protrusions have the same function as the cylindrical protrusions 532c, 532f, 532j and 532m and the cylindrical protrusions 532a, 532e, 532k and 532o of the lower housing 504 of the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. Repeat unnecessary descriptions. Therefore, it goes without saying that in the same manner as the substrate 518 and the shield 520, the medium-sized plate 562 and the shield 566 as shown in FIGS. 34(c) to 34(f), or the large-sized plate 564 and the shield 568 Installed in the cartridge 600 without modifying the structure of the lower housing 604 . the

此外,在下部外壳604的内表面上,沿其相对的侧面边缘,形成圆柱形凸起621a至621f。此外,在下部外壳604的背面的两个角部上,形成圆柱形凸起630a至630f。只有圆柱形凸起630a和630d内的孔被形成为直到下部外壳604的外表面。此外,在下部外壳604的背面附近,形成圆柱形凸起631a至613d。 Further, on the inner surface of the lower housing 604, along the opposite side edges thereof, cylindrical protrusions 621a to 621f are formed. Furthermore, on both corners of the rear surface of the lower housing 604, cylindrical protrusions 630a to 630f are formed. Only the holes in the cylindrical protrusions 630 a and 630 d are formed up to the outer surface of the lower housing 604 . Further, near the rear surface of the lower case 604, cylindrical protrusions 631a to 613d are formed. the

当在下部外壳604的内表面形成固定架534a和534b时,将金属板536a和536b固定装配在这些固定架534a和534b上。金属板536a和536b的功能与图1所示卡盒500的金属板536a和536b的功能相同,因此,省略不必要的描述。 When the fixing frames 534a and 534b are formed on the inner surface of the lower housing 604, the metal plates 536a and 536b are fixedly fitted on these fixing frames 534a and 534b. The functions of the metal plates 536a and 536b are the same as those of the metal plates 536a and 536b of the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. 1, and thus unnecessary descriptions are omitted. the

在下部外壳604的相对侧面上靠近背面形成凹进部分,以形成锁定槽610a和610b。此外,如图36(b)和36(c)以及图37所示,在下部外壳604的外表面上形成垫片608a至608d。垫片608a至608d的功能与图1所示的卡盒500的垫片552a至552d的功能相同,因此,不重复不必要的描述。此外,在下部外壳604的前端,存在用于形成凸出接合部分668的凸出部分和用于形成凹进接合部分669的凹进部分。 Recessed portions are formed on opposite sides of the lower housing 604 near the rear to form locking grooves 610a and 610b. In addition, as shown in FIGS. 36( b ) and 36 ( c ) and FIG. 37 , spacers 608 a to 608 d are formed on the outer surface of the lower housing 604 . The functions of the spacers 608a to 608d are the same as those of the spacers 552a to 552d of the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. 1, and therefore, unnecessary descriptions are not repeated. In addition, at the front end of the lower housing 604 , there are convex portions for forming the convex engaging portion 668 and concave portions for forming the concave engaging portion 669 . the

图43是示出图41所示上部外壳602的内部的透视图。如图43所示,上部外壳602设置有矩形形式的开口638和639。此外,在 上部外壳602的内表面上,沿其相对侧的边缘,形成圆柱形凸起632a至632f。穿过圆柱形凸起632a至632f的内部到达上部外壳602的表面形成孔,使得可以从上表面穿过上部外壳602拧入螺栓。此外,在靠近上部外壳602的后侧的两个角上,分别形成孔634a至634c和孔634d至634f。同时,从上表面到内表面穿过上部外壳602全程形成这些孔。在上部外壳602的相对侧的表面上,靠近后侧,形成凹进部分,以便形成锁定槽610a和610b。 FIG. 43 is a perspective view showing the inside of the upper housing 602 shown in FIG. 41 . As shown in FIG. 43, the upper housing 602 is provided with openings 638 and 639 in the form of rectangles. In addition, on the inner surface of the upper housing 602, along the edges on opposite sides thereof, cylindrical protrusions 632a to 632f are formed. Holes are formed through the interior of the cylindrical protrusions 632a to 632f to the surface of the upper housing 602 so that bolts can be screwed in through the upper housing 602 from the upper surface. Further, on two corners near the rear side of the upper housing 602, holes 634a to 634c and holes 634d to 634f are respectively formed. At the same time, the holes are formed all the way through the upper housing 602 from the upper surface to the inner surface. On the surface of the opposite side of the upper housing 602, near the rear side, recessed portions are formed so as to form locking grooves 610a and 610b. the

这样,将上部外壳602的圆柱形凸起632a至632f分别装配在下部外壳604的圆柱形凸起621a至621f内,然后,通过上部外壳602的表面拧入螺栓652a至652f(参见如下所述的图44)。以这种配置,将上部外壳602固定在固定有板518等的下部外壳604上。 In this way, the cylindrical protrusions 632a to 632f of the upper housing 602 are respectively fitted in the cylindrical protrusions 621a to 621f of the lower housing 604, and then the bolts 652a to 652f are screwed in through the surface of the upper housing 602 (see Figure 44). With this configuration, the upper case 602 is fixed to the lower case 604 to which the plate 518 and the like are fixed. the

图44是用于说明将图41所示顶板606安装到上部外壳602上的过程的视图。如图44所示,在上部外壳602的正面边缘附近,形成两个插入孔642a和642b。通过将形成在顶板606的正面边缘上的插入部分640a和640b插入该插入孔642a和642b,将顶板606装配在上部外壳602上。 FIG. 44 is a view for explaining a process of attaching the top plate 606 shown in FIG. 41 to the upper case 602. Referring to FIG. As shown in FIG. 44, near the front edge of the upper housing 602, two insertion holes 642a and 642b are formed. The top plate 606 is fitted to the upper housing 602 by inserting the insertion portions 640a and 640b formed on the front edge of the top plate 606 into the insertion holes 642a and 642b. the

然后,将图40所示基板626的圆柱形凸起646a至646f插入孔634c、634a、634b、634f、634e和634d,装配在下部外壳604的圆柱形凸起630c、630a、630b、630f、630e和630d上。在这种情况下,基板626位于从顶板606的背面边缘凸出的插入部分640c和640d的上方。然后,通过经过下部外壳604的底表面,将螺栓671a和671b拧入下部外壳604的圆柱形凸起630a和630b和基板626的圆柱形凸起646b和646f,将摄像单元603固定在卡盒单元601上。 Then, the cylindrical protrusions 646a to 646f of the base plate 626 shown in FIG. and 630d. In this case, the base plate 626 is positioned over insert portions 640c and 640d protruding from the back edge of the top plate 606 . Then, the camera unit 603 is fixed to the cartridge unit by screwing the bolts 671a and 671b into the cylindrical projections 630a and 630b of the lower casing 604 and the cylindrical projections 646b and 646f of the base plate 626 through the bottom surface of the lower casing 604. 601 on. the

(D)适配器1的典型使用1 (D) Typical use of adapter 11

图45是示出图1所示适配器1的典型使用1的说明性视图。如图45所示,在将AV线缆12的一个AV插头(该图中未示出)插入适配器 1的AV插口25的同时,将另一个AV插头22插入电视接收器14的AV插口24。此外,在将电源线缆16的插头(该图中未示出)插入适配器1的电源插口27的同时,将插头单元18的插头插入插口20。顺便提一句,插头单元18包括变压器,它将插口20提供的电压降低到某个电压,然后,通过电源线缆16,将该电压送到适配器1。 FIG. 45 is an explanatory view showing a typical use 1 of the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 45, while one AV plug (not shown in this figure) of the AV cable 12 is inserted into the AV inlet 25 of the adapter 1, the other AV plug 22 is inserted into the AV inlet 24 of the television receiver 14. Further, while inserting the plug (not shown in this figure) of the power cable 16 into the power socket 27 of the adapter 1 , the plug of the plug unit 18 is inserted into the socket 20 . Incidentally, the plug unit 18 includes a transformer that reduces the voltage supplied from the socket 20 to a certain voltage, and then sends this voltage to the adapter 1 through the power cable 16 . the

在图45中,适配器1放置在电视接收器14的上表面上。在该典型使用的情况中,使用与球形输入设备854组合使用的球拍形输入设备700或者球棒形输入设备800。顺便提一句,带703连接到球拍形输入设备700的握持部分的端部。此外,带801连接到球棒形输入设备800的手柄上。此外,带803连接到球形输入设备854上。在下面的描述中,将依次说明各输入设备的结构。 In FIG. 45 , the adapter 1 is placed on the upper surface of the television receiver 14 . In the case of this typical use, either the racket-shaped input device 700 or the bat-shaped input device 800 used in combination with the ball-shaped input device 854 is used. Incidentally, a strap 703 is attached to the end of the grip portion of the racket-shaped input device 700 . Additionally, a strap 801 is attached to the handle of the bat-shaped input device 800 . Additionally, strap 803 is connected to spherical input device 854 . In the following description, the structure of each input device will be explained in sequence. the

球拍形输入设备 racket input device

图46是示出图45所示球拍形输入设备700的平面图。在这种情况下,省略带703的说明。图47是示出图46所示球拍形输入设备700的主体的分解透视图。图48是示出图46所示球拍形输入设备700的握持部分的分解透视图。图49是沿图46中的G-G线的剖视图。 FIG. 46 is a plan view showing the racket-shaped input device 700 shown in FIG. 45 . In this case, description of the tape 703 is omitted. FIG. 47 is an exploded perspective view showing the main body of the racket-shaped input device 700 shown in FIG. 46 . FIG. 48 is an exploded perspective view showing a grip portion of the racket-shaped input device 700 shown in FIG. 46 . Fig. 49 is a sectional view taken along line G-G in Fig. 46 . the

如图47和图48所示,球拍形输入设备700包括:LED盖728、下部外壳702、橡皮环718、压电元件720、橡皮环719、夹板724、板712、LED支架714a和714b、红外发光二极管716a至716d(红外发光二极管716c和716d安装在板712的反面,因此,该图中未示出)、操作开关710、板726、红外发光二极管716e、设置有螺栓覆盖件717的侧盖730a、侧盖730b和730c、虚拟击球部分706、上部外壳704、握杆盖732、轴支承件734、帽架744、电池板(正极触点)742、内帽740、轴736和外帽738。 47 and 48, the racket-shaped input device 700 includes: LED cover 728, lower housing 702, rubber ring 718, piezoelectric element 720, rubber ring 719, splint 724, plate 712, LED brackets 714a and 714b, infrared LEDs 716a to 716d (infrared LEDs 716c and 716d are installed on the reverse side of the board 712, and therefore, are not shown in this figure), operation switch 710, board 726, infrared LED 716e, side cover provided with bolt cover 717 730a, side covers 730b and 730c, dummy ball striking portion 706, upper housing 704, grip cover 732, shaft support 734, cap holder 744, battery plate (positive contact) 742, inner cap 740, shaft 736 and outer cap 738. the

如图49所示,压电元件720支承在橡皮圈718与橡皮圈719之间,它们被一起设置在具有形成在下部外壳702的内表面上的浅孔 的圆柱形支架733中,并利用夹板724将它们固定在一起。由于夹板724保持橡皮圈718和719,所以以紧密接触橡皮圈718和719的方式,固定压电元件720。这样,平行于虚拟击球面安装该压电元件720。 As shown in FIG. 49, the piezoelectric element 720 is supported between a rubber ring 718 and a rubber ring 719, which are arranged together in a cylindrical support 733 having a shallow hole formed on the inner surface of the lower housing 702, and is clamped by a splint. 724 to hold them together. Since the clamping plate 724 holds the rubber rings 718 and 719 , the piezoelectric element 720 is fixed in such a manner as to closely contact the rubber rings 718 and 719 . Thus, the piezoelectric element 720 is installed parallel to the virtual ball striking face. the

LED支架714a和714b安装在板712上。每个LED支架714a和714b被设计为用于从下部外壳702和上部外壳704的两侧接收红外发光二极管。因此,从下部外壳702的侧面将红外发光二极管716a装配在LED支架714a内,从上部外壳704的侧面将红外发光二极管716d装配在LED支架714a内。同样,从下部外壳702的侧面将红外发光二极管716b装配在LED支架714b内,从上部外壳704的侧面将红外发光二极管716c装配在LED支架714b内。此外,在上部外壳704的侧面,将操作开关710安装在板712上。板712和安装在其上的这些元件一起固定在上部外壳704上。另一方面,将红外发光二极管716e安装在板726上。将安装有红外发光二极管716e的板726插入设置在上部外壳704的端部的支架735。 LED brackets 714a and 714b are mounted on board 712 . Each LED bracket 714a and 714b is designed to receive infrared light emitting diodes from both sides of the lower housing 702 and the upper housing 704 . Thus, the infrared light emitting diode 716a is fitted in the LED holder 714a from the side of the lower housing 702, and the infrared emitting diode 716d is fitted in the LED holder 714a from the side of the upper housing 704. Likewise, the infrared light emitting diode 716b is assembled in the LED bracket 714b from the side of the lower housing 702, and the infrared emitting diode 716c is assembled in the LED bracket 714b from the side of the upper housing 704. Furthermore, on the side of the upper case 704 , an operation switch 710 is mounted on a plate 712 . The board 712 is secured to the upper housing 704 together with the components mounted thereon. On the other hand, an infrared light emitting diode 716e is mounted on a board 726 . The board 726 mounted with the infrared light emitting diode 716e is inserted into the bracket 735 provided at the end of the upper housing 704 . the

虚拟击球部分706和侧盖730a支承在上部外壳704与下部外壳702之间。关于球拍形输入设备700的椭圆形部分,通过将螺栓拧入其侧面,将上部外壳704和下部外壳702接合在一起,从而将侧盖730a和虚拟击球部分706固定到其上。然后,将侧盖730b和730c安装在上部外壳704和下部外壳702上,以覆盖其侧面。此外,在靠近其前边缘的球拍形输入设备700的椭圆形部分的两个位置上,在拉起覆盖这两个位置的螺栓盖件717后,从下部外壳702的表面,将螺栓拧入上部外壳704,然后,使螺栓盖件717返回其初始位置,以隐藏螺栓头。另一方面,关于球拍形输入设备700的握持部分,通过从下部外壳702到上部外壳704拧入螺栓,将上部外壳704和下部外壳702接合在一起。然后,将握杆盖732装配在上部外壳704和下部外壳702的握持部分上。 The virtual ball striking portion 706 and the side cover 730a are supported between the upper housing 704 and the lower housing 702 . Regarding the oval portion of the racket-shaped input device 700, the upper housing 704 and the lower housing 702 are joined together by screwing bolts into its sides, thereby securing the side cover 730a and the dummy ball striking portion 706 thereto. Then, side covers 730b and 730c are mounted on the upper case 704 and the lower case 702 to cover the sides thereof. In addition, at two locations on the oval portion of the racket-shaped input device 700 near its front edge, after pulling up the bolt cover 717 covering these two locations, from the surface of the lower housing 702, screw the bolts into the upper The housing 704 then returns the bolt cover 717 to its original position to conceal the bolt heads. On the other hand, regarding the grip portion of the racket-shaped input device 700 , by screwing in bolts from the lower case 702 to the upper case 704 , the upper case 704 and the lower case 702 are joined together. Then, the grip bar cover 732 is fitted on the grip portions of the upper housing 704 and the lower housing 702 . the

如上所述,利用侧盖730a至730c以及握杆盖732,螺栓头不露在外面。同时,例如,由非(邻)苯二甲酸基氯乙烯(non-phthalicbase vinyl chloride)制造侧盖730a和握杆盖732。因此,它们是相对柔软的。 As described above, with the side covers 730a to 730c and the lever cover 732, the heads of the bolts are not exposed. Meanwhile, the side cover 730a and the grip bar cover 732 are made of, for example, non-phthalicbase vinyl chloride. Therefore, they are relatively soft. the

另一方面,从球拍形输入设备700的端部露出红外发光二极管716e,从下部外壳702的表面露出红外发光二极管716a和716b,以及从上部外壳704的表面露出红外发光二极管716c和716d(参见图49)。同时,安装透明LED盖728,以覆盖红外发光二极管716a至716d,从而保护它们(参见图46和图47)。 On the other hand, infrared LEDs 716e are exposed from the end of the racket-shaped input device 700, infrared LEDs 716a and 716b are exposed from the surface of the lower housing 702, and infrared LEDs 716c and 716d are exposed from the surface of the upper housing 704 (see FIG. 49). At the same time, a transparent LED cover 728 is installed to cover the infrared light emitting diodes 716a to 716d, thereby protecting them (see FIGS. 46 and 47). the

这样,如图49所示,帽架744安装在球拍形输入设备700的握杆的底部。插入有轴736的内帽740和轴支承件734安装在该帽架744上。此外,在利用螺栓752(参见如下所述的图50)将电池板(正极触点)742安装在内帽740的表面上时,利用螺栓750,将外帽738可滑动地安装在内帽740的反面。另一方面,电池板(负极触点)745安装在握杆内的后端。在这种配置中,在打开外帽738和内帽740后,将两个AA尺寸电池747插入握杆的内部,然后,关闭外帽738和内帽740,通过从外帽738的外表面拧入螺栓,固定外帽738。接着,将详细说明外帽738和内帽740的打开和关闭机构。 Thus, as shown in FIG. 49 , the cap holder 744 is mounted on the bottom of the grip of the racket-shaped input device 700 . The inner cap 740 into which the shaft 736 is inserted and the shaft support 734 are mounted on this cap frame 744 . In addition, while the battery plate (positive contact) 742 is mounted on the surface of the inner cap 740 using bolts 752 (see FIG. 50 described below), the outer cap 738 is slidably mounted on the inner cap 740 using bolts 750 the opposite of . On the other hand, a battery plate (negative contact) 745 is installed at the rear end inside the grip bar. In this configuration, after opening the outer cap 738 and inner cap 740, insert two AA size batteries 747 into the inside of the grip bar, then, close the outer cap 738 and inner cap 740, Insert the bolts to fix the outer cap 738. Next, opening and closing mechanisms of the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740 will be described in detail. the

图50是示出打开的图49所示外帽738和内帽740的透视图。图51是示出关闭的图49所示外帽738和内帽740的平面图。图52是示出打开和关闭的图49所示外帽738和内帽740的侧视图。顺便提一句,在图51和图52中,为了使说明简洁,省略示出图50所示的螺栓750。 FIG. 50 is a perspective view showing the outer cap 738 and inner cap 740 shown in FIG. 49 opened. FIG. 51 is a plan view showing the outer cap 738 and inner cap 740 shown in FIG. 49 closed. FIG. 52 is a side view showing the outer cap 738 and inner cap 740 shown in FIG. 49 opened and closed. Incidentally, in FIGS. 51 and 52 , illustration of the bolt 750 shown in FIG. 50 is omitted for simplicity of description. the

如图50所示,靠近外帽738的前边缘,在两个角部形成钩形装配爪部760。另一方面,对应于外帽738的装配爪部760,在靠近帽架744的前边缘的两个角部形成装配孔762。此外,如上所述,利用螺栓750,将外帽738可滑动地安装在内帽740的背面上。将 对此做详细说明。 As shown in FIG. 50, near the front edge of the outer cap 738, hook-shaped fitting claws 760 are formed at both corners. On the other hand, fitting holes 762 are formed at two corners near the front edge of the cap holder 744 corresponding to the fitting claws 760 of the outer cap 738 . In addition, the outer cap 738 is slidably mounted on the back of the inner cap 740 with bolts 750 as described above. This will be explained in detail. the

如图51所示,穿过内帽740,形成两个长孔754。将在外帽738的内表面上形成的圆柱形凸起756插入两个长孔754内。在这种情况下,如图52所示,该圆柱形凸起756的端部从内帽740的长孔754凸出。因此,即使利用拧入圆柱形凸起756内的螺栓750,也不能将外帽738固定到内帽740上。因为该原因,外帽738可以沿内帽740的长孔754最长移动距离L(参见图51)。 As shown in FIG. 51, through the inner cap 740, two long holes 754 are formed. Cylindrical protrusions 756 formed on the inner surface of the outer cap 738 are inserted into the two elongated holes 754 . In this case, as shown in FIG. 52 , the end of the cylindrical protrusion 756 protrudes from the elongated hole 754 of the inner cap 740 . Therefore, the outer cap 738 cannot be secured to the inner cap 740 even with the bolt 750 screwed into the cylindrical protrusion 756 . For this reason, the outer cap 738 can move the longest distance L along the elongated hole 754 of the inner cap 740 (see FIG. 51 ). the

如图52所示,在关闭外帽738和内帽740时,外帽738的圆柱形凸起756位于内帽740的长孔754的一端(即,靠近内帽740的基端的端部)。因此,在这种情况下,将外帽738的装配爪部760插入帽架744的装配孔762内。此外,在这种情况下,将通过形成在外帽738中的螺栓孔758插入的螺栓拧入固定到形成在帽架744上的圆柱形凸起764(参见图50)内部的螺帽(该图中未示出)内,以锁定外帽738和内帽740。 As shown in FIG. 52 , when the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740 are closed, the cylindrical protrusion 756 of the outer cap 738 is located at one end of the elongated hole 754 of the inner cap 740 (ie, the end near the base end of the inner cap 740 ). Therefore, in this case, the fitting claw portion 760 of the outer cap 738 is inserted into the fitting hole 762 of the cap holder 744 . Also, in this case, bolts inserted through bolt holes 758 formed in the outer cap 738 are screwed into nuts (the figure) fixed to the inside of cylindrical protrusions 764 (see FIG. 50 ) formed on the cap frame 744. (not shown) to lock the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740. the

另一方面,在打开外帽738和内帽740时,卸下锁定外帽738和内帽740的螺栓。然后,通过滑动外帽738,从帽架744的装配孔762取出外帽738的装配爪部760。然后,打开外帽738和内帽740。如图52所示,当外帽738和内帽740打开时,外帽738的圆柱形凸起756位于内帽740的长孔754的另一端(即,靠近内帽740的前边缘的端部)。在这样打开外帽738和内帽740时,外帽738被移动,以与关闭时的方向相反的方向滑动。顺便提一句,利用与打开过程相反的过程,可以关闭外帽738和内帽740。 On the other hand, when opening the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740, the bolts locking the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740 are removed. Then, by sliding the outer cap 738 , the fitting claw portion 760 of the outer cap 738 is taken out from the fitting hole 762 of the cap holder 744 . Then, the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740 are opened. As shown in Figure 52, when the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740 are opened, the cylindrical protrusion 756 of the outer cap 738 is located at the other end of the elongated hole 754 of the inner cap 740 (that is, the end near the front edge of the inner cap 740). ). When the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740 are opened in this way, the outer cap 738 is moved to slide in a direction opposite to that at the time of closing. Incidentally, the outer cap 738 and the inner cap 740 can be closed using the reverse procedure of the opening procedure. the

球棒形输入设备 Ball-and-stick input device

图53(a)是示出图45所示球棒形输入设备800的平面图;而图53(b)是示出球棒形输入设备800的仰视图。在这种情况下,省略示出带801。如图53(a)和图53(b)所示,该球棒形输入设备800包括:头部802和主体804。主体804由作为控制单元840的上半部分 和作为握持部分844的下半部分构成。 53( a ) is a plan view showing the bat-shaped input device 800 shown in FIG. 45 ; and FIG. 53( b ) is a bottom view showing the bat-shaped input device 800 . In this case, the belt 801 is omitted from illustration. As shown in FIG. 53( a ) and FIG. 53( b ), the bat-shaped input device 800 includes: a head 802 and a main body 804 . The main body 804 is composed of an upper half as a control unit 840 and a lower half as a grip portion 844. the

主体804的控制单元840设置有如图53(a)所示的操作开关806,和如图53(b)所示的与操作开关806位置相对的分离按钮810。此外,在控制单元840的外表面上设置有4个红外发光二极管808a至808d,以均匀间隔露出。 The control unit 840 of the main body 804 is provided with an operation switch 806 as shown in FIG. 53( a ), and a separation button 810 opposite to the operation switch 806 as shown in FIG. 53( b ). In addition, four infrared light emitting diodes 808a to 808d are provided on the outer surface of the control unit 840, exposed at regular intervals. the

图54(a)至图54(c)是示出分离后的图45所示球棒形输入设备800的说明性视图。如图54(a)和图54(b)所示,可以将球棒形输入设备800划分为头部802和主体804。如图54(a)所示,对头部802的基端设置具有带钩的爪部814的连接件812。另一方面,在控制单元840的开口817的底部上,对应于连接件812的两个爪部814,形成两个连接孔816,如图54(c)所示。通过利用连接孔816接合爪部814,可以将头部802和控制单元840连接在一起。下面将对此做详细说明。 54(a) to 54(c) are explanatory views showing the bat-shaped input device 800 shown in FIG. 45 after being separated. As shown in FIGS. 54( a ) and 54 ( b ), the bat-shaped input device 800 can be divided into a head 802 and a main body 804 . As shown in FIG. 54( a ), a coupling member 812 having a hooked claw portion 814 is provided to the proximal end of the head portion 802 . On the other hand, on the bottom of the opening 817 of the control unit 840, corresponding to the two claws 814 of the connecting piece 812, two connecting holes 816 are formed, as shown in FIG. 54(c). By engaging the claws 814 with the connection holes 816, the head 802 and the control unit 840 can be connected together. This will be described in detail below. the

图55是沿图53(b)中的H-H线的剖视图。图56是示出图55所示区域A的放大图。图57是示出图55所示区域B的放大图。图58是示出图55所示区域C的放大图。 Fig. 55 is a sectional view taken along line H-H in Fig. 53(b). FIG. 56 is an enlarged view showing the area A shown in FIG. 55 . FIG. 57 is an enlarged view showing a region B shown in FIG. 55 . FIG. 58 is an enlarged view showing a region C shown in FIG. 55 . the

如图55所示,头部802包括:容器部分818、海绵820和连接件812。容器部分818内装载圆柱形式的海绵820,而连接件812固定地插入其中。顺便提一句,容器部分818和握持部分844例如由非(邻)苯二甲酸基氯乙烯构成。 As shown in FIG. 55 , the head 802 includes: a container portion 818 , a sponge 820 and a connector 812 . The container portion 818 houses a sponge 820 in the form of a cylinder, and the connecting member 812 is fixedly inserted thereinto. Incidentally, the container portion 818 and the grip portion 844 are composed of, for example, non-(phthalate) vinyl chloride. the

这样,以长方体的形式,形成图53(b)所示的分离按钮810,而且它具有图56所示的截面。如图56所示,在分离按钮810的内端部,形成凸出部分。然后,在将弹簧836的一端装配在该凸出部分上时,弹簧836的另一端与控制单元840的内壁接触。对应于图54所示的连接孔816,在分离按钮810的上表面上形成两个矩形开口。然后,通过连接孔816,将连接件812的爪部814插入形成在该分离按钮810的上表面上的矩形开口内,然后,该爪部814与分 离按钮810的钩部838接合。这样,头部802连接到主体804。另一方面,采取下面的步骤以进行分离。 Thus, in the form of a cuboid, the separation button 810 shown in FIG. 53(b) is formed, and it has the cross section shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 56, at the inner end portion of the separation button 810, a convex portion is formed. Then, when one end of the spring 836 is fitted on the protruding portion, the other end of the spring 836 comes into contact with the inner wall of the control unit 840 . Corresponding to the connection holes 816 shown in FIG. 54 , two rectangular openings are formed on the upper surface of the separation button 810 . Then, the claw portion 814 of the connector 812 is inserted into the rectangular opening formed on the upper surface of the separation button 810 through the connection hole 816, and then the claw portion 814 engages with the hook portion 838 of the separation button 810. In this way, the head 802 is connected to the body 804 . On the other hand, the following steps are taken for separation. the

图59是示出图45所示球棒形输入设备800的分离机构的说明性视图。如图59所示,在按下分离按钮810时,爪部814与钩部838脱钩。因此,在这种状态下,可以轻而易举地拉出头部802。 FIG. 59 is an explanatory view showing a separation mechanism of the bat-shaped input device 800 shown in FIG. 45 . As shown in FIG. 59 , when the release button 810 is pressed, the claw portion 814 is disengaged from the hook portion 838 . Therefore, in this state, the head 802 can be easily pulled out. the

这样,参考图56,板824安装在平行于球棒形输入设备800的中轴的控制单元840的内部。然后,将装配在LED支架826a至826d中的红外发光二极管808a至808d安装在该板824上(在该图中未示出LED支架826b和红外发光二极管808b)。此外,橡皮环833和橡皮环832保持在支架828内,压电元件830支承在其间。然后,将橡皮环833和832之间的压电元件830设置在支架828和夹板834之间。由于夹板834保持橡皮环833和832,所以与橡皮环833和832紧密接触地固定压电元件830。如上所述,保持压电元件830的支架828固定在控制单元840上。在这种情况下,布置支架828,以使压电元件830的方向垂直于球棒形输入设备800的中轴。 Thus, referring to FIG. 56 , the board 824 is installed inside the control unit 840 parallel to the central axis of the bat-shaped input device 800 . Then, the infrared light emitting diodes 808a to 808d fitted in the LED holders 826a to 826d are mounted on the board 824 (the LED holder 826b and the infrared light emitting diode 808b are not shown in this figure). Furthermore, a rubber ring 833 and a rubber ring 832 are held within the holder 828 with the piezoelectric element 830 supported therebetween. Then, the piezoelectric element 830 between the rubber rings 833 and 832 is placed between the bracket 828 and the splint 834 . Since the clamp 834 holds the rubber rings 833 and 832 , the piezoelectric element 830 is fixed in close contact with the rubber rings 833 and 832 . As described above, the bracket 828 holding the piezoelectric element 830 is fixed on the control unit 840 . In this case, the bracket 828 is arranged so that the direction of the piezoelectric element 830 is perpendicular to the central axis of the bat-shaped input device 800 . the

此外,将板822固定在控制单元840的内部,以使它垂直于球棒形输入设备800的中轴。然后,将操作开关806安装在该板822上。 Furthermore, the board 822 is fixed inside the control unit 840 so that it is perpendicular to the central axis of the bat-shaped input device 800 . Then, the operation switch 806 is mounted on this board 822 . the

如图58所示,两个AA尺寸电池846放置在握持部分844的内部。电池846的负极端与设置在握持部分844内的电池板848(负极触点)接触,而电池846的正极端与设置在罩构件852内的电池板850(正极触点)接触。同时,罩构件852绕轴884枢转,使得可以通过打开盖罩件852来更换电池846。 As shown in FIG. 58 , two AA size batteries 846 are placed inside the grip portion 844 . The negative terminal of the battery 846 is in contact with a battery plate 848 (negative contact) provided in the grip portion 844 , and the positive terminal of the battery 846 is in contact with a battery plate 850 (positive contact) provided in the cover member 852 . At the same time, the cover member 852 pivots about the shaft 884 so that the battery 846 can be replaced by opening the cover member 852 . the

球形输入设备 spherical input device

图60是示出图45所示球形输入设备854的透视图。图61是示出图45所示球形输入设备854的平面图。图62是沿图61中的I-I线的剖视图。在这种情况下,省略示出带803。此外,利用左手三维 坐标系示出图61和图62。如图62所示,板880平行于XY平面固定在球形输入设备854内。然后,将操作键856a至856d安装在该板880上。此外,橡皮环872和橡皮环874与它们之间的压电元件870一起放置在支架876内。然后,将橡皮环872和874之间的压电元件870放置在支架876与夹板878之间。由于夹板878保持橡皮环872和874,所以与橡皮环872和874紧密接触地固定压电元件870。如上所述,保持压电元件870的支架876固定在球形输入设备854的内部。在这种情况下,安装支架876,使得压电元件870的方向平行于YZ平面。 FIG. 60 is a perspective view showing the spherical input device 854 shown in FIG. 45 . FIG. 61 is a plan view showing the spherical input device 854 shown in FIG. 45 . Fig. 62 is a cross-sectional view along line I-I in Fig. 61 . In this case, the belt 803 is omitted from illustration. In addition, Figures 61 and 62 are shown using a left-handed three-dimensional coordinate system. As shown in FIG. 62 , plate 880 is fixed within spherical input device 854 parallel to the XY plane. Then, the operation keys 856a to 856d are mounted on this board 880 . In addition, rubber ring 872 and rubber ring 874 are placed within bracket 876 with piezoelectric element 870 therebetween. Then, piezoelectric element 870 between rubber rings 872 and 874 is placed between bracket 876 and splint 878 . Since the splint 878 holds the rubber rings 872 and 874 , the piezoelectric element 870 is fixed in close contact with the rubber rings 872 and 874 . The bracket 876 holding the piezoelectric element 870 is fixed inside the spherical input device 854 as described above. In this case, the bracket 876 is installed so that the direction of the piezoelectric element 870 is parallel to the YZ plane. the

此外,将板868平行于YZ平面安装在球形输入设备854的内部,同时将装配在LED支架882a和882b内的红外发光二极管864a和864b安装在该板868上。此外,电池支架866安装在球形输入设备854的内部,以在其内容纳两个AA尺寸电池。顺便提一句,对于本实施例,尽管红外发光二极管864a和864b不露在外部,但是它们可被布置成在外壳表面露出。此外,尽管以该图的垂直方向布置这些二极管,但是可以以该图的横向布置它们。 In addition, a board 868 is mounted inside the spherical input device 854 parallel to the YZ plane, while infrared light emitting diodes 864a and 864b fitted in LED holders 882a and 882b are mounted on the board 868 . Additionally, a battery holder 866 fits inside the spherical input device 854 to accommodate two AA size batteries therein. Incidentally, with this embodiment, although the infrared light emitting diodes 864a and 864b are not exposed to the outside, they may be arranged to be exposed on the surface of the housing. Furthermore, although the diodes are arranged in the vertical direction of the figure, they may be arranged in the lateral direction of the figure. the

(E)适配器1的典型使用2 (E) Typical use of adapter 1 2

图63是示出图1所示适配器1的典型使用2的说明性视图。在图63中,适配器1放置在地板上。对于该典型使用2,采用保龄球形输入设备900。带901安装在保龄球形输入设备900上。顺便提一句,以与图45中相同的方式,使用电源线缆16和AV线缆12进行连接,因此,不重复不必要的描述。 FIG. 63 is an explanatory view showing a typical use 2 of the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1 . In Fig. 63, the adapter 1 is placed on the floor. For this exemplary use 2, a bowling ball shaped input device 900 is employed. Belt 901 is mounted on bowling ball shaped input device 900 . Incidentally, in the same manner as in FIG. 45 , connection is made using the power supply cable 16 and the AV cable 12 , and therefore unnecessary description is not repeated. the

保龄球形输入设备 Bowling Ball Input Device

图64是示出图63所示保龄球形输入设备900的透视图。图65是示出图63所示保龄球形输入设备900的平面图。图66是沿图65中的J-J线的剖视图。图67是示出图63所示保龄球形输入设备900的分解透视图。 FIG. 64 is a perspective view illustrating the bowling-ball-shaped input device 900 shown in FIG. 63 . FIG. 65 is a plan view showing the bowling-ball-shaped input device 900 shown in FIG. 63 . Fig. 66 is a sectional view taken along line J-J in Fig. 65 . FIG. 67 is an exploded perspective view showing the bowling-ball-shaped input device 900 shown in FIG. 63 . the

如图64和图65所示,在保龄球形输入设备900的表面上,形成指孔906a和906b以及指孔908a和908b。此外,如图67所示,该保龄球形输入设备900包括:外套上部外壳902,其上形成有指孔906a和906b;外套下部外壳904;指孔形成件910,其上形成有指孔908a和908b;内套上部外壳914;内套下部外壳916;销子918;以及连接销920a至920e。连接销920a至920e中的每一个具有平截头圆锥体端(切掉尖端的圆锥体)的形式。顺便提一句,外套上部外壳902和外套下部外壳904是半透明或者透明的。 As shown in FIGS. 64 and 65, on the surface of the bowling ball-shaped input device 900, finger holes 906a and 906b and finger holes 908a and 908b are formed. In addition, as shown in Figure 67, this bowling ball shape input device 900 comprises: outer casing upper shell 902, is formed with finger holes 906a and 906b on it; outer casing lower shell 904; finger hole forming part 910, is formed with finger hole 908a and 908b; inner sleeve upper shell 914; inner sleeve lower shell 916; pin 918; and connecting pins 920a to 920e. Each of the connection pins 920a to 920e has the form of a frusto-conical end (a cone with the tip cut off). Incidentally, the casing upper shell 902 and the casing lower casing 904 are translucent or transparent. the

图68是示出图67所示内套上部外壳914的内部的透视图。图69是示出图67所示内套下部外壳916的内部的透视图。如图68所示,连接销920a至920e的基端分别固定地装配在从内套上部外壳914的内表面凸出的圆柱形凸起924a至924e上。然后,固定在圆柱形凸起924a至924e上的连接销920a至920e的前端装配在从图69所示的内套下部外壳916的内表面凸出的接合部分928a至928e内。这样,将内套上部外壳914和内套下部外壳916接合在一起(参见图66)。 FIG. 68 is a perspective view showing the interior of the inner sleeve upper shell 914 shown in FIG. 67 . FIG. 69 is a perspective view showing the interior of the inner sleeve lower housing 916 shown in FIG. 67 . As shown in FIG. 68, base ends of connecting pins 920a to 920e are fixedly fitted on cylindrical projections 924a to 924e protruding from the inner surface of inner sleeve upper shell 914, respectively. Then, the front ends of the connection pins 920a to 920e fixed on the cylindrical projections 924a to 924e are fitted in engaging portions 928a to 928e protruding from the inner surface of the inner sleeve lower shell 916 shown in FIG. 69 . In this way, the inner sleeve upper shell 914 and the inner sleeve lower shell 916 are joined together (see FIG. 66). the

图70是示出接合在一起的内套上部外壳914和内套下部外壳916(以下统称为“内套”)的平面图。图71是从图70所示箭头A方向观看的内套的侧视图。图72是从图70所示箭头B方向观看的内套的侧视图。图73是从图70所示箭头C方向观看的内套的侧视图。图74是示出图70所示内套的仰视图。反射片(例如,回射片)安装在如上构造的内套的表面上。 Fig. 70 is a plan view showing the inner jacket upper shell 914 and the inner jacket lower shell 916 (hereinafter collectively referred to as "inner jacket") joined together. Fig. 71 is a side view of the inner sleeve viewed from the direction of arrow A shown in Fig. 70 . Fig. 72 is a side view of the inner sleeve viewed from the direction of arrow B shown in Fig. 70 . Fig. 73 is a side view of the inner sleeve viewed from the direction of arrow C shown in Fig. 70 . FIG. 74 is a bottom view showing the inner sleeve shown in FIG. 70. FIG. Reflective sheeting (eg, retroreflective sheeting) is mounted on the surface of the inner sleeve constructed as above. the

图75是示出图67所示外套上部外壳902的内部的透视图。图76是示出图67所示指孔形成件910的示意图。图77是示出图67所示外套下部外壳904的内部的透视图。 FIG. 75 is a perspective view showing the inside of the outer casing upper shell 902 shown in FIG. 67 . FIG. 76 is a schematic view showing the finger hole forming member 910 shown in FIG. 67 . FIG. 77 is a perspective view showing the interior of the outer casing lower shell 904 shown in FIG. 67 . the

图76所示的指孔形成件910安装在形成在图75所示外套上部外壳902中的开口934上。在这种情况下,形成在指孔形成件910 上的装配孔940a和940b装配在从外套上部外壳902的内表面凸出的圆柱形凸起938a和938b上,然后,用螺栓固定它们。 The finger hole forming member 910 shown in FIG. 76 fits over the opening 934 formed in the outer casing upper shell 902 shown in FIG. 75 . In this case, the fitting holes 940a and 940b formed on the finger hole forming member 910 are fitted on the cylindrical protrusions 938a and 938b protruding from the inner surface of the casing upper case 902, and then, they are fixed with bolts. the

如图70和图68所示,在从内套上部外壳914的表面向内凸出的圆柱形凸起中形成凹进部分926a至926d。此外,在内套上部外壳914上形成开口922。另一方面,如图69和图74所示,在从内套下部外壳916的表面向内凸出的圆柱形凸起中形成凹进部分930a至930d。此外,在内套上部外壳914的顶点附近,形成两个插入孔932a和932b。 As shown in FIGS. 70 and 68 , recessed portions 926 a to 926 d are formed in cylindrical protrusions projecting inward from the surface of the inner sleeve upper shell 914 . In addition, an opening 922 is formed in the inner sleeve upper shell 914 . On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 69 and 74 , recessed portions 930 a to 930 d are formed in cylindrical protrusions projecting inward from the surface of the inner sleeve lower shell 916 . Furthermore, near the apex of the inner casing upper shell 914, two insertion holes 932a and 932b are formed. the

如图77所示,从外套下部外壳904的内表面凸出的圆柱形凸起949a至949d和圆柱形凸起947a和947b插入图74所示的内套下部外壳916的凹进部分930a至930d和插入孔932a和932b中;如图75所示,从外套上部外壳902的内表面凸出的圆柱形凸起936a至936d插入图70所示内套上部外壳914的凹进部分926a至926d中;从指孔906a和906b的底部凸出的圆柱形凸起945a和945b插入从内套下部外壳916的插入孔932a和932b凸出的圆柱形凸起947a和947b。利用该配置,可以将内套固定在外套上(外套上部外壳902和外套下部外壳904),而无需螺栓。在这种情况下,外套下部外壳904的圆柱形凸起949a至949d、内套下部外壳916的凹进部分930a至930d、外套上部外壳902的圆柱形凸起936a至936d以及内套上部外壳914的凹进部分926a至926d有助于固定内套。 As shown in FIG. 77, cylindrical projections 949a to 949d and cylindrical projections 947a and 947b protruding from the inner surface of the outer casing lower shell 904 are inserted into recessed portions 930a to 930d of the inner casing lower casing 916 shown in FIG. and insertion holes 932a and 932b; as shown in Figure 75, the cylindrical projections 936a to 936d protruding from the inner surface of the outer casing upper casing 902 are inserted into the recessed parts 926a to 926d of the inner casing upper casing 914 shown in Figure 70 Cylindrical projections 945a and 945b protruding from the bottom of the finger holes 906a and 906b are inserted into cylindrical projections 947a and 947b protruding from the insertion holes 932a and 932b of the inner sleeve lower shell 916; With this arrangement, the inner casing can be fixed to the outer casing (the outer casing upper shell 902 and the outer casing lower casing 904) without bolts. In this case, the cylindrical projections 949a to 949d of the outer casing lower shell 904, the recessed portions 930a to 930d of the inner casing lower casing 916, the cylindrical projections 936a to 936d of the outer casing upper casing 902, and the inner casing upper casing 914 The recessed portions 926a to 926d help secure the inner sleeve. the

然后,如图66所示,通过外套上部外壳902的指孔906a和906b,将螺栓912a和912b拧入外套上部外壳902的圆柱形凸起945a和945b以及外套下部外壳904的圆柱形凸起947a和947b,以将外套上部外壳902和外套下部外壳904连接在一起。顺便提一句,将图67所示的销子918插入外套上部外壳902的孔942和外套下部外壳904的孔943内,用于安装带901。 Then, as shown in FIG. 66, through the finger holes 906a and 906b of the upper casing 902 of the casing, the bolts 912a and 912b are screwed into the cylindrical protrusions 945a and 945b of the upper casing 902 of the casing and the cylindrical projections 947a of the lower casing 904 of the casing. and 947b to connect the outer shell upper shell 902 and the outer shell lower shell 904 together. Incidentally, the pin 918 shown in FIG. 67 is inserted into the hole 942 of the outer case upper case 902 and the hole 943 of the outer case lower case 904 for mounting the belt 901 . the

在这种情况下,图64所示的保龄球形输入设备900的指孔 906a、906b和908b是用户的三个手指,即,中指、无名指、拇指分别插入其内的孔。顺便提一句,即使对于手小的用户(例如小孩),通过将中指、无名指、拇指分别插入指孔906a、906b和908a,也可以轻而易举地使用该保龄球形输入设备900。这样,为了增强众多用户的方便性,设置了分别靠近和远离指孔906a和906b的指孔908a和指孔908b。同时,对手大小不同的用户设置位于不同位置的指孔不仅可以应用于保龄球形输入设备900,而且可以应用于用于实际保龄球运动的保龄球。 In this case, the finger holes 906a, 906b and 908b of the bowling ball-shaped input device 900 shown in FIG. Incidentally, even for users with small hands (such as children), the bowling ball-shaped input device 900 can be easily used by inserting the middle finger, ring finger, and thumb into the finger holes 906a, 906b, and 908a, respectively. Thus, in order to enhance the convenience of many users, finger holes 908a and 908b are provided near and far from finger holes 906a and 906b, respectively. Meanwhile, finger holes set at different positions by users with different sizes of opponents can be applied not only to the bowling ball-shaped input device 900 but also to bowling balls for actual bowling. the

(F)适配器1的电配置 (F) Electrical configuration of adapter 1

图78是示出图1所示适配器1的电配置的视图。如图78所示,该适配器1包括:连接器69、复位开关11、晶体振荡器电路252、键块254、红外信号接收器电路(IR接收器电路)256、音频放大器258、内部电源电压生成电路260、包括A/D转换器等的电源电路250、电源开关9、电源插口27、AV插口25、视频插口31V、L声道音频插口31L以及R声道音频插口31R。连接器69具有24个端子T1至T24,而且该连接器69被接地的屏蔽件201覆盖(参见图17(C))。此外,连接器69的端子T1、T2、T22和T24接地。顺便提一句,连接器69、复位开关11、晶体振荡器电路252、键块254、IR接收器电路256、音频放大器258以及内部电源电压生成电路260安装在图4所示的板63上(参见图9)。另一方面,电源电路250、电源开关9、视频插口31V以及音频声道插口31L、31R安装在图4所示的板65上(参见图9)。此外,电源插口27以及AV和AV插口25安装在图4所示的板67上(参见图9)。将简要说明上述配置。 FIG. 78 is a view showing the electrical configuration of the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 78, the adapter 1 includes: a connector 69, a reset switch 11, a crystal oscillator circuit 252, a key block 254, an infrared signal receiver circuit (IR receiver circuit) 256, an audio amplifier 258, and an internal power supply voltage generator Circuit 260, power circuit 250 including A/D converter, power switch 9, power socket 27, AV socket 25, video socket 31V, L channel audio socket 31L and R channel audio socket 31R. The connector 69 has 24 terminals T1 to T24, and the connector 69 is covered with a grounded shield 201 (see FIG. 17(C)). In addition, the terminals T1, T2, T22, and T24 of the connector 69 are grounded. Incidentally, the connector 69, the reset switch 11, the crystal oscillator circuit 252, the key block 254, the IR receiver circuit 256, the audio amplifier 258, and the internal power supply voltage generation circuit 260 are mounted on the board 63 shown in FIG. Figure 9). On the other hand, the power supply circuit 250, the power switch 9, the video jack 31V, and the audio channel jacks 31L, 31R are mounted on the board 65 shown in FIG. 4 (see FIG. 9). In addition, the power socket 27 and the AV and AV sockets 25 are mounted on a board 67 shown in FIG. 4 (see FIG. 9 ). The above configuration will be briefly explained. the

通过电源插口27,将电源线缆16提供的AC电压(参见图45和图63)提供给电源电路250。电源电路250将所供给的AC电压转换为DC电压,然后,将该DC电压输出到线路w20,作为电源电压Vcc0。当接通时,电源开关9将线路w20和线路w26连接在一起, 以将电源电压Vcc0提供给内部电源电压生成电路260,并分别通过线路w14、w15和w16,将来自线路w9的视频信号VD和来自线路w12和w13的音频信号AL2和AR2送到AC插口25。因此,通过AV线缆12,将视频信号VD和音频信号AL2和AR2提供给电视接收器14(参见图45和图63),同时根据这些信号,电视接收器14显示图像并通过扬声器(该图未示出)输出声音输出。 The AC voltage supplied from the power cable 16 (see FIGS. 45 and 63 ) is supplied to the power circuit 250 through the power socket 27 . The power supply circuit 250 converts the supplied AC voltage into a DC voltage, and then outputs the DC voltage to the line w20 as a power supply voltage Vcc0. When turned on, the power switch 9 connects the line w20 and the line w26 together to supply the power supply voltage Vcc0 to the internal power supply voltage generation circuit 260, and the video signal VD from the line w9 through the lines w14, w15 and w16, respectively. and the audio signals AL2 and AR2 from the lines w12 and w13 are supplied to the AC jack 25 . Therefore, through the AV cable 12, the video signal VD and the audio signals AL2 and AR2 are supplied to the television receiver 14 (see FIGS. not shown) output sound output. the

另一方面,当断开时,电源开关9将线路w17、w18和w19连接到线路w14、w15和w16。利用该配置,将从视频插口31V输入的视频信号、从L声道音频插口31L输入的L声道音频信号和从R声道音频插口31R输入的R声道音频信号送到AV插口25。因此,通过AV线缆12,将从插口31V、31L和31R输入的视频信号和音频信号从AV插口25传送到电视接收器14。如上所述,当断开电源开关9时,通过插口31V、31L和31R,可以将从外部设备(例如,DVD播放器)输入的视频信号和音频信号输出到电视接收器14。 On the other hand, when turned off, the power switch 9 connects the lines w17, w18, and w19 to the lines w14, w15, and w16. With this configuration, the video signal input from the video jack 31V, the L channel audio signal input from the L channel audio jack 31L, and the R channel audio signal input from the R channel audio jack 31R are supplied to the AV jack 25 . Thus, video signals and audio signals input from the jacks 31V, 31L, and 31R are transmitted from the AV jack 25 to the television receiver 14 through the AV cable 12 . As described above, when the power switch 9 is turned off, video signals and audio signals input from an external device such as a DVD player can be output to the television receiver 14 through the jacks 31V, 31L, and 31R. the

利用从电源开关9供给的电源电压Vcc0,内部电源电压生成电路260产生电源电压Vcc1(例如,5.0V)、电源电压Vcc2(例如,3.3V)、电源电压Vcc3(例如,2.5V)以及电源电压Vcc4(例如,1.5V),并将各电源电压输出到线路w22、线路w23、线路w24以及线路w25。线路w22连接到连接器69的端子T7和T8;线路w23连接到连接器69的端子T11和T12;线路w24连接到连接器69的端子T15和T16;线路w25连接到连接器69的端子T18和T19。来自电源开关9的线路w26连接到连接器69的端子T5。在这种情况下,以Vcc0>Vcc1>Vcc2>Vcc3>Vcc4的顺序,确定各电源电压。 Using the power supply voltage Vcc0 supplied from the power switch 9, the internal power supply voltage generating circuit 260 generates a power supply voltage Vcc1 (for example, 5.0 V), a power supply voltage Vcc2 (for example, 3.3 V), a power supply voltage Vcc3 (for example, 2.5 V), and a power supply voltage Vcc4 (for example, 1.5V), and outputs each power supply voltage to the line w22, the line w23, the line w24, and the line w25. Line w22 is connected to terminals T7 and T8 of connector 69; line w23 is connected to terminals T11 and T12 of connector 69; line w24 is connected to terminals T15 and T16 of connector 69; line w25 is connected to terminals T18 and T19. The line w26 from the power switch 9 is connected to the terminal T5 of the connector 69 . In this case, each power supply voltage is determined in the order of Vcc0>Vcc1>Vcc2>Vcc3>Vcc4. the

音频放大器258对通过连接到端子T21的线路w11输入的R声道音频信号AR1和通过连接到端子T20的线路w10输入的L声道音频信号AL1进行放大,并将放大后的R声道音频信号AR2和L声道音频信号AL2输出到线路w13和w12。对该音频放大器258提供电 源电压Vcc1。 The audio amplifier 258 amplifies the R channel audio signal AR1 input through the line w11 connected to the terminal T21 and the L channel audio signal AL1 input through the line w10 connected to the terminal T20, and converts the amplified R channel audio signal AR2 and L channel audio signal AL2 are output to lines w13 and w12. The audio amplifier 258 is supplied with a power supply voltage Vcc1. the

用于将视频信号VD输入到电源开关9的线路w9连接到连接器69的端子T23。 A line w9 for inputting a video signal VD to the power switch 9 is connected to a terminal T23 of the connector 69 . the

IR接收器电路256数字解调所接收的数字调制红外信号,并将该数字解调信号输出到线路w8。线路w8连接到连接器69的端子T17。顺便提一句,对IR接收器电路256提供电源电压Vcc2。 IR receiver circuit 256 digitally demodulates the received digitally modulated infrared signal and outputs the digitally demodulated signal on line w8. The line w8 is connected to the terminal T17 of the connector 69 . Incidentally, the IR receiver circuit 256 is supplied with a power supply voltage Vcc2. the

键块254包括:取消键13、箭头键17a至17d以及输入键15(参见图1),它将来自这些键的并行信号转换为相应串行信号,并将转换过的信号输出到线路w3。该线路w3连接到连接器69的端子T6。此外,通过连接到端子T10的线路w5,将时钟信号送到键块254,通过连接到端子T9的线路w4,将控制信号送到键块254。此外,键块254连接到线路w6和w7,线路w6和w7连接到端子T13和T14。下面将对此做详细说明。顺便提一句,对键块254提供电源电压Vcc2。 The key block 254 includes the cancel key 13, the arrow keys 17a to 17d, and the enter key 15 (see FIG. 1), converts parallel signals from these keys into corresponding serial signals, and outputs the converted signals to the line w3. This line w3 is connected to the terminal T6 of the connector 69 . In addition, a clock signal is sent to the key block 254 through a line w5 connected to the terminal T10, and a control signal is sent to the key block 254 through a line w4 connected to the terminal T9. In addition, the key block 254 is connected to the lines w6 and w7, and the lines w6 and w7 are connected to the terminals T13 and T14. This will be described in detail below. Incidentally, the key block 254 is supplied with a power supply voltage Vcc2. the

晶体振荡器电路252使时钟信号以预定频率(例如,3.579545MHz)振荡,并将该时钟信号送到线路w2。线路w2连接到连接器69的端子T3。顺便提一句,对晶体振荡器电路252提供电源电压Vcc1,在内部电源电压中,电源电压Vcc1最高。 The crystal oscillator circuit 252 oscillates a clock signal at a predetermined frequency (for example, 3.579545 MHz), and sends the clock signal to the line w2. The line w2 is connected to the terminal T3 of the connector 69 . Incidentally, the power supply voltage Vcc1 is supplied to the crystal oscillator circuit 252, and the power supply voltage Vcc1 is the highest among the internal power supply voltages. the

复位开关11将用于复位该系统的复位信号输出到线路w1。线路w 1连接到连接器69的端子T4。 The reset switch 11 outputs a reset signal for resetting the system to the line w1. Line w1 is connected to terminal T4 of connector 69. the

电源电路250和电源开关9 Power circuit 250 and power switch 9

图79是示出图78所示电源电路250和电源开关9的电路图。如图79所示,电源电路250包括:由以电桥方式连接的4个二极管D1至D4构成的全波整流器270;电容器266;用于平滑输出电压的电解电容器268;以及熔断器264。通过熔断器264,二极管D1的阴极和二极管D3的阳极连接到电源插口27的一端。二极管D4的阳极和二极管D2的阴极连接到电源插口27的另一端。二极管D1的阳极 和二极管D2的阳极接地。二极管D3的阴极和二极管D4的阴极连接到线路w20,线路w20又连接到电容器266的一端和电解电容器268的正极端。电容器266的另一端和电解电容器268的负极端接地。 FIG. 79 is a circuit diagram showing the power supply circuit 250 and the power switch 9 shown in FIG. 78 . As shown in FIG. 79, the power supply circuit 250 includes: a full-wave rectifier 270 composed of four diodes D1 to D4 connected in a bridge manner; a capacitor 266; an electrolytic capacitor 268 for smoothing the output voltage; and a fuse 264. The cathode of the diode D1 and the anode of the diode D3 are connected to one end of the power socket 27 through the fuse 264 . The anode of the diode D4 and the cathode of the diode D2 are connected to the other end of the power socket 27 . The anode of diode D1 and the anode of diode D2 are grounded. The cathodes of diode D3 and diode D4 are connected to line w20 which in turn is connected to one terminal of capacitor 266 and the positive terminal of electrolytic capacitor 268 . The other terminal of capacitor 266 and the negative terminal of electrolytic capacitor 268 are grounded. the

全波整流器270对从电源插口27输入的AC电压进行全波整流,电解电容器268使其平滑,然后,将它作为DC电源电压Vcc0输出到线路w20。 The full-wave rectifier 270 full-wave rectifies the AC voltage input from the power supply inlet 27, smoothes it with the electrolytic capacitor 268, and outputs it to the line w20 as a DC power supply voltage Vcc0. the

顺便提一句,电源开关9是四极双掷型开关,由4个切换电路sw1至sw4构成。切换电路sw1的触点“a”、“b”和“c”分别连接到线路w16、w13和w19。切换电路sw2的触点“a”、“b”和“c”分别连接到线路w15、w12和w18。切换电路sw3的触点“a”、“b”和“c”分别连接到线路w14、w9和w17。切换电路sw4的触点“a”和“b”分别连接到线路w20和w26。此外,切换电路sw4的触点“c”保持其高阻抗状态。 Incidentally, the power switch 9 is a four-pole double-throw type switch composed of four switching circuits sw1 to sw4. The contacts "a", "b" and "c" of the switching circuit sw1 are connected to the lines w16, w13 and w19, respectively. The contacts "a", "b" and "c" of the switching circuit sw2 are connected to the lines w15, w12 and w18, respectively. The contacts "a", "b" and "c" of the switching circuit sw3 are connected to the lines w14, w9 and w17, respectively. The contacts "a" and "b" of the switching circuit sw4 are connected to the lines w20 and w26, respectively. In addition, the contact "c" of the switching circuit sw4 maintains its high impedance state. the

当电源开关9接通时,切换电路sw1至sw4中的每一个触点“a”和触点“b”互相连接。因此,在这种情况下,将来自线路w9的视频信号VD和来自线路w12和w13的音频信号AL2和AR2送到AV插口25。此外,将来自线路w20的电源电压Vcc0输出到线路w26。如上所述,在电源开关9被接通时,将通过连接器69输入的视频信号和音频信号(即,从卡盒500或者600输出的视频信号和音频信号)送到AV插口25,然后,将它们输出到电视接收器14。 When the power switch 9 is turned on, the contacts "a" and "b" of each of the switching circuits sw1 to sw4 are connected to each other. Therefore, in this case, the video signal VD from the line w9 and the audio signals AL2 and AR2 from the lines w12 and w13 are supplied to the AV jack 25 . Also, the power supply voltage Vcc0 from the line w20 is output to the line w26. As described above, when the power switch 9 is turned on, the video signal and audio signal input through the connector 69 (that is, the video signal and audio signal output from the cassette 500 or 600) are sent to the AV jack 25, and then, They are output to the television receiver 14 . the

另一方面,当电源开关9被断开时,切换电路sw1至sw4中的每一个使触点“a”和触点“c”互相连接。因此,在这种情况下,线路w16和w19、线路w15和w18以及线路w14和w17分别连接在一起。此外,线路w20保持其高阻抗状态。因此,不将电源电压Vcc0提供给到适配器1的电路,因此,适配器1不工作。此外,由于插口31L、31R和31V连接到AC插口25,所以通过AV插口25, 将从插口31L、31R和31V输出的音频信号和视频信号输出到电视接收器14。如上所述,当电源开关9断开时,适配器1仅中继来自外部设备的音频信号和视频信号。 On the other hand, when the power switch 9 is turned off, each of the switching circuits sw1 to sw4 connects the contact "a" and the contact "c" to each other. Therefore, in this case, the lines w16 and w19, the lines w15 and w18, and the lines w14 and w17 are respectively connected together. Furthermore, the line w20 maintains its high impedance state. Therefore, the power supply voltage Vcc0 is not supplied to the circuits of the adapter 1, and therefore, the adapter 1 does not operate. Furthermore, since the jacks 31L, 31R, and 31V are connected to the AC jack 25 , the audio signals and video signals output from the jacks 31L, 31R, and 31V are output to the television receiver 14 through the AV jack 25 . As described above, when the power switch 9 is turned off, the adapter 1 relays only the audio signal and the video signal from the external device. the

内部电源电压生成电路260 Internal power supply voltage generating circuit 260

图80是示出图78所示内部电源电压生成电路260的电路图。如图80所示,该内部电源电压生成电路260包括:Vcc1生成电路,其具有电容器273和274、电解电容器275以及调节器272;Vcc2生成电路,其具有电容器277和278、电解电容器279以及调节器276;Vcc3生成电路,其具有电容器281和282、电解电容器283以及调节器280;Vcc4生成电路,其具有电容器285和286、电解电容器287以及调节器284;电阻器290;以及LED 10。 FIG. 80 is a circuit diagram showing the internal power supply voltage generating circuit 260 shown in FIG. 78 . As shown in FIG. 80, the internal power supply voltage generating circuit 260 includes: a Vcc1 generating circuit having capacitors 273 and 274, an electrolytic capacitor 275, and a regulator 272; a Vcc2 generating circuit having capacitors 277 and 278, an electrolytic capacitor 279, and a regulator 276; a Vcc3 generating circuit having capacitors 281 and 282, an electrolytic capacitor 283, and a regulator 280; a Vcc4 generating circuit having capacitors 285 and 286, an electrolytic capacitor 287, and a regulator 284; a resistor 290; and an LED 10. the

调节器272、276、280和289的各输入端分别连接到线路w26、w22、w23和w24,而其各输出端分别连接到线路w22、w23、w24和w25。线路w26连接到电容器273的一端,电容器273的另一端接地。线路w22连接到电容器274和277的一端和电解电容器275的正极端。电容器274和277的另一端和电解电容器275的负极端接地。此外,线路w22连接到电阻器290的一端,电阻器290的另一端连接到LED 10的阳极,LED 10的阴极接地。线路w23连接到电容器278和281的一端和电解电容器279的正极端。电容器278和281的另一端以及电解电容器279的负极端接地。线路w24连接到电容器282和285的一端和电解电容器283的正极端。电容器282和285的另一端以及电解电容器283的负极端接地。线路w25连接到电容器286的一端和电解电容器287的正极端。电容器286的另一端和电解电容器287的负极端接地。 Regulators 272, 276, 280 and 289 have respective inputs connected to lines w26, w22, w23 and w24 and respective outputs connected to lines w22, w23, w24 and w25. The line w26 is connected to one end of the capacitor 273, and the other end of the capacitor 273 is grounded. The line w22 is connected to one terminals of the capacitors 274 and 277 and to the positive terminal of the electrolytic capacitor 275 . The other terminals of the capacitors 274 and 277 and the negative terminal of the electrolytic capacitor 275 are grounded. In addition, the line w22 is connected to one end of the resistor 290, the other end of the resistor 290 is connected to the anode of the LED 10, and the cathode of the LED 10 is grounded. The line w23 is connected to one terminals of the capacitors 278 and 281 and the positive terminal of the electrolytic capacitor 279 . The other terminals of the capacitors 278 and 281 and the negative terminal of the electrolytic capacitor 279 are grounded. The line w24 is connected to one terminals of the capacitors 282 and 285 and to the positive terminal of the electrolytic capacitor 283 . The other terminals of the capacitors 282 and 285 and the negative terminal of the electrolytic capacitor 283 are grounded. The line w25 is connected to one end of the capacitor 286 and the positive end of the electrolytic capacitor 287 . The other end of the capacitor 286 and the negative end of the electrolytic capacitor 287 are grounded. the

调节器272用于利用线路w26的电源电压Vcc0产生比电源电压Vcc0低的电源电压Vcc1,并将该电源电压Vcc1输出到线路w22。在这种情况下,电解电容器275使调节器272的输出电压平滑,并 将它作为电源电压Vcc1输出到线路w22上。利用电源电压Vcc1,调节器276产生比电源电压Vcc1低的电源电压Vcc2,并将该电源电压Vcc2输出到线路w23。此外,在这种情况下,电解电容器279使电源电压Vcc2平滑。利用电源电压Vcc2,调节器280产生比电源电压Vcc2低的电源电压Vcc3,并将该电源电压Vcc3输出到线路w24。此外,在这种情况下,电解电容器283使电源电压Vcc3平滑。利用电源电压Vcc3,调节器284产生比电源电压Vcc3低的电源电压Vcc4,并将该电源电压Vcc4输出到线路w25。此外,在这种情况下,电解电容器287使电源电压Vcc4平滑。顺便提一句,当图78所示的电源开关9被接通时,电源电压Vcc0提供给线路w22,并且调节器272将电源电压Vcc1输出到线路w22,使得LED 10即电源灯10发光(参见图1)。 The regulator 272 is used to generate a power supply voltage Vcc1 lower than the power supply voltage Vcc0 from the power supply voltage Vcc0 of the line w26, and output the power supply voltage Vcc1 to the line w22. In this case, the electrolytic capacitor 275 smoothes the output voltage of the regulator 272, and outputs it on the line w22 as the power supply voltage Vcc1. Using the power supply voltage Vcc1, the regulator 276 generates a power supply voltage Vcc2 lower than the power supply voltage Vcc1, and outputs the power supply voltage Vcc2 to the line w23. Also, in this case, the electrolytic capacitor 279 smoothes the power supply voltage Vcc2. Using the power supply voltage Vcc2, the regulator 280 generates a power supply voltage Vcc3 lower than the power supply voltage Vcc2, and outputs the power supply voltage Vcc3 to the line w24. Also, in this case, the electrolytic capacitor 283 smoothes the power supply voltage Vcc3. Using the power supply voltage Vcc3, the regulator 284 generates a power supply voltage Vcc4 lower than the power supply voltage Vcc3, and outputs the power supply voltage Vcc4 to the line w25. Also, in this case, the electrolytic capacitor 287 smoothes the power supply voltage Vcc4. Incidentally, when the power switch 9 shown in FIG. 78 is turned on, the power supply voltage Vcc0 is supplied to the line w22, and the regulator 272 outputs the power supply voltage Vcc1 to the line w22, so that the LED 10, that is, the power lamp 10, emits light (see FIG. 1). the

音频放大器258 Audio Amplifier 258

图81是示出图78所示音频放大器258的电路图。如图81所示,音频放大器258包括:R声道放大器290R,用于放大从线路w11输入的R声道音频信号AR1,并将放大信号作为信号AR2输出到线路w13;以及L声道放大器290L,用于放大从线路w10输入的L声道音频信号AL1,并将放大信号作为信号AL2输出到线路w12。 FIG. 81 is a circuit diagram showing the audio amplifier 258 shown in FIG. 78 . As shown in FIG. 81, the audio amplifier 258 includes: an R channel amplifier 290R for amplifying the R channel audio signal AR1 input from the line w11, and outputting the amplified signal as a signal AR2 to the line w13; and an L channel amplifier 290L , for amplifying the L-channel audio signal AL1 input from the line w10, and outputting the amplified signal as the signal AL2 to the line w12. the

R声道放大器290R包括:电解电容器292、电阻器294、电容器300、电阻器298、反相器296、响度电路304、电阻器322以及电解电容器324。响度电路304包括:电阻器302、电容器306、电阻器308、电容器310、电阻器312和314、电容器316和318以及反相器320。 R channel amplifier 290R includes electrolytic capacitor 292 , resistor 294 , capacitor 300 , resistor 298 , inverter 296 , loudness circuit 304 , resistor 322 and electrolytic capacitor 324 . Loudness circuit 304 includes: resistor 302 , capacitor 306 , resistor 308 , capacitor 310 , resistors 312 and 314 , capacitors 316 and 318 , and inverter 320 . the

电解电容器292和电阻器294串联连接在反相器296的输入端与线路w11之间。电容器300和电阻器298并联连接在反相器296的输入端与输出端之间。电容器306和电阻器308并联连接在反相器320的输入端与一端连接到反相器296的输出端的电阻器302的 另一端之间。反相器320的输入端连接到电容器310的一端和电阻器312和314的一端。反相器320的输入端连接到电容器310的另一端、电阻器312的另一端和电容器316和318的一端。电阻器314的另一端连接到电容器316和318的另一端。电阻器322和电解电容器324串联连接在反相器320的输出端与线路w13之间。 An electrolytic capacitor 292 and a resistor 294 are connected in series between the input terminal of the inverter 296 and the line w11. Capacitor 300 and resistor 298 are connected in parallel between the input and output of inverter 296 . Capacitor 306 and resistor 308 are connected in parallel between the input of inverter 320 and the other end of resistor 302 connected at the other end to the output of inverter 296. An input terminal of the inverter 320 is connected to one terminal of the capacitor 310 and one terminals of the resistors 312 and 314 . The input terminal of inverter 320 is connected to the other terminal of capacitor 310 , the other terminal of resistor 312 and one terminal of capacitors 316 and 318 . The other end of resistor 314 is connected to the other ends of capacitors 316 and 318 . A resistor 322 and an electrolytic capacitor 324 are connected in series between the output terminal of the inverter 320 and the line w13. the

电阻器294、电容器300、电阻器298和反相器296组合在一起用作负反馈放大器和低通滤波器。即,在频率低于截止频率f1时,这些电路用作由电阻器298与电阻器294的比值确定其增益的放大器,该截止频率f1由电容器300的电容值和电容器298的电容值确定。另一方面,由于在频率高于截止频率f1时,电容器300的阻抗小,所以负反馈被基本施加到该信号上,以减少信号发送。 Resistor 294, capacitor 300, resistor 298 and inverter 296 combine to function as a negative feedback amplifier and low pass filter. That is, these circuits function as amplifiers whose gain is determined by the ratio of resistor 298 to resistor 294 at frequencies below the cutoff frequency f1 , which is determined by the capacitance value of capacitor 300 and the capacitance value of capacitor 298 . On the other hand, since the impedance of the capacitor 300 is small at frequencies above the cutoff frequency f1, negative feedback is substantially applied to the signal to reduce signaling. the

响度电路304是用于在由电阻器302、308、312和314的电阻值和电容器306、310、316和318的电容值所确定的低频和高频,增强信号的电路。将根据具体例子对此进行说明。例如,假定电阻器302、308、312和314的电阻值分别是r1(例如,470kΩ)、r2(例如,3kΩ)、r3(例如,39kΩ)和r4(例如,1.5kΩ),使得r3>r2>r4>r1。此外,假定电容器306、310、316和318的电容值分别是c1、c2、c3和c4,其中c1=c3=c4(例如,10×104pF)>c2(例如,10×103pF)。在频率高于由电容器306和电阻器308确定的特定频率f2时,电容器306的阻抗小。另一方面,由电容器316和318以及电阻器314确定的特定频率与特定频率f2相同。因此,在频率高于特定频率f2时,响度电路304的增益基本由电阻器312和电阻器314的合成电阻值与电阻器302的电阻值的比值确定,而在频率高于特定频率f2时,信号增益高。顺便提一句,电容器310的电容值小,因此,在计算特定频率f2时,可以忽略它。 Loudness circuit 304 is a circuit for boosting signals at low and high frequencies determined by the resistance values of resistors 302 , 308 , 312 and 314 and the capacitance values of capacitors 306 , 310 , 316 and 318 . This will be explained based on specific examples. For example, assume that the resistance values of resistors 302, 308, 312, and 314 are r1 (eg, 470 kΩ), r2 (eg, 3 kΩ), r3 (eg, 39 kΩ), and r4 (eg, 1.5 kΩ), respectively, such that r3>r2 >r4>r1. Furthermore, assume that the capacitance values of capacitors 306, 310, 316, and 318 are c1, c2, c3, and c4, respectively, where c1=c3=c4 (for example, 10×10 4 pF)>c2 (for example, 10×10 3 pF) . At frequencies above a certain frequency f2 determined by capacitor 306 and resistor 308, the impedance of capacitor 306 is small. On the other hand, the specific frequency determined by the capacitors 316 and 318 and the resistor 314 is the same as the specific frequency f2. Therefore, the gain of the loudness circuit 304 is basically determined by the ratio of the combined resistance value of the resistor 312 and the resistor 314 to the resistance value of the resistor 302 when the frequency is higher than a specific frequency f2, and when the frequency is higher than a specific frequency f2, Signal gain is high. Incidentally, the capacitance value of the capacitor 310 is small, so it can be ignored when calculating the specific frequency f2.

然而,在频率高于由电容器310和电阻器314确定的特定频率f3时,电容器310的阻抗大,因此,增益变小。在这种情况下,忽 略大电阻值的电阻器312。在该例子中,电容器310的电容值c2小于电容器306的电容值c1,而电阻器314的电阻值r4小于电阻器308的电阻值r2,因此f3>f2。 However, at a frequency higher than a certain frequency f3 determined by the capacitor 310 and the resistor 314, the impedance of the capacitor 310 is large, and thus, the gain becomes small. In this case, the high value resistor 312 is ignored. In this example, the capacitance c2 of the capacitor 310 is smaller than the capacitance c1 of the capacitor 306 , and the resistance r4 of the resistor 314 is smaller than the resistance r2 of the resistor 308 , so f3 > f2 . the

此外,在频率低于由电阻器312和电容器316和318确定的特定频率f4时,响度电路304的增益由电阻器312与电阻器302和电阻器308的合成电阻值的比值确定,因此,该增益变大。同时,在这种情况下,电阻器314的电阻值r4小,因此,忽略它。在该例子中,电容器316和318的合成电容值(2×c1)大于电容器306的电容值c1,而电阻器312的电阻值r3大于电阻器308的电阻值r2,因此,f2>f4。 In addition, at frequencies below a certain frequency f4 determined by resistor 312 and capacitors 316 and 318, the gain of loudness circuit 304 is determined by the ratio of resistor 312 to the combined resistance value of resistor 302 and resistor 308, so the The gain becomes larger. Meanwhile, in this case, the resistance value r4 of the resistor 314 is small, so it is ignored. In this example, the combined capacitance (2×c1) of the capacitors 316 and 318 is greater than the capacitance c1 of the capacitor 306, and the resistance r3 of the resistor 312 is greater than the resistance r2 of the resistor 308, therefore, f2>f4. the

因此,上面的近似计算结果导致f3>f2>f4。因此,响度电路304用于增强频率高于特定频率f2的信号和频率低于特定频率f4的信号。顺便提一句,电阻器298和电容器300的值被选择成使得截止频率f1高于特定频率f3。 Therefore, the above approximate calculation results in f3>f2>f4. Accordingly, the loudness circuit 304 is used to enhance signals with frequencies above a certain frequency f2 and signals with frequencies below a certain frequency f4. Incidentally, the values of the resistor 298 and the capacitor 300 are selected such that the cutoff frequency f1 is higher than the certain frequency f3. the

同时,L声道放大器290L的电路配置与R声道放大器290R的电路配置相同,因此,不重复不必要的描述。 Meanwhile, the circuit configuration of the L-channel amplifier 290L is the same as that of the R-channel amplifier 290R, and therefore unnecessary description is not repeated. the

IR接收器电路256 IR receiver circuit 256

图82是示出图78所示IR接收器电路256的电路图。如图82所示,IR接收器电路256包括:电阻器330和334、电解电容器332以及红外传感器50(参见图4)。通过电阻器330,将电源电压Vcc2提供给红外传感器50。此外,红外传感器50的输出端OUT连接到线路w8。因此,红外传感器50数字解调收到的数字调制红外信号,并将该数字解调信号输出到线路w8。顺便提一句,由于红外传感器50具有集电极开路输出,所以上拉电阻器334连接到线路w8。 FIG. 82 is a circuit diagram showing the IR receiver circuit 256 shown in FIG. 78 . As shown in FIG. 82, the IR receiver circuit 256 includes: resistors 330 and 334, an electrolytic capacitor 332, and an infrared sensor 50 (see FIG. 4). Through the resistor 330 , the power supply voltage Vcc2 is supplied to the infrared sensor 50 . Furthermore, the output terminal OUT of the infrared sensor 50 is connected to the line w8. Therefore, the infrared sensor 50 digitally demodulates the received digitally modulated infrared signal, and outputs the digitally demodulated signal to the line w8. Incidentally, since the infrared sensor 50 has an open-collector output, the pull-up resistor 334 is connected to the line w8. the

键块254 Key block 254

图83是示出图78所示键块254的电路图。如图83所示,键块254包括取消键13、输入键15、箭头键17a至17d、电阻器341至 346以及移位寄存器340。输入键15的一个触点连接到电阻器341的一端和移位寄存器340的端子H,另一个触点接地。取消键13的一个触点连接到电阻器342的一端和移位寄存器340的端子G,另一个触点接地。箭头键17a至17d的一个触点分别连接到电阻器343至346的一端和移位寄存器340的端子F至C,而它们的另一个触点接地。此外,电阻器341至346的另一端连接到线路w23,用于接收电源电压Vcc2。 FIG. 83 is a circuit diagram showing the key block 254 shown in FIG. 78 . As shown in FIG. 83 , the key block 254 includes a cancel key 13, an enter key 15, arrow keys 17a to 17d, resistors 341 to 346, and a shift register 340. One contact of the input key 15 is connected to one end of the resistor 341 and the terminal H of the shift register 340, and the other contact is grounded. One contact of the cancel key 13 is connected to one end of the resistor 342 and the terminal G of the shift register 340, and the other contact is grounded. One contacts of the arrow keys 17a to 17d are respectively connected to one ends of the resistors 343 to 346 and terminals F to C of the shift register 340, while the other contacts thereof are grounded. In addition, the other ends of the resistors 341 to 346 are connected to the line w23 for receiving the power supply voltage Vcc2. the

移位寄存器340包括:连接到线路w3的端子OUT;连接到线路w5的时钟输入端CLK;以及连接到线路w4的控制端P/S。此外,移位寄存器340的端子A和B分别连接到线路w7、w6。 The shift register 340 includes: a terminal OUT connected to the line w3; a clock input terminal CLK connected to the line w5; and a control terminal P/S connected to the line w4. Furthermore, the terminals A and B of the shift register 340 are connected to the lines w7, w6, respectively. the

移位寄存器340将通过端子A至H输入的并行信号转换为相应串行信号,然后,将该串行信号顺序输出到线路w3。换句话说,通过键15、13和17a至17d输入接通/断开信号,对该接通/断开信号进行并行/串行转换,然后,将它输出到线路w3。在这种情况下,对移位寄存器340的端子A和B进行倒相以便将来使用,使得如果因为某种用途而需要,则可以添加两个附加输入信号。附加输入信号可以来自适配器1的内部,或者通过连接器69来自外部。同时,在通过线路w5对时钟输入端CLK输入工作时钟时,通过线路w4,将控制信号输入到控制端P/S。在该控制信号处于L电平时,响应该L电平的控制信号,移位寄存器340加载并行数据,而在该控制信号处于H电平时,移位寄存器340输出串行数据。 The shift register 340 converts parallel signals input through the terminals A to H into corresponding serial signals, and then sequentially outputs the serial signals to the line w3. In other words, an ON/OFF signal is input through the keys 15, 13 and 17a to 17d, the ON/OFF signal is subjected to parallel/serial conversion, and then, it is output to the line w3. In this case, terminals A and B of shift register 340 are inverted for future use, so that two additional input signals can be added if required for a certain application. Additional input signals can come from inside the adapter 1 or from outside via connector 69 . At the same time, when the working clock is input to the clock input terminal CLK through the line w5, the control signal is input to the control terminal P/S through the line w4. When the control signal is at L level, the shift register 340 loads parallel data in response to the control signal at L level, and when the control signal is at H level, the shift register 340 outputs serial data. the

根据该适配器1,移位寄存器340的输入端的数量大于键15、13和17a至17d的接通/断开信号的数量。在该配置中,由于可使用剩余输入端,所以可以提供附加输入,因此,提高了可扩展性。 According to this adapter 1, the number of inputs of the shift register 340 is greater than the number of on/off signals of the keys 15, 13 and 17a to 17d. In this configuration, since the remaining inputs can be used, additional inputs can be provided, thus improving scalability. the

晶体振荡器252 Crystal oscillator 252

图84是示出图78所示晶体振荡器电路252的电路图。如图84所示,晶体振荡器电路252包括:石英振荡器356、反相器350和 354、电阻器352、电容器358和360以及半可变电容器362。石英振荡器356的一端连接到电容器358的一端、反相器350的输入端、反相器354的输出端以及电阻器352的一端。石英振荡器356的另一端连接到电容器360的一端、半可变电容器362的一端、反相器354的输入端以及电阻器352的另一端。电容器358和360和半可变电容器362的另一端接地。此外,反相器350的输出端连接到线路w2。 FIG. 84 is a circuit diagram showing the crystal oscillator circuit 252 shown in FIG. 78 . As shown in FIG. 84, the crystal oscillator circuit 252 includes: a crystal oscillator 356, inverters 350 and 354, a resistor 352, capacitors 358 and 360, and a semi-variable capacitor 362. One terminal of the quartz oscillator 356 is connected to one terminal of the capacitor 358 , the input terminal of the inverter 350 , the output terminal of the inverter 354 , and one terminal of the resistor 352 . The other end of the quartz oscillator 356 is connected to one end of the capacitor 360 , one end of the semi-variable capacitor 362 , the input end of the inverter 354 , and the other end of the resistor 352 . The other ends of capacitors 358 and 360 and semi-variable capacitor 362 are grounded. Furthermore, the output terminal of the inverter 350 is connected to the line w2. the

通过将石英振荡器356的相对端分别连接到电容器358和360,且电容器358和360的另一端接地,石英振荡器356的相对侧的相位互相相反。另一方面,由于反相器354的输出与其输入具有相反相位,所以与石英振荡器356组合而形成正反馈电路,以随着输入被上拉,输出端被下拉,而随着输入被下拉,输出端被上拉,导致振荡。电阻器352是用于使反相器354的输入端的电位保持阈值电压的偏置电阻器。反相器350是用于防止线路w2上的寄生电容和噪声对振荡产生不利影响的缓冲器。此外,通过调节半可变电容器362的电容值,可以微调振荡频率。 By connecting opposite ends of the quartz oscillator 356 to capacitors 358 and 360, respectively, with the other ends of the capacitors 358 and 360 grounded, the phases of the opposite sides of the quartz oscillator 356 are opposite to each other. On the other hand, since the output of the inverter 354 has an opposite phase to its input, it is combined with the crystal oscillator 356 to form a positive feedback circuit so that as the input is pulled up, the output is pulled down, and as the input is pulled down, The output is pulled up, causing oscillation. The resistor 352 is a bias resistor for maintaining the potential of the input terminal of the inverter 354 at the threshold voltage. The inverter 350 is a buffer for preventing the oscillation from being adversely affected by parasitic capacitance and noise on the line w2. In addition, by adjusting the capacitance value of the semi-variable capacitor 362, the oscillation frequency can be fine-tuned. the

(G)卡盒500的电配置 (G) The electrical configuration of the cartridge 500

图85是示出图1所示卡盒500的电配置的示意图。如图85所示,卡盒500包括:高速处理器575、存储器577、端子t1至t24、地址总线579、数据总线581、振幅设置电路583以及电阻器586和587。振幅设置电路583包括:电阻器584和电阻器585。高速处理器575包括用于输入复位信号的复位输入端口/RESET、用于输入时钟信号SCLK2的时钟输入端口XT、用于输入/输出数据的输入/输出端口(I/O端口)IO0至IOn(“n”是自然数,例如,n=24)、模拟输入端口AIN0至AINk(“k”是自然数,例如,k=6)、用于输出音频信号AL1和AR1的音频输出端口AL和AR、用于输出视频信号VD的视频输出端口、用于输出控制信号(例如,芯片启用信号、 输出启用信号、写入启用信号)的控制信号输出端口、第二数据总线以及第二地址总线。例如,存储器577可以是ROM(只读存储器)、闪速存储器或者任意适当存储器。 FIG. 85 is a schematic diagram showing the electrical configuration of the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 85 , the cartridge 500 includes: a high-speed processor 575 , a memory 577 , terminals t1 to t24 , an address bus 579 , a data bus 581 , an amplitude setting circuit 583 , and resistors 586 and 587 . The amplitude setting circuit 583 includes: a resistor 584 and a resistor 585 . The high-speed processor 575 includes a reset input port /RESET for inputting a reset signal, a clock input port XT for inputting a clock signal SCLK2, and input/output ports (I/O ports) 100 to 100 ( "n" is a natural number, for example, n=24), analog input ports AIN0 to AINk ("k" is a natural number, for example, k=6), audio output ports AL and AR for outputting audio signals AL1 and AR1, with A video output port for outputting a video signal VD, a control signal output port for outputting a control signal (for example, a chip enable signal, an output enable signal, a write enable signal), a second data bus, and a second address bus. For example, memory 577 may be ROM (read only memory), flash memory, or any suitable memory. the

高速处理器575的控制信号输出端口连接到存储器577的控制信号输入端口。高速处理器575的第二地址总线和存储器577的地址总线连接到地址总线579。高速处理器575的第二数据总线和存储器577的数据总线连接到数据总线581。在这种情况下,高速处理器575的控制信号输出端口包括:用于输出输出启用信号的OE输出端口;用于输出芯片启用信号的CE输出端口;用于输出写入启用信号的WE输出端口等。此外,存储器577的控制信号输入端口包括:连接到高速处理器575的OE输出端口的OE输入端口;连接到高速处理器575的CE输出端口的CE输入端口;连接到高速处理器575的WE输出端口的WE输入端口等。 The control signal output port of the high-speed processor 575 is connected to the control signal input port of the memory 577 . The second address bus of the high-speed processor 575 and the address bus of the memory 577 are connected to the address bus 579 . A second data bus of the high-speed processor 575 and a data bus of the memory 577 are connected to the data bus 581 . In this case, the control signal output port of the high-speed processor 575 includes: an OE output port for outputting an output enable signal; a CE output port for outputting a chip enable signal; a WE output port for outputting a write enable signal wait. In addition, the control signal input port of the memory 577 includes: the OE input port connected to the OE output port of the high-speed processor 575; the CE input port connected to the CE output port of the high-speed processor 575; the WE output port connected to the high-speed processor 575 port WE input port etc. the

在收到芯片启用信号时,存储器577作为该信号的目的地响应该信号,以根据基本上与芯片启用信号同时供给的地址信号和输出启用信号,来输出数据信号。在通过数据总线581将该数据信号输入到高速处理器575时,通过地址总线579,将该地址信号输入到存储器577。此外,在收到芯片启用信号时,存储器577作为该信号的目的地响应该信号,以根据基本上与芯片启用信号同时供给的地址信号和写入启用信号来写入数据信号。在通过数据总线581将该数据信号从高速处理器575输入到存储器577时,通过地址总线579,将该地址信号输入到存储器577。 Upon receiving the chip enable signal, the memory 577 responds to the signal as a destination of the signal to output a data signal in accordance with the address signal and the output enable signal supplied substantially simultaneously with the chip enable signal. When the data signal is input to the high-speed processor 575 via the data bus 581 , the address signal is input to the memory 577 via the address bus 579 . Furthermore, upon receiving the chip enable signal, the memory 577 responds to the signal as a destination of the signal to write a data signal in accordance with the address signal and the write enable signal supplied substantially simultaneously with the chip enable signal. When the data signal is input from the high-speed processor 575 to the memory 577 via the data bus 581 , the address signal is input to the memory 577 via the address bus 579 . the

在将卡盒500安装在适配器1内时,以一一对应的方式,将端子t1至t24连接到适配器1的连接器69的端子T1至T24。此外,端子t1、t2、t22和t24接地。端子t3连接到振幅设置电路583。端子t4连接到高速处理器575的复位输入端口/RESET。此外,电阻器588的一端和电容器589的一端连接到如下线路:复位输入端口 /RESET通过该线路连接到端子t4。此外,对电阻器588的另一端提供电源电压Vcc3,电容器589的另一端接地。 When the cartridge 500 is installed in the adapter 1 , the terminals t1 to t24 are connected to the terminals T1 to T24 of the connector 69 of the adapter 1 in a one-to-one correspondence. In addition, the terminals t1, t2, t22 and t24 are grounded. The terminal t3 is connected to the amplitude setting circuit 583 . The terminal t4 is connected to the reset input port /RESET of the high-speed processor 575 . In addition, one end of the resistor 588 and one end of the capacitor 589 are connected to a line through which the reset input port /RESET is connected to the terminal t4. Also, the power supply voltage Vcc3 is supplied to the other end of the resistor 588, and the other end of the capacitor 589 is grounded. the

从端子t5提供电源电压Vcc0。从端子t7和t8提供电源电压Vcc1。从端子t11和t12提供电源电压Vcc2。从端子t15和t16提供电源电压Vcc3。从端子t18和t19提供电源电压Vcc4。端子t6、t9、t10和t17分别连接到高速处理器575的I/O端口IO21、IO20、IO19和IO16。端子t13和t14分别连接到电阻器586和587的一端,而对电阻器586和587的另一端供给电源电压Vcc2。端子t20和t21分别连接到高速处理器575的音频输出端口AL和AR。端子23连接到高速处理器575的视频输出端口VO。 The power supply voltage Vcc0 is supplied from the terminal t5. The power supply voltage Vcc1 is supplied from terminals t7 and t8. A power supply voltage Vcc2 is supplied from terminals t11 and t12. The power supply voltage Vcc3 is supplied from terminals t15 and t16. The power supply voltage Vcc4 is supplied from terminals t18 and t19. Terminals t6, t9, t10, and t17 are connected to I/O ports IO21, IO20, IO19, and IO16 of the high-speed processor 575, respectively. Terminals t13 and t14 are connected to one ends of resistors 586 and 587 , respectively, and power supply voltage Vcc2 is supplied to the other ends of resistors 586 and 587 . Terminals t20 and t21 are connected to audio output ports AL and AR of the high-speed processor 575, respectively. Terminal 23 is connected to video output port VO of high speed processor 575 . the

振幅设置电路583的电阻器584的一端连接到端子t3,而其另一端连接到高速处理器575的时钟输入端口XT和电阻器585的一端。电阻器585的另一端接地。换句话说,振幅设置电路583是电阻分压网络。 One end of the resistor 584 of the amplitude setting circuit 583 is connected to the terminal t3 , and the other end thereof is connected to the clock input port XT of the high-speed processor 575 and one end of the resistor 585 . The other end of resistor 585 is grounded. In other words, the amplitude setting circuit 583 is a resistor divider network. the

通过端子t3,将由适配器1的晶体振荡器电路252的振荡产生的时钟信号SCLK1输入到振幅设置电路583,然后,振幅设置电路583产生振幅小于时钟信号SCLK1的时钟信号SCLK2,并将该时钟信号SCLK2输出到时钟输入端口XT。即,将时钟信号SCLK2的振幅设置为由电阻器584与电阻器585之间的比值确定的值。 Through the terminal t3, the clock signal SCLK1 generated by the oscillation of the crystal oscillator circuit 252 of the adapter 1 is input to the amplitude setting circuit 583, and then the amplitude setting circuit 583 generates a clock signal SCLK2 whose amplitude is smaller than the clock signal SCLK1, and transmits the clock signal SCLK2 Output to clock input port XT. That is, the amplitude of the clock signal SCLK2 is set to a value determined by the ratio between the resistor 584 and the resistor 585 . the

将电源电压Vcc2提供给高速处理器575的模拟电路,而将电源电压Vcc3提供给高速处理器575的数字电路。 The analog circuit of the high-speed processor 575 is supplied with a power supply voltage Vcc2, and the digital circuit of the high-speed processor 575 is supplied with a power supply voltage Vcc3. the

顺便提一句,卡盒500设置有屏蔽件592。将图85所示的各电路安装在图23所示的、位于接地屏蔽件508与接地屏蔽件520之间的板518上。因此,图85所示的屏蔽件592包括屏蔽件508和520。利用屏蔽件592,可以尽可能防止从高速处理器575等泄露的电磁波向外辐射。 Incidentally, the cartridge 500 is provided with a shield 592 . The circuits shown in FIG. 85 are mounted on the board 518 shown in FIG. 23 between the ground shield 508 and the ground shield 520 . Accordingly, shield 592 shown in FIG. 85 includes shields 508 and 520 . With the shield 592, it is possible to prevent electromagnetic waves leaked from the high-speed processor 575 and the like from being radiated to the outside as much as possible. the

根据如上所述的本实施例,由于设置了振幅设置电路583,所 以即使时钟信号SCLK1的振幅与卡盒500内要求的振幅不同,卡盒500仍可以以从适配器1输入的时钟信号SCLK1工作。 According to the present embodiment as described above, since the amplitude setting circuit 583 is provided, even if the amplitude of the clock signal SCLK1 is different from that required in the cartridge 500, the cartridge 500 can still operate with the clock signal SCLK1 input from the adapter 1. . the

高速处理器575的电配置 Electrical Configuration of High Speed Processor 575

图86是示出图85所示高速处理器575的方框图。如图86所示,该高速处理器575包括:中央处理单元(CPU)401、图形处理器402、音频处理器403、DMA(direct memory access,直接存储器存取)控制器404、第一总线仲裁器电路405、第二总线仲裁器电路406、内部存储器407、A/D转换器(ADC:模数转换器)408、输入/输出控制电路409、定时器电路410、DRAM(动态随机存取存储器)刷新循环控制电路411、外部存储器接口电路412、时钟驱动器413、PLL(锁相环)电路414、低压检测电路415、第一总线418以及第二总线419。第一总线418包括:地址总线和数据总线。第二总线419包括:地址总线和数据总线。顺便提一句,总线590包括图85所示的地址总线579和数据总线581。 Fig. 86 is a block diagram showing the high speed processor 575 shown in Fig. 85 . As shown in Figure 86, the high-speed processor 575 includes: a central processing unit (CPU) 401, a graphics processor 402, an audio processor 403, a DMA (direct memory access, direct memory access) controller 404, a first bus arbitration circuit 405, second bus arbiter circuit 406, internal memory 407, A/D converter (ADC: analog-to-digital converter) 408, input/output control circuit 409, timer circuit 410, DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory ) Refresh cycle control circuit 411 , external memory interface circuit 412 , clock driver 413 , PLL (Phase Locked Loop) circuit 414 , low voltage detection circuit 415 , first bus 418 and second bus 419 . The first bus 418 includes: an address bus and a data bus. The second bus 419 includes: an address bus and a data bus. Incidentally, the bus 590 includes an address bus 579 and a data bus 581 shown in FIG. 85 . the

CPU 401根据存储在存储器(内部存储器407或者存储器577)内的程序执行各种操作并控制整个系统。CPU 401是第一总线418和第二总线419的总线主控(bus master),而且可以访问连接到各总线的资源。 The CPU 401 performs various operations and controls the entire system according to programs stored in the memory (internal memory 407 or memory 577). The CPU 401 is a bus master of the first bus 418 and the second bus 419, and can access resources connected to the respective buses. the

图形处理器402也是第一总线418和第二总线419的总线主控,根据存储在内部存储器407或存储器577内的数据产生视频信号VD,然后,通过视频输出端口VO输出该视频信号VD。通过第一总线418,CPU 401控制图形处理器402。此外,图形处理器402具有将中断请求信号420输出到CPU 401的功能。在这种情况下,例如,图形处理器402输出的视频信号VD是合成信号。然而,该视频信号并不局限于合成信号,只要电视接收器可以对它进行处理以显示图像,它可以是其它任意类型的视频信号,例如,S-视频信号。 The graphics processor 402 is also the bus master of the first bus 418 and the second bus 419, generates a video signal VD according to the data stored in the internal memory 407 or the memory 577, and then outputs the video signal VD through the video output port VO. Through the first bus 418, the CPU 401 controls the graphics processor 402. Also, the graphics processor 402 has a function of outputting an interrupt request signal 420 to the CPU 401. In this case, for example, the video signal VD output by the graphics processor 402 is a composite signal. However, the video signal is not limited to a composite signal, and may be any other type of video signal, for example, an S-video signal, as long as the television receiver can process it to display images. the

例如,根据模拟电视系统的标准,可以生成符合NTSC、NTSC4.43、PAL、PAL 60、PAL-M、PAL-N以及SECAM等中的任何一个的视频信号。此外,根据模拟视频信号格式,可以利用Y/C视频信号(也称为S-视频信号)、YCbCr分量视频信号等中的任何一个来代替合成视频信号。此外,根据数字视频信号格式,可以按照Dn(D1至D5)视频接口(符合数字图像广播的JEITA CP-4120标准)、iLink接口、DV接口等中的任何一个输出视频信号。此外,根据数字接口标准,HDMI(High Definition MultimediaInterface,高清晰多媒体接口)可以用于该用途。此外,还可以设计可以输出数字视频信号和模拟视频信号之一或者二者的上述系统。 For example, according to the standard of the analog television system, a video signal conforming to any one of NTSC, NTSC4.43, PAL, PAL 60, PAL-M, PAL-N, and SECAM, etc. can be generated. In addition, any one of Y/C video signal (also referred to as S-video signal), YCbCr component video signal, etc. may be used instead of the composite video signal depending on the analog video signal format. In addition, depending on the digital video signal format, video signals can be output according to any one of the Dn (D1 to D5) video interface (conforming to the JEITA CP-4120 standard for digital image broadcasting), iLink interface, DV interface, etc. In addition, according to the digital interface standard, HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface, high-definition multimedia interface) can be used for this purpose. In addition, it is also possible to design the above-mentioned system to output either or both digital video signals and analog video signals. the

音频处理器403也是第一总线418和第二总线419的总线主控,根据存储在内部存储器407或者存储器577内的数据,产生作为模拟信号的音频信号AL1和AR1,然后,通过音频输出端口AL和AR,输出音频信号AL1和AR1。通过第一总线418,CPU 401控制声音处理器403。此外,声音处理器403具有将中断请求信号420输出到CPU 401的功能。 The audio processor 403 is also the bus master of the first bus 418 and the second bus 419, according to the data stored in the internal memory 407 or the memory 577, produces audio signals AL1 and AR1 as analog signals, and then, through the audio output port AL and AR, output audio signals AL1 and AR1. Via the first bus 418, the CPU 401 controls the sound processor 403. In addition, the sound processor 403 has a function of outputting an interrupt request signal 420 to the CPU 401. the

DMA控制器404用于将来自存储器577的数据传送到内部存储器407。此外,DMA控制器404具有将表示完成数据传送的中断请求信号420输出到CPU 401的功能。DMA控制器404也是第一总线418和第二总线419的总线主控。通过第一总线418,CPU 401控制DMA控制器404。 The DMA controller 404 is used to transfer data from the memory 577 to the internal memory 407 . In addition, the DMA controller 404 has a function of outputting an interrupt request signal 420 indicating completion of data transfer to the CPU 401. The DMA controller 404 is also the bus master of the first bus 418 and the second bus 419 . Through the first bus 418, the CPU 401 controls the DMA controller 404. the

根据系统要求,利用掩码(mask)ROM、SRAM(静态随机存取存储器)和DRAM之一或者任意必要组合,可以实现内部存储器407。在使用DRAM的情况下,周期性地执行所谓刷新循环,以保持包含在其内的数据。 According to system requirements, the internal memory 407 can be realized by using one of mask ROM, SRAM (Static Random Access Memory) and DRAM or any necessary combination. In the case of DRAM, a so-called refresh cycle is performed periodically in order to retain the data contained therein. the

第一总线仲裁器电路405接受来自第一总线418的各总线主控 的第一总线使用请求信号,在对第一总线418的请求中进行总线仲裁,将第一总线使用允许信号发送到各总线主控之一。每个总线主控在收到第一总线使用允许信号后,被允许接入第一总线418。在图86中,示出第一总线使用请求信号和第一总线使用允许信号作为第一总线仲裁信号422。 The first bus arbiter circuit 405 accepts the first bus use request signal from each bus master of the first bus 418, performs bus arbitration in the request to the first bus 418, and sends the first bus use permission signal to each bus One of the masters. Each bus master is allowed to access the first bus 418 after receiving the first bus use permission signal. In FIG. 86 , a first bus use request signal and a first bus use permission signal are shown as a first bus arbitration signal 422 . the

第二总线仲裁器电路406接受来自第二总线419的各总线主控的第二总线使用请求信号,在对第二总线419的请求中进行总线仲裁,将第二总线使用允许信号发送到各总线主控之一。每个总线主控在收到第二总线使用允许信号后被允许接入第二总线419。在图86中,示出第二总线使用请求信号和第二总线使用允许信号作为第二总线仲裁信号423。 The second bus arbiter circuit 406 accepts the second bus use request signal from each bus master of the second bus 419, performs bus arbitration in the request to the second bus 419, and sends the second bus use permission signal to each bus One of the masters. Each bus master is allowed to access the second bus 419 after receiving the second bus use enable signal. In FIG. 86 , a second bus use request signal and a second bus use permission signal are shown as the second bus arbitration signal 423 . the

输入/输出控制电路409用于对输入/输出信号执行输入和输出操作,以便能够通过图85所示的I/O端口IO0至IOn,与外部输入/输出设备和/或者外部半导体器件进行通信。通过第一总线418,从CPU 401输入和输出来自I/O端口IO0至IOn的输入/输出信号。此外,该输入/输出控制电路409具有用于将中断请求信号420输出到CPU 401的功能。 The input/output control circuit 409 is used to perform input and output operations on input/output signals to enable communication with external input/output devices and/or external semiconductor devices through I/O ports IO0 to IOn shown in FIG. 85 . Through the first bus 418, input/output signals from the I/O ports 100 to 10n are input and output from the CPU 401. Furthermore, this input/output control circuit 409 has a function for outputting an interrupt request signal 420 to the CPU 401. the

定时器电路410具有以预置的时间间隔,周期性地将中断请求信号420输出到CPU 401的功能。通过第一总线418,CPU 401进行定时器电路410的设置,例如,时间间隔。 The timer circuit 410 has a function of periodically outputting an interrupt request signal 420 to the CPU 401 at preset time intervals. Through the first bus 418, the CPU 401 performs settings of the timer circuit 410, for example, time intervals. the

ADC 408将从图85所示的模拟输入端口AIN0至AINk输入的模拟输入信号转换为数字信号。通过第一总线418,CPU 401读取该数字信号。此外,ADC 408具有用于将中断请求信号420输出到CPU 401的功能。 The ADC 408 converts the analog input signals input from the analog input ports AIN0 to AINk shown in FIG. 85 into digital signals. Through the first bus 418, the CPU 401 reads the digital signal. Furthermore, the ADC 408 has a function for outputting an interrupt request signal 420 to the CPU 401. the

通过倍增从时钟输入端口XT输入的高频时钟信号SCLK2,PLL电路414产生高频时钟信号。 The PLL circuit 414 generates a high frequency clock signal by multiplying the high frequency clock signal SCLK2 input from the clock input port XT. the

时钟驱动器413将从PLL电路414接收的高频时钟信号放大到 足够高的信号电平,以向各模块提供时钟信号425。 Clock driver 413 amplifies the high frequency clock signal received from PLL circuit 414 to a signal level high enough to provide clock signal 425 to each module. the

当电源电压Vcc2和Vcc3分别设置有预定阈值电压时,低压检测电路415监视电源电压Vcc2和Vcc3,并在电源电压Vcc2或Vcc3降低到低于相应阈值电压时,将PLL电路414的复位信号426和复位信号427发送到整个系统的其他电路单元。 When the power supply voltages Vcc2 and Vcc3 are respectively set with predetermined threshold voltages, the low-voltage detection circuit 415 monitors the power supply voltages Vcc2 and Vcc3, and when the power supply voltage Vcc2 or Vcc3 falls below the corresponding threshold voltage, resets the reset signal 426 of the PLL circuit 414 and The reset signal 427 is sent to other circuit units throughout the system. the

外部存储器接口电路412具有用于将第二总线419连接到外部总线590,并发出第二总线419的总线循环完成信号428,以控制第二总线419的总线循环长度的功能。此外,外部存储器接口电路412从控制信号输出端口输出存储器577的控制信号。 The external memory interface circuit 412 has a function of connecting the second bus 419 to the external bus 590 and issuing a bus cycle completion signal 428 of the second bus 419 to control the length of the bus cycle of the second bus 419 . In addition, the external memory interface circuit 412 outputs a control signal of the memory 577 from a control signal output port. the

DRAM刷新循环控制电路411以一定的间隔周期性地无条件获取第一总线418的所有权,从而对DRAM执行刷新循环。不用说,在内部存储器407包括DRAM的情况下,设置DRAM刷新循环控制电路411。 The DRAM refresh cycle control circuit 411 periodically and unconditionally obtains the ownership of the first bus 418 at a certain interval, so as to perform a refresh cycle on the DRAM. Needless to say, in the case where the internal memory 407 includes a DRAM, the DRAM refresh cycle control circuit 411 is provided. the

(H)卡盒600的电配置 (H) The electrical configuration of the cartridge 600

图87是示出图35所示卡盒600的电配置的视图。如图87所示,尽管除了图85所示的配置,该卡盒600还包括摄像单元603,但是其他元件与卡盒500的相同,因此,不重复不必要的描述。 FIG. 87 is a view showing the electrical configuration of the cartridge 600 shown in FIG. 35 . As shown in FIG. 87 , although this cartridge 600 includes an imaging unit 603 in addition to the configuration shown in FIG. 85 , other elements are the same as those of the cartridge 500 , and therefore unnecessary descriptions are not repeated. the

图88是示出图87所示摄像单元603的电配置的视图。图89是示出从图88所示图像传感器654接收像素数据的高速处理器575的运行的时序图。图90是示出图89的一部分的放大时序图。 FIG. 88 is a view showing the electrical configuration of the imaging unit 603 shown in FIG. 87 . FIG. 89 is a timing chart showing the operation of the high-speed processor 575 receiving pixel data from the image sensor 654 shown in FIG. 88 . FIG. 90 is an enlarged timing chart showing a part of FIG. 89 . the

参考图88,由于图像传感器654(参见图37)是以模拟信号的形式输出像素数据D(X,Y)的传感器,所以将该像素数据D(X,Y)输入到高速处理器575的模拟输入端口AIN0。模拟输入端口AIN0内部连接到该高速处理器575内的ADC 408,因此,高速处理器575获得数字信号形式的像素数据。 Referring to FIG. 88, since the image sensor 654 (see FIG. 37) is a sensor that outputs pixel data D(X, Y) in the form of an analog signal, the pixel data D(X, Y) is input to the analog signal of the high-speed processor 575. Input port AIN0. The analog input port AIN0 is internally connected to the ADC 408 within the high speed processor 575 so that the high speed processor 575 obtains the pixel data in the form of a digital signal. the

由图像传感器654在内部产生的基准电压确定上述模拟像素数据D(X,Y)的中心点。通过高速处理器575的I/O端口,各数字信 号从高速处理器575输出以控制图像传感器654,并输入到该高速处理器575以接收图像信号。这些I/O端口是可以控制输入和输出操作,并连接到该高速处理器575内的输入/输出控制电路409的数字端口。 The reference voltage internally generated by the image sensor 654 determines the center point of the analog pixel data D(X, Y) described above. Through the I/O port of the high-speed processor 575, various digital signals are output from the high-speed processor 575 to control the image sensor 654, and input to the high-speed processor 575 to receive image signals. These I/O ports are digital ports that can control input and output operations and are connected to the input/output control circuit 409 within the high speed processor 575 . the

更具体地说,将用于复位图像传感器654的复位信号“reset”从高速处理器575的I/O端口IO8输出到图像传感器654。另一方面,从图像传感器654输出像素数据选通信号PDS和帧状态标志信号FSF,并将它们输入到高速处理器575的I/O端口IO10和IO9。 More specifically, a reset signal “reset” for resetting the image sensor 654 is output from the I/O port IO8 of the high-speed processor 575 to the image sensor 654 . On the other hand, a pixel data strobe signal PDS and a frame status flag signal FSF are output from the image sensor 654 and input to I/O ports IO10 and IO9 of the high-speed processor 575 . the

像素数据选通信号PDS是用于读取如图89(b)所示各像素信号D(X,Y)的选通信号。帧状态标志信号FSF是用于表示图像传感器654的状态的标志信号,并且用于确定如图89(a)所示的图像传感器654的曝光时间段。换句话说,在由如图89(a)所示的帧状态标志信号FSF的低电平时间段确定曝光时间段的同时,由如图89(a)所示的帧状态标志信号FSF的高电平时间段确定非曝光时间段。 The pixel data strobe signal PDS is a strobe signal for reading each pixel signal D(X, Y) as shown in FIG. 89(b). The frame state flag signal FSF is a flag signal for indicating the state of the image sensor 654, and is used for determining the exposure time period of the image sensor 654 as shown in FIG. 89(a). In other words, while the exposure period is determined by the low level period of the frame state flag signal FSF as shown in FIG. 89(a), the high level of the frame state flag signal FSF as shown in FIG. 89(a) The level period determines the non-exposure period. the

此外,高速处理器575从I/O端口IO0至IO6输出要设置在图像传感器654的控制寄存器(该图中未示出)内的命令(或者与数据有关的命令),并将周期性地交替为高电平和低电平的寄存器设置时钟RCLK提供给图像传感器654。 In addition, the high-speed processor 575 outputs commands (or commands related to data) to be set in a control register (not shown in the figure) of the image sensor 654 from the I/O ports IO0 to IO6, and will periodically alternate A register setting clock RCLK for a high level and a low level is supplied to the image sensor 654 . the

4个红外发光二极管614a、614b、614c和614d(参见图35)互相并联连接在一起。通过LED驱动电路690,使这些红外发光二极管614a至614d发光或者不发光(非发光)。LED驱动电路690从图像传感器654接收上述帧状态标志信号FSF,该帧状态标志信号FSF经过包括电阻器683和电容器684的微分电路685,送到PNP晶体管686的基极。该PNP晶体管686的基极还连接到用于将该基极上拉到高电平的上拉电阻器687。然后,在帧状态标志信号FSF被下拉到低电平时,通过微分电路685,将该低电平信号输入到该 基极,使得仅在帧状态标志信号FSF的低电平时间段,PNP晶体管686导通。 Four infrared light emitting diodes 614a, 614b, 614c and 614d (see FIG. 35) are connected in parallel with each other. These infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d are made to emit light or not to emit light (non-light emission) by the LED drive circuit 690 . The LED drive circuit 690 receives the above-mentioned frame state flag signal FSF from the image sensor 654 , and the frame state flag signal FSF is sent to the base of the PNP transistor 686 through a differential circuit 685 including a resistor 683 and a capacitor 684 . The base of this PNP transistor 686 is also connected to a pull-up resistor 687 for pulling the base up to a high level. Then, when the frame state flag signal FSF is pulled down to low level, the low level signal is input to the base through the differential circuit 685, so that only in the low level period of the frame state flag signal FSF, the PNP transistor 686 conduction. the

PNP晶体管686的发射极通过电阻器680和689接地。另一方面,发射极电阻器680和689之间的连触点连接到NPN晶体管681的基极。各红外发光二极管614a至614d的阳极共同连接到该NPN晶体管681的集电极。NPN晶体管681的发射极直接连接到另一个NPN晶体管682的基极。各红外发光二极管614a至614d的阴极共同连接到NPN晶体管682的集电极,而NPN晶体管682的发射极通过电阻器691接地。 The emitter of PNP transistor 686 is grounded through resistors 680 and 689 . On the other hand, the connection point between emitter resistors 680 and 689 is connected to the base of NPN transistor 681 . The anodes of the respective infrared light emitting diodes 614 a to 614 d are commonly connected to the collector of the NPN transistor 681 . The emitter of NPN transistor 681 is directly connected to the base of another NPN transistor 682 . The cathodes of the respective infrared light emitting diodes 614 a to 614 d are commonly connected to the collector of the NPN transistor 682 , and the emitter of the NPN transistor 682 is grounded through a resistor 691 . the

仅在从高速处理器575的I/O端口IO13输出的LED控制信号LEDC被激活(处于高电平),而从图像传感器654输出的帧状态标志信号FSF处于低电平期间,该LED驱动电路690接通红外发光二极管614a至614d。 Only when the LED control signal LEDC output from the I/O port IO13 of the high-speed processor 575 is activated (at a high level), and the frame state flag signal FSF output from the image sensor 654 is at a low level, the LED driving circuit 690 turns on infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d. the

如图89(a)所示,当将帧状态标志信号FSF下拉到低电平时,PNP晶体管686导通低电平时间段(实际上包括对应于微分电路685的时间常数的延时)。因此,当高速处理器575输出图89(d)所示的LED控制信号LEDC,作为高电平信号时,NPN晶体管681的基极被上拉到高电平,并被导通。当晶体管681被导通时,晶体管682也被导通。因此,电流从电源Vcc1流过各红外发光二极管614a至614d以及晶体管682,响应于此,各红外发光二极管614a至614d发光,如图89(e)所示。 As shown in FIG. 89( a ), when the frame state flag signal FSF is pulled low, the PNP transistor 686 is turned on for a low period (actually including a delay corresponding to the time constant of the differentiating circuit 685 ). Therefore, when the high-speed processor 575 outputs the LED control signal LEDC shown in FIG. 89(d) as a high-level signal, the base of the NPN transistor 681 is pulled up to a high level and turned on. When transistor 681 is turned on, transistor 682 is also turned on. Accordingly, current flows from the power supply Vcc1 through the respective infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d and the transistor 682, and in response thereto, the respective infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d emit light as shown in FIG. 89(e). the

仅在如图89(d)所示,LED控制信号LEDC被激活,而如图89(a)所示,帧状态标志信号FSF处于低电平期间,LED驱动电路690接通红外发光二极管614a至614d,因此,仅在图像传感器654的曝光期间内(参见图89(f)),红外发光二极管614a至614d被接通。 Only when the LED control signal LEDC is activated as shown in Figure 89(d), and as shown in Figure 89(a), the frame state flag signal FSF is at a low level, the LED driving circuit 690 turns on the infrared light emitting diode 614a to 614d, therefore, only during the exposure period of the image sensor 654 (see FIG. 89(f)), the infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d are turned on. the

因此,可以限制无用功率消耗。此外,由于还将帧状态标志信号FSF送到耦合电容器684,所以即使因为图像传感器654失去 控制等问题而导致帧状态标志信号FSF固定在低电平,仍需要在特定时间段之后,截止晶体管686,使得还需要在该特定时间段之后,断开红外发光二极管614a至614d。 Therefore, useless power consumption can be limited. In addition, since the frame state flag signal FSF is also sent to the coupling capacitor 684, even if the frame state flag signal FSF is fixed at a low level due to problems such as loss of control of the image sensor 654, it is still necessary to turn off the transistor 686 after a certain period of time. , so that it is also necessary to turn off the infrared LEDs 614a to 614d after the specific period of time. the

因此,通过调节帧状态标志信号FSF的标记持续时间,可以任意、自由改变图像传感器654的曝光时间段。 Therefore, by adjusting the flag duration of the frame state flag signal FSF, the exposure time period of the image sensor 654 can be changed arbitrarily and freely. the

此外,通过调节帧状态标志信号FSF和LED控制信号LEDC的标记持续时间和频率,可以任意、自由设置和改变红外发光二极管614a至614d,即,频闪仪的发光时间段、不发光时间段、发光/不发光时间段的循环等。 In addition, by adjusting the marking duration and frequency of the frame state flag signal FSF and the LED control signal LEDC, the infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d can be arbitrarily and freely set and changed, that is, the lighting time period, non-lighting time period, and The cycle of light-emitting/non-light-emitting time periods, etc. the

同时,图像传感器654连接到端子t3,而且与晶体振荡器电路252产生的时钟信号SCLK1同步工作。 Meanwhile, the image sensor 654 is connected to the terminal t3 and operates in synchronization with the clock signal SCLK1 generated by the crystal oscillator circuit 252 . the

根据该卡盒600,尽管其存储器可以用于存储用于处理被摄体的图像的程序,但是在卡盒600内可以执行更广泛的各种应用程序。 According to this cartridge 600, although its memory can be used to store programs for processing images of subjects, a wider variety of application programs can be executed within the cartridge 600. the

(I)球拍形输入设备700的电配置 (1) Electrical configuration of racket-shaped input device 700

如图49所示,利用作为加速度传感器电路766的一部分固定的压电元件720(下面说明),实现球拍形输入设备700。众所周知,压电元件720包括安装在金属片上的陶瓷片,并用作加速度传感器。即,如本技术领域内众所周知的,压电元件720的陶瓷片由在承受机械压力时产生电信号的压电陶瓷构成。因此,检测压电元件720产生的电信号,作为表示压电元件720的运动,即,球拍形输入设备700的运动的信号。 As shown in FIG. 49, a racket-shaped input device 700 is realized using a piezoelectric element 720 fixed as part of an acceleration sensor circuit 766 (described below). As is well known, the piezoelectric element 720 includes a ceramic sheet mounted on a metal sheet, and is used as an acceleration sensor. That is, as is well known in the art, the ceramic sheet of the piezoelectric element 720 is composed of piezoelectric ceramics that generate electrical signals when subjected to mechanical pressure. Accordingly, the electrical signal generated by the piezoelectric element 720 is detected as a signal representing the motion of the piezoelectric element 720 , that is, the motion of the racket-shaped input device 700 . the

图91是示出图45所示球拍形输入设备700的电配置的视图。图92(a)是来自图91所示MCU 768的输出端口0的输出信号的波形图;图92(b)是输入到该MCU 768的输入端口0的输入信号的波形图;图92(c)是用于说明该MCU 768执行的输入判定的说明性视图。 FIG. 91 is a view showing an electrical configuration of the racket-shaped input device 700 shown in FIG. 45 . Fig. 92 (a) is the waveform diagram of the output signal from the output port 0 of MCU 768 shown in Fig. 91; Fig. 92 (b) is the waveform diagram of the input signal input to the input port 0 of this MCU 768; Fig. 92 (c ) is an explanatory view for explaining the input determination performed by the MCU 768. the

参考图91,加速度传感器电路766中包括压电元件720。此外,MCU 768设置有外部晶体振荡器电路767,并且响应该晶体振荡器电路767产生的时钟信号工作。然后,MCU 768从输出端口0输出矩形波信号,并通过电阻器791,将该矩形波信号施加到压电元件720的一个电极720a。压电元件720的电极720a通过电容器792接地。 Referring to FIG. 91 , the piezoelectric element 720 is included in the acceleration sensor circuit 766 . In addition, the MCU 768 is provided with an external crystal oscillator circuit 767, and operates in response to a clock signal generated by the crystal oscillator circuit 767. Then, the MCU 768 outputs a rectangular wave signal from the output port 0, and applies the rectangular wave signal to one electrode 720a of the piezoelectric element 720 through the resistor 791. The electrode 720 a of the piezoelectric element 720 is grounded via a capacitor 792 . the

压电元件720的另一个电极720b通过电阻器793连接到MCU768的输入端口0,并且连接到二极管电路788,使得将电压波动保持在固定范围内。同时,利用相对高的电阻器790,使压电元件720的两个电极720a和720b互相电隔离。 The other electrode 720b of the piezoelectric element 720 is connected to the input port 0 of the MCU 768 through a resistor 793, and is connected to a diode circuit 788 so that the voltage fluctuation is kept within a fixed range. At the same time, the two electrodes 720a and 720b of the piezoelectric element 720 are electrically isolated from each other by a relatively high resistor 790 . the

MCU 768的输入端口1连接到电阻器769与电阻器770之间的节点。电阻器769的另一端连接到电源Vcc。电阻器770的另一端连接到开关771的一端,而开关771的另一端接地。如果开关771被打开,则连接到输入端口1的节点等于电源Vcc的电位。如果开关771被闭合,则电流从电源Vcc流到地,以将连接到输入端口1的节点的电位下拉到由电阻器769和电阻器770之间的分压所确定的电位。根据该电位的变化,MCU 768可以判断开关771是否导通。 Input port 1 of MCU 768 is connected to a node between resistor 769 and resistor 770. The other end of the resistor 769 is connected to the power supply Vcc. The other end of the resistor 770 is connected to one end of the switch 771, and the other end of the switch 771 is grounded. If the switch 771 is turned on, the node connected to the input port 1 is equal to the potential of the power supply Vcc. If the switch 771 is closed, current flows from the power supply Vcc to ground to pull down the potential of the node connected to the input port 1 to a potential determined by the voltage division between the resistor 769 and the resistor 770 . According to the change of the potential, the MCU 768 can judge whether the switch 771 is turned on. the

MCU 768的输出端口1通过电阻器772连接到PNP晶体管773的基极。晶体管773的发射极连接到电源Vcc,而其集电极连接到电阻器774、775、776、777和778的一端。这些电阻器774、775、776、777和778的另一端连接到各红外发光二极管716a至716e(参见图47),如上所述。利用输出端口1的输出,可以控制红外发光二极管716a至716e的发光。 The output port 1 of the MCU 768 is connected to the base of a PNP transistor 773 through a resistor 772. The emitter of the transistor 773 is connected to a power supply Vcc, and the collector thereof is connected to one end of resistors 774 , 775 , 776 , 777 and 778 . The other ends of these resistors 774, 775, 776, 777, and 778 are connected to the respective infrared light emitting diodes 716a to 716e (see FIG. 47), as described above. Using the output of the output port 1, the light emission of the infrared light emitting diodes 716a to 716e can be controlled. the

当对压电元件720的电极720a施加如图92(a)所示的矩形波信号时,在电容器792的充电和放电期间,将如图92(b)所示的三角波信号输入到MCU 768的输入端口0。然而,三角波信号的幅值(峰 到峰)由二极管电路788确定。 When a rectangular wave signal as shown in FIG. 92(a) is applied to the electrode 720a of the piezoelectric element 720, a triangular wave signal as shown in FIG. 92(b) is input to the MCU 768 during charging and discharging of the capacitor 792. Enter port 0. However, the amplitude (peak-to-peak) of the triangle wave signal is determined by diode circuit 788. the

当球拍形输入设备700处于静止状态,即,不运动时,三角波信号的电位不改变,处于如图92(b)的左端所示的其最低电平(负)。然而,如果玩家在三维空间内移动该球拍形输入设备700,则与该运动相关的压电效应在压电元件720内产生电压。该相关于加速度的电压使该三角波信号在负侧偏置。因此,当移动球拍形输入设备700时,根据位移加速度的振幅,在压电元件720内产生相关于加速度的电压,因此,输入到MCU 768的输入端口0的三角波信号的最低电平根据如图92(b)所示的相关于加速度的电压789的电平发生变化。 When the racket-shaped input device 700 is at rest, ie, not moving, the potential of the triangular wave signal does not change, being at its lowest level (negative) as shown at the left end of FIG. 92(b). However, if a player moves the racket-shaped input device 700 in three-dimensional space, the piezoelectric effect associated with this movement generates a voltage within the piezoelectric element 720 . The acceleration-dependent voltage biases the triangular wave signal on the negative side. Therefore, when the racket-shaped input device 700 is moved, a voltage related to the acceleration is generated in the piezoelectric element 720 according to the amplitude of the displacement acceleration, and therefore, the lowest level of the triangular wave signal input to the input port 0 of the MCU 768 is shown in FIG. The level of the acceleration-dependent voltage 789 shown in 92(b) changes. the

MCU 768将三角波信号的最低电平的偏差转换为加速度数据,并根据其对红外发光二极管716a至716e进行控制。 The MCU 768 converts the deviation of the lowest level of the triangular wave signal into acceleration data, and controls the infrared light emitting diodes 716a to 716e based on it. the

顺便提一句,起动电路779包括电流镜电路799和电容器786。该电容器786的一端连接到压电元件720的电极720b,而其另一端连接到PNP晶体管782的基极。PNP晶体管782和783的发射极连接到电源Vcc。PNP晶体管782和783的集电极连接到电阻器780和781的一端。电阻器780和781的另一端接地。电阻器784和785串联连接在PNP晶体管782的基极与PNP晶体管783的基极之间。电阻器784与电阻器785之间的连触点连接到PNP晶体管783的集电极。此外,PNP晶体管782的集电极连接到MCU 768的输入端口3。 Incidentally, the starting circuit 779 includes a current mirror circuit 799 and a capacitor 786 . One end of this capacitor 786 is connected to the electrode 720 b of the piezoelectric element 720 , and the other end thereof is connected to the base of the PNP transistor 782 . The emitters of the PNP transistors 782 and 783 are connected to the power supply Vcc. Collectors of PNP transistors 782 and 783 are connected to one end of resistors 780 and 781 . The other ends of the resistors 780 and 781 are grounded. Resistors 784 and 785 are connected in series between the base of PNP transistor 782 and the base of PNP transistor 783 . The connection point between the resistor 784 and the resistor 785 is connected to the collector of the PNP transistor 783 . In addition, the collector of PNP transistor 782 is connected to input port 3 of MCU 768. the

在这种情况下,例如,假定电阻器784和785具有1MΩ的电阻值,电阻器780具有100kΩ的电阻值,电阻器781具有1MΩ的电阻值。这样,电阻器784和785的电阻值被设置得大。此外,电阻器781的电阻值大于电阻器780的电阻值。 In this case, for example, assume that the resistors 784 and 785 have a resistance value of 1 MΩ, the resistor 780 has a resistance value of 100 kΩ, and the resistor 781 has a resistance value of 1 MΩ. Thus, the resistance values of the resistors 784 and 785 are set large. In addition, the resistance value of the resistor 781 is greater than the resistance value of the resistor 780 . the

首先,当球拍形输入设备700不移动,以致压电元件720不产生电压时,MCU 768不从输出端口0输出矩形波信号。在这种情况下,PNP晶体管782的集电极电流等于PNP晶体管783的集电极 电流,而电阻器780的电阻值小于电阻器781的电阻值,因此,PNP晶体管782的集电极的电位低于PNP晶体管783的集电极的电位(在该例子中为1/10)。因为该原因,将低电平信号送到MCU 768的输入端口3,因此,MCU 768停止输出矩形波信号。 First, when the racket-shaped input device 700 does not move so that the piezoelectric element 720 does not generate voltage, the MCU 768 does not output a rectangular wave signal from the output port 0. In this case, the collector current of the PNP transistor 782 is equal to the collector current of the PNP transistor 783, and the resistance value of the resistor 780 is smaller than the resistance value of the resistor 781, therefore, the potential of the collector of the PNP transistor 782 is lower than that of the PNP transistor 783. The potential of the collector of the transistor 783 (1/10 in this example). For this reason, a low-level signal is sent to the input port 3 of the MCU 768, and therefore, the MCU 768 stops outputting the rectangular wave signal. the

然后,当移动球拍形输入设备700时,压电元件720振荡,使得响应于该振荡产生电压。在这种情况下,当在负方向产生该电压时,PNP晶体管782的基极电流流入电容器786,因此,与球拍形输入设备700不移动的情况相比,PNP晶体管782的基极电流升高。此后,PNP晶体管782的集电极电流升高,以上拉集电极端的电位,从而将高电平电压提供给MCU 768的输入端口3。通过该过程,MCU 768开始从输出端口0输出矩形波信号。 Then, when the racket-shaped input device 700 is moved, the piezoelectric element 720 oscillates, so that a voltage is generated in response to the oscillation. In this case, when this voltage is generated in the negative direction, the base current of the PNP transistor 782 flows into the capacitor 786, and therefore, the base current of the PNP transistor 782 rises compared to the case where the racket-shaped input device 700 does not move. . Thereafter, the collector current of the PNP transistor 782 rises to pull up the potential of the collector terminal, thereby supplying a high-level voltage to the input port 3 of the MCU 768 . Through this process, the MCU 768 starts to output a rectangular wave signal from the output port 0. the

同时,球棒形输入设备800和球形输入设备854的电配置与球拍形输入设备700的电配置相同,因此,不重复不必要的描述。然而,在球棒形输入设备800的情况中,采用四个红外发光二极管808a至808d。此外,在球形输入设备854的情况中,采用两个红外发光二极管864a和864b。 Meanwhile, the electrical configurations of the bat-shaped input device 800 and the ball-shaped input device 854 are the same as those of the racket-shaped input device 700 , and thus unnecessary descriptions are not repeated. However, in the case of the bat-shaped input device 800, four infrared light emitting diodes 808a to 808d are employed. Also, in the case of the spherical input device 854, two infrared light emitting diodes 864a and 864b are employed. the

(J)球拍形输入设备700的MCU 768的处理 (J) Processing of the MCU 768 of the racket-shaped input device 700

图93是示出图91所示MCU 768的处理的流程图。参考图93,在第一步骤S1,MCU 768初始化下面要说明的并且由MCU 768处理的变量,例如,检测偏移值和偏移计数器以及输入端口和输出端口(图91)。 FIG. 93 is a flowchart showing the processing of the MCU 768 shown in FIG. 91. Referring to FIG. 93, in a first step S1, the MCU 768 initializes variables to be described below and processed by the MCU 768, for example, detection offset values and offset counters and input ports and output ports (FIG. 91). the

然后,在步骤S2的加速度检测处理(下面将详细说明)后,在步骤S3,MCU 768判断它是否处于发送状态。尽管该图中未示出,但是MCU 768设置有状态计数器作为软件计数器,并且当状态计数器达到预定值时,MCU 768处于发送状态。因此,在步骤S3,判断该状态计数器是否达到预定值。如果在步骤S3是“否”,则在步骤S4,将发送代码设置为“0”,否则,如果在步骤S3是“是”, 则跳过步骤S4,该处理进入步骤S5的代码发送处理(下面将详细说明)。在步骤S5执行了代码发送处理后,在步骤S6状态计数器(该图中未示出)递增1(+1),然后,返回步骤S2。顺便提一句,如下所述,在利用串行位序列执行代码发送处理时,其所需时间极短,约为微秒量级。 Then, after the acceleration detection process of step S2 (will be described in detail below), in step S3, MCU 768 judges whether it is in sending state. Although not shown in this figure, the MCU 768 is provided with a state counter as a software counter, and when the state counter reaches a predetermined value, the MCU 768 is in a sending state. Therefore, in step S3, it is judged whether the state counter has reached a predetermined value. If "No" in step S3, then in step S4, send code is set to "0", otherwise, if " yes " in step S3, then skip step S4, this process enters the code transmission process of step S5 ( will be described in detail below). After the code transmission process is executed at step S5, a state counter (not shown in the figure) is incremented by 1 (+1) at step S6, and then, returns to step S2. Incidentally, as described below, when code transmission processing is performed using a serial bit sequence, the required time is extremely short on the order of microseconds. the

图94是示出在图93所示步骤S2中执行的加速度检测处理的流程图。参考图94,在该加速度检测处理的第一步骤S11,MCU768将保存在寄存器(该图中未示出)中的检测偏移值复制到偏移计数器(该图中未示出)。“检测偏移值”是被调节以输入如图92(a)所示的矩形波信号的高电平持续时间和低电平持续时间的值,在压电元件720不产生电压时,该高电平持续时间和低电平持续时间彼此相等,而在刚启动该系统后,将该检测偏移值设置为任意缺省值。 FIG. 94 is a flowchart showing acceleration detection processing executed in step S2 shown in FIG. 93 . Referring to FIG. 94, in the first step S11 of this acceleration detection process, the MCU 768 copies the detected offset value held in a register (not shown in this figure) to an offset counter (not shown in this figure). "Detection offset value" is the value adjusted to input the high-level duration and low-level duration of the rectangular wave signal shown in FIG. 92(a). When the piezoelectric element 720 does not generate voltage, the high The level duration and the low level duration are equal to each other, and the detection offset value is set to an arbitrary default value immediately after starting the system. the

在步骤S11之后的步骤S12,MCU 768将输出端口0设置为“1”。换句话说,MCU 768输出“1”,即,高电平。接着,在步骤S13,MCU 768从该输入端口0读取数据。 In step S12 following step S11, MCU 768 sets output port 0 to "1". In other words, the MCU 768 outputs "1", that is, a high level. Next, in step S13, the MCU 768 reads data from the input port 0. the

在步骤S14,判断在步骤S13从输入端口0读取的数据是否是“1”。如果是“是”,则在下一个步骤S15,MCU 768使累加计数器(该图中未示出)递增1(+1)。“累加计数器”是用于计算输入端口0持续取高电平的时间段,因此,如果输入端口0是“1”即高电平,则它递增,而如果输入端口0是“0”,则不递增。 In step S14, it is judged whether or not the data read from input port 0 in step S13 is "1". If "Yes", then in the next step S15, the MCU 768 increments an accumulation counter (not shown in the figure) by 1 (+1). "Accumulating counter" is used to calculate the period of time that input port 0 continues to take high level, so if input port 0 is "1" that is high level, it increments, and if input port 0 is "0", then not incremented. the

在步骤S15累加计数器递增,或者在步骤S14判定是“否”的情况下,在下一个步骤S16,MCU 768使偏移计数器递增,并在步骤S17中判断该偏移计数器的计数值是否达到预定值。该预定值是在下面的说明中所解释的数“N/2”。换句话说,在步骤S12中将输出端口0设置为“1”之后,只要在步骤S17判断是“否”,则MCU 768继续从输出端口0输出“1”。 In step S15 accumulative counter increments, or under the situation of " no " in step S14 judgment, in next step S16, MCU 768 makes deviation counter increment, and in step S17 judges whether the count value of this deviation counter reaches predetermined value . The predetermined value is the number "N/2" explained in the following description. In other words, after the output port 0 is set to "1" in step S12, as long as it is judged as "No" in step S17, the MCU 768 continues to output "1" from the output port 0. the

然后,当在步骤S17判定该偏移计数器的计数值达到预定值时,在下一个步骤S18,MCU 768将输出端口0设置为“0”,即,低电平。在下一个步骤S19,MCU 768将设置在寄存器中的检测偏移值复制到偏移计数器。 Then, when it is determined in step S17 that the count value of the offset counter reaches a predetermined value, in the next step S18, the MCU 768 outputs port 0 to be set to "0", that is, a low level. In the next step S19, the MCU 768 copies the detection offset value set in the register to the offset counter. the

在下一个步骤S20,MCU 768从输入端口0读取数据。在步骤S21,判断在步骤S20读取的输入端口0的数据是否是“1”。如果是“是”,则在下一个步骤S22,MCU 768使累加计数器递增。 In the next step S20, the MCU 768 reads data from the input port 0. In step S21, it is judged whether or not the data of input port 0 read in step S20 is "1". If "Yes", then in the next step S22, the MCU 768 increments the accumulation counter. the

在步骤S22递增累加计数器后,或者在步骤S21判定是“否”后,在下一个步骤S23,MCU 768使偏移计数器递减1(-1),并在步骤S24中判断偏移计数器的计数值是否达到“0”。换句话说,在步骤S18中将输出端口0设置为“0”后,只要在步骤S24中判定是“否”,MCU 768就继续从输出端口0输出“0”。 After step S22 increments accumulative counter, or after step S21 judges "No", in next step S23, MCU 768 makes offset counter decrement 1 (-1), and judges whether the count value of offset counter is in step S24 reached "0". In other words, after the output port 0 is set to "0" in step S18, as long as it is determined to be "No" in step S24, the MCU 768 continues to output "0" from the output port 0. the

然后,当在步骤S24中判定是“是”时,即,当偏移计数器是零(0)时,下一个步骤S25中,MCU 768通过从累加计数器的计数值中减去中间值来计算差值。在这种情况下,“中间值”是“N/2”,其中“N”是重复执行用于检测高电平持续时间的步骤S17与步骤13之间的处理以及重复执行用于检测高电平持续时间的步骤S20与步骤S24之间的处理的总次数。在通常情况下,检测偏移值的缺省值是“N/2”。在该步骤S25中根据中间值计算差值的原因是在作为理想压电元件(即,占空比=50%)的压电元件不产生相关于加速度的电压的情况下,高电平持续时间与低电平持续时间的比值被用作检测加速度的基准。 Then, when the judgment is "Yes" in step S24, that is, when the offset counter is zero (0), in the next step S25, the MCU 768 calculates the difference by subtracting the intermediate value from the count value of the accumulation counter value. In this case, the "intermediate value" is "N/2", where "N" is the repeated execution of the processing between step S17 and step 13 for detecting the high level duration and the repeated execution of the process for detecting the high level duration. The total number of times of processing between step S20 and step S24 of the average duration. In general, the default value of detection offset is "N/2". The reason why the difference value is calculated from the intermediate value in this step S25 is that in the case where the piezoelectric element as an ideal piezoelectric element (i.e., duty ratio = 50%) does not generate a voltage related to acceleration, the high level duration The ratio to the low level duration is used as a reference for detecting acceleration. the

更具体地说,在累加计数器表示从输入端口0读取“1”,即高电平的次数时,只要该压电元件是理想压电元件,并且没有电压产生,则在步骤S25中该差值,即,“累加计数器-中间值”必须是0。因此,如果压电元件720产生某一电压,则该差值成为显著非零值。因为该原因,在步骤S26中根据该差值确定球拍形输入设 备700的位移加速度。总的说来,由预定系数乘以该差值,获得所期望的加速度数据。 More specifically, when the accumulative counter indicates the number of times "1" is read from the input port 0, that is, the number of high levels, as long as the piezoelectric element is an ideal piezoelectric element and no voltage is generated, the difference in step S25 The value, ie, "Accumulating Counter - Intermediate Value" must be 0. Therefore, if the piezoelectric element 720 produces a certain voltage, the difference becomes a significantly non-zero value. For this reason, the displacement acceleration of the racket-shaped input device 700 is determined based on the difference in step S26. In general, the difference is multiplied by a predetermined coefficient to obtain the desired acceleration data. the

此后,在步骤S27,根据在步骤S25中获得的差值,校正该检测偏移值。即,因为在初始状态下玩家不挥动球拍形输入设备700,所以压电元件720不产生相关于加速度的电压。如果在步骤S25中检测到非零差值而与上述事实无关,则意味着鉴于球拍形输入设备中使用的压电元件的特性,在步骤S11中设置的检测偏移值不合适。换句话说,这意味着压电元件不是理想的。因为该原因,在这种情况下,在步骤S27中利用该差值校正检测偏移值,以补偿使用的压电元件与理想压电元件之间的特性差别。 Thereafter, in step S27, the detection offset value is corrected based on the difference obtained in step S25. That is, since the player does not swing the racket-shaped input device 700 in the initial state, the piezoelectric element 720 does not generate a voltage related to acceleration. If a non-zero difference is detected in step S25 irrespective of the above fact, it means that the detection offset value set in step S11 is inappropriate in view of the characteristics of the piezoelectric element used in the racket-shaped input device. In other words, this means that the piezoelectric element is not ideal. For this reason, in this case, the difference value is used to correct the detection offset value in step S27 to compensate for the characteristic difference between the piezoelectric element used and the ideal piezoelectric element. the

另一方面,在步骤S27中总是改变或者校正检测偏移值的情况下,即使利用压电元件实际产生的相关于加速度的电压计算该差值,该检测偏移值也被调整。然而,与其他时间段相比,压电元件的电压生成时间段非常短。因此,在实际中,即使在每次检测该差值时执行步骤S27,也不产生问题。这将简化该算法。 On the other hand, in the case of always changing or correcting the detection offset value in step S27, the detection offset value is adjusted even if the difference is calculated using the acceleration-related voltage actually generated by the piezoelectric element. However, the voltage generation time period of the piezoelectric element is very short compared with other time periods. Therefore, in practice, no problem arises even if step S27 is performed each time the difference is detected. This will simplify the algorithm. the

在下一个步骤S28中MCU 768通过输入端口1从操作开关710读取输入数据“1”或者“0”,在步骤S29中准备具有附加奇偶校验位的发送代码,其表示从该开关710读取的输入数据和在先前步骤S26中确定的球拍形输入设备700的位移加速度或者运动加速度,之后返回到主程序的步骤S3。 In the next step S28, the MCU 768 reads the input data "1" or "0" from the operation switch 710 through the input port 1, and prepares a transmission code with an additional parity bit in step S29, which indicates that the data read from the switch 710 The input data and the displacement acceleration or motion acceleration of the racket-shaped input device 700 determined in the previous step S26, and then return to the step S3 of the main program. the

图95是示出图93所示步骤S5的代码发送处理的流程图。参考图95,在第一步骤S41中,MCU 768将在步骤S2或者S4中准备的发送代码复制到临时数据寄存器(该图中未示出)。然后,判断最高有效位是否是“1”。如果最高有效位是“1”,则在步骤S42中判定为“是”,在下一个步骤S43中MCU 768将输出端口1设置为“1”,以接通红外发光二极管716a至716e。此后,在步骤S44,MCU 768等待预定的等待时间。然而,如果在步骤S42中是“否”,即,如 果最高有效位是“0”,则该处理跳过步骤S43,进入步骤S44。 FIG. 95 is a flowchart showing code transmission processing at step S5 shown in FIG. 93 . Referring to FIG. 95, in a first step S41, the MCU 768 copies the transmission code prepared in step S2 or S4 to a temporary data register (not shown in this figure). Then, it is judged whether the most significant bit is "1". If the most significant bit is "1", then it is determined as "Yes" in step S42, and in the next step S43, the MCU 768 sets the output port 1 to "1" to turn on the infrared light emitting diodes 716a to 716e. Thereafter, in step S44, the MCU 768 waits for a predetermined waiting time. However, if "NO" in step S42, that is, if the most significant bit is "0", the process skips step S43 and proceeds to step S44. the

在步骤S44中,预定等待时间过去之后,MCU 768将输出端口1设置为“0”,并在步骤S45中断开红外发光二极管716a至716e。此后,在步骤S46中MCU 768等待预定等待时间。 In step S44, after a predetermined waiting time elapses, the MCU 768 sets the output port 1 to "0", and turns off the infrared light emitting diodes 716a to 716e in step S45. Thereafter, the MCU 768 waits for a predetermined waiting time in step S46. the

然后,在步骤S46中预定等待时间过去之后,在步骤S47中MCU 768将临时数据向左移1位,并使发送位移动到最低有效位。换句话说,发送位依次置换以进行串行位发送。然后,在步骤S48中判断是否已经发送了所有位。如果是“否”,则该处理过程返回步骤S42,而如果是“是”,则该处理完成,并进入图93所示的步骤S6。 Then, after a predetermined waiting time elapses in step S46, the MCU 768 shifts the temporary data to the left by 1 bit in step S47, and shifts the transmission bit to the least significant bit. In other words, the transmitted bits are sequentially permuted for serial bit transmission. Then, it is judged in step S48 whether all bits have been transmitted. If "NO", the processing returns to step S42, and if "YES", the processing is completed and proceeds to step S6 shown in FIG. 93 . the

安装在图45中所示的球棒形输入设备800和球形输入设备854中的MCU的处理与安装在球拍形输入设备700中的MCU 768的处理相同,因此,不重复不必要的说明。 The processing of the MCU installed in the bat-shaped input device 800 and the ball-shaped input device 854 shown in FIG. the

(K)使用图45所示的球拍形输入设备700的虚拟现实体验 (K) Virtual reality experience using the racket-shaped input device 700 shown in FIG. 45

例如,如图45所示,在将电视接收器14用作打网球的虚拟现实系统的一部分的情况下,该适配器1设置有具有内置存储器577的卡盒500(参见图85),该内置存储器577存储用于实现该打网球的虚拟现实系统所需的程序和数据。然后,接通电视接收器14,并接通适配器1的电源开关9。 For example, as shown in FIG. 45, in the case of using the television receiver 14 as part of a virtual reality system for playing tennis, the adapter 1 is provided with a cartridge 500 (see FIG. 85) having a built-in memory 577. 577 stores programs and data necessary for realizing the virtual reality system for playing tennis. Then, the television receiver 14 is turned on, and the power switch 9 of the adapter 1 is turned on. the

在用于打网球的虚拟现实系统中,卡盒500的高速处理器575产生用于在电视接收器14上显示球、玩家角色、网角色以及球场角色的视频信号VD,并输出到视频输出端口VO。该视频信号VD通过卡盒500的端子t23、适配器1的端子T23以及AV插口25,传送到电视接收器14。在该配置中,电视接收器14显示诸如球的图像。此外,高速处理器575产生将被输出到电视接收器14的扬声器的用于输出音乐、声音效果等的音频信号AL1和AR1,并将它们输出到音频输出端口AL和AR。通过卡盒500的端子t20和t21、适配器1 的端子T20和T21、音频放大器258以及AV插口25,将音频信号AL1和AR1发送到电视接收器14。在该配置中,电视接收器14通过扬声器输出音乐等。 In the virtual reality system for playing tennis, the high-speed processor 575 of the cartridge 500 generates a video signal VD for displaying the ball, player character, net character and court character on the television receiver 14, and outputs to the video output port VO. The video signal VD is transmitted to the television receiver 14 through the terminal t23 of the cassette 500 , the terminal T23 of the adapter 1 , and the AV jack 25 . In this configuration, the television receiver 14 displays an image such as a ball. Also, the high-speed processor 575 generates audio signals AL1 and AR1 for outputting music, sound effects, etc. to be output to the speaker of the television receiver 14, and outputs them to the audio output ports AL and AR. The audio signals AL1 and AR1 are sent to the television receiver 14 through the terminals t20 and t21 of the cassette 500, the terminals T20 and T21 of the adapter 1, the audio amplifier 258, and the AV jack 25. In this configuration, the television receiver 14 outputs music and the like through speakers. the

在用于打网球的该虚拟现实系统的情况下,当玩家在真实空间内摆动球拍形输入设备700时,根据球拍形输入设备700的压电元件720输出的相关于加速度的信号,红外发光二极管716a至716e将红外信号输出到适配器1的IR接收器电路256。在收到红外信号后,IR接收器电路256数字解调所收到的红外信号,并通过端子T17,将它输出到卡盒500的端子t17。高速处理器575从I/O端口IO16输入这些信号,并根据存储在存储器577中的程序执行处理。 In the case of this virtual reality system for playing tennis, when the player swings the racket-shaped input device 700 in the real space, the infrared light emitting diode 716a to 716e output infrared signals to IR receiver circuit 256 of adapter 1 . After receiving the infrared signal, the IR receiver circuit 256 digitally demodulates the received infrared signal and outputs it to the terminal t17 of the cartridge 500 through the terminal T17. The high-speed processor 575 inputs these signals from the I/O port IO16 and executes processing according to programs stored in the memory 577 . the

例如,如果与显示在屏幕上的球的运动定时同步,玩家在实际空间中摆动球拍形输入设备700,则根据与压电元件720的相关于加速度的信号相对应的、从红外发光二极管716a至716e发送到IR接收器电路256的红外信号,高速处理器575检测该摆动,然后,根据球拍形输入设备700以预定移动速度摆动时的定时和球在屏幕上的位置,使显示在屏幕上的球向球场上的对手移动,就像实际上利用球拍使球返回一样。根据球移动的位置,判断球是否在球场内。然而,如果摆动球拍形输入设备700的定时与球在屏幕上的位置不一致,则判定玩家摆动而且未打中(使球通过)。 For example, if the player swings the racket-shaped input device 700 in real space in synchronization with the timing of the movement of the ball displayed on the screen, according to the signal corresponding to the acceleration of the piezoelectric element 720, from the infrared LED 716a to 716e sends the infrared signal to the IR receiver circuit 256, the high-speed processor 575 detects the swing, and then, based on the timing and the position of the ball on the screen when the racket-shaped input device 700 swings at a predetermined movement speed, the The ball moves towards the opponent on the court as if the racket were actually used to return the ball. Based on where the ball moves, it is determined whether the ball is in the court. However, if the timing of swinging the racket-shaped input device 700 does not coincide with the position of the ball on the screen, it is determined that the player swings and misses (passes the ball). the

图96是示出利用图45所示球拍形输入设备700打网球的虚拟现实系统的处理流程的流程图。在步骤S101,图85所示的高速处理器575首先执行初始化处理。具体地说,初始化该系统和各变量。 FIG. 96 is a flowchart showing the processing flow of the virtual reality system for playing tennis using the racket-shaped input device 700 shown in FIG. 45 . In step S101, the high speed processor 575 shown in Fig. 85 first executes initialization processing. Specifically, the system and variables are initialized. the

此后,在步骤S102,高速处理器575更新视频信号VD,并更新显示在电视接收器14上的图像。然而,对每一帧(电视帧或者视频帧)执行更新显示图像的处理。 Thereafter, the high speed processor 575 updates the video signal VD, and updates the image displayed on the television receiver 14 at step S102. However, the process of updating the display image is performed for each frame (television frame or video frame). the

然后,根据该状态,高速处理器575执行处理。首先要执行的 处理是选择模式。在步骤S103,在该模式选择中,玩家操作适配器1的箭头键17a至17d,选择单个玩家的模式或者两个玩家的模式,以及单打模式或者双打模式,并设置游戏的难度等级。 Then, according to the state, the high speed processor 575 performs processing. The first processing to be performed is to select the mode. In step S103, in this mode selection, the player operates the arrow keys 17a to 17d of the adapter 1 to select a single player mode or a two player mode, and a singles mode or a doubles mode, and sets the difficulty level of the game. the

尽管实际网球从发球开始,然后,进入对打,但是本游戏的球必须在该屏幕上被掷以发球。在这种情况下,在步骤S104,高速处理器575执行掷球准备处理,然后,在步骤S105,执行掷球处理。即,如果在掷球准备处理中按下操作开关710,则该处理进入掷球处理,在掷球处理中,如果球拍形输入设备700不摆动,则该处理返回到准备处理。另一方面,如果在掷球处理中,球拍形输入设备700摆动,则该处理进入步骤S106中的对打处理。然后,如果在对打处理中得分,则该处理进入下一个步骤S107中的处理得分的处理。此外,根据得分处理中的得分是否满足终止条件,该处理返回模式选择(S103),或者掷球准备处理(S104)。 Whereas real tennis starts with a serve and then goes into a rallies, the ball in this game must be thrown on this screen to serve. In this case, at step S104, the high-speed processor 575 executes throw preparation processing, and then, at step S105, executes throw processing. That is, if the operation switch 710 is pressed in the throw preparation process, the process goes to the throw process, and in the throw process, if the racket-shaped input device 700 does not swing, the process returns to the preparation process. On the other hand, if the racket-shaped input device 700 is swung during the throw process, the process proceeds to the sparring process in step S106. Then, if a score is scored in the sparring process, the process proceeds to the process of processing the score in the next step S107. Also, depending on whether the score in the scoring process satisfies the termination condition, the process returns to the mode selection (S103), or the throw preparation process (S104). the

此后,如果存在视频系统同步信号的中断,则在步骤S102中执行更新显示图像的处理。此外,当发出用于输出诸如音乐、击球声的声音效果的音频中断时,执行步骤S108中的声音处理。当收到红外信号(代码)时,适配器1的IR接收器电路256将中断请求信号输出到高速处理器575,然后,在接受该中断请求或者定时器中断后,在步骤S109,高速处理器575作为中断处理机(interrupthandler)开始下面的代码接收处理。 Thereafter, if there is an interruption of the video system synchronization signal, a process of updating the display image is performed in step S102. Furthermore, the sound processing in step S108 is performed when an audio interruption for outputting sound effects such as music, batting sound is issued. When receiving the infrared signal (code), the IR receiver circuit 256 of the adapter 1 outputs the interrupt request signal to the high-speed processor 575, then, after accepting the interrupt request or the timer interrupt, in step S109, the high-speed processor 575 Start the following code reception processing as an interrupt handler. the

图97是示出在图96所示步骤S109中执行的代码接收处理的流程图。由定时器中断信号调用该代码接收处理,以便高速处理器575在第一步骤S51中判断是否设置了定时器中断。如果是“否”,则在步骤S52中设置定时器中断,如果是“是”,则该处理跳过步骤S52,进入步骤S53。 FIG. 97 is a flowchart showing code reception processing executed in step S109 shown in FIG. 96 . This code receiving process is called by a timer interrupt signal, so that the high speed processor 575 judges in the first step S51 whether a timer interrupt is set. If "No", set a timer interrupt in step S52, and if "Yes", then the process skips step S52 and proceeds to step S53. the

在步骤S53中,高速处理器575在存储器407(图86)中分配用于接收代码的临时数据区。然后,在下一个步骤S54中,高速处理器 575从输入端口IO16读取数据,其中,来自IR接收器电路256(图78)的输出信号被输入到该输入端口IO16。在下一个步骤S55,高速处理器575向右移位临时数据,并将在步骤S54中读取的数据放置在该临时数据的最高有效位位置。 In step S53, the high speed processor 575 allocates a temporary data area for receiving codes in the memory 407 (FIG. 86). Then, in the next step S54, the high-speed processor 575 reads data from the input port 1016 to which the output signal from the IR receiver circuit 256 (FIG. 78) is input. In the next step S55, the high speed processor 575 shifts the temporary data to the right and places the data read in step S54 in the most significant bit position of the temporary data. the

此后,在步骤S56,判断是否已经收到所有位,如果是“否”,则在步骤S57中,高速处理器575等待下一个定时器中断。如果是“是”,则在步骤S58中释放定时器中断设置,在步骤S59中复制该临时数据作为接收代码。高速处理器575利用该接收代码执行图96所示的处理。 Thereafter, in step S56, it is judged whether all bits have been received, if "No", then in step S57, the high speed processor 575 waits for the next timer interrupt. If "Yes", the timer interrupt setting is released in step S58, and the temporary data is copied as the reception code in step S59. The high speed processor 575 executes the processing shown in FIG. 96 using the received code. the

顺便提一句,例如,在将电视接收器14用作使用图45所示的球棒形输入设备800和球形输入设备854打棒球的虚拟现实系统的一部分的情况下,适配器1设置有具有内置存储器577(参见图85)的卡盒500,该内置存储器577存储用于实现打棒球的虚拟现实系统所需的程序和数据。然后,当接通电视接收器14和适配器1的电源开关9时,高速处理器575根据存储在存储器577中的程序产生视频信号VD和音频信号AL1和AR1,并通过适配器1将这些信号输出到电视接收器14。 Incidentally, for example, in the case of using the television receiver 14 as part of a virtual reality system for playing baseball using the bat-shaped input device 800 and the ball-shaped input device 854 shown in FIG. 577 (see FIG. 85 ), the built-in memory 577 stores the required programs and data for realizing the virtual reality system for playing baseball. Then, when turning on the power switch 9 of the television receiver 14 and the adapter 1, the high-speed processor 575 generates the video signal VD and the audio signals AL1 and AR1 according to the program stored in the memory 577, and outputs these signals to the TV receiver 14. the

在用于打棒球的这种虚拟现实系统的情况下,如果玩家在实际空间中摆动球棒形输入设备800,则根据来自球棒形输入设备800的压电元件830的相关于加速度的信号,将红外信号从红外发光二极管808a至808d发送到适配器1的IR接收器电路256。收到该红外信号后,IR接收器电路256数字解调所收到的该红外信号,并通过端子T17将它输出到卡盒500的端子t17。高速处理器575输入来自I/O端口IO16的这些信号,并根据存储在存储器577中的程序执行。顺便提一句,当玩家在实际空间中握着球形输入设备854,并做出抛球动作时,也执行类似的处理。 In the case of such a virtual reality system for playing baseball, if the player swings the bat-shaped input device 800 in the real space, based on a signal related to acceleration from the piezoelectric element 830 of the bat-shaped input device 800, Infrared signals are sent from the infrared light emitting diodes 808a to 808d to the IR receiver circuit 256 of the adapter 1 . After receiving the infrared signal, the IR receiver circuit 256 digitally demodulates the received infrared signal and outputs it to the terminal t17 of the cartridge 500 through the terminal T17. The high-speed processor 575 inputs these signals from the I/O port IO16 and executes according to programs stored in the memory 577 . Incidentally, similar processing is also performed when the player holds the spherical input device 854 in the real space and makes a motion of throwing the ball. the

在玩游戏之前,玩家将球拍形输入设备700的带703、球棒形 输入设备800的带801或者球形输入设备854的带803套在其腕部上。利用这种腕部带,可以提高安全性。 Before playing the game, the player puts the strap 703 of the racket-shaped input device 700, the strap 801 of the bat-shaped input device 800, or the strap 803 of the ball-shaped input device 854 around his wrist. With such a wrist strap, security can be increased. the

(L)使用图63所示保龄球形输入设备900的虚拟现实体验 (L) Use the virtual reality experience of the bowling ball input device 900 shown in Figure 63

例如,如图63所示,在将电视接收器14用作打棒球的虚拟现实系统的一部分的情况下,适配器1设置有具有内置存储器577的卡盒600(参见图85),该内置存储器577存储实现用于打保龄球的虚拟现实系统所需的程序和数据。然后,接通电视接收器14,并接通适配器1的电源开关9。 For example, as shown in FIG. 63 , in the case of using the television receiver 14 as part of a virtual reality system for playing baseball, the adapter 1 is provided with a cartridge 600 (see FIG. 85 ) having a built-in memory 577 . Stores programs and data required to implement a virtual reality system for bowling. Then, the television receiver 14 is turned on, and the power switch 9 of the adapter 1 is turned on. the

在用于打保龄球的虚拟现实系统中,卡盒600的高速处理器575产生用于在电视接收器14上显示保龄球道、木瓶等的视频信号VD,并将它输出到视频输出端口VO。通过卡盒600的端子t23、适配器1的端子T23以及AV插口25,将该视频信号VD发送到电视接收器14。在该配置中,电视接收器14显示诸如保龄球道的图像。此外,以与在用于打网球的虚拟现实系统中相同的方式,将音乐、声音效果等输出到电视接收器14的扬声器。 In the virtual reality system for bowling, the high-speed processor 575 of the cartridge 600 generates a video signal VD for displaying bowling lanes, pins, etc. on the television receiver 14, and outputs it to the video output port VO. This video signal VD is sent to the television receiver 14 through the terminal t23 of the cassette 600 , the terminal T23 of the adapter 1 , and the AV jack 25 . In this configuration, the television receiver 14 displays images such as bowling lanes. Furthermore, music, sound effects, and the like are output to the speakers of the television receiver 14 in the same manner as in the virtual reality system for playing tennis. the

在用于打保龄球的该虚拟现实系统的情况下,当玩家在真实空间中用保龄球形输入设备900做出抛球动作时,高速处理器575接通和断开图35所示的红外发光二极管614a至614d,以在每次接通和断开时,间歇地输出红外信号并分析和处理图像传感器654的图像,从而间歇地检测保龄球形输入设备900的位置。然后,高速处理器575根据保龄球形输入设备900的位置(坐标),控制显示在该屏幕上的保龄球的运动,并根据该保龄球的运动不击倒木瓶,或者击倒一个或者多个木瓶。顺便提一句,在做出抛球动作之前,玩家将带901套在其腕部。利用这种腕部带提高安全性。 In the case of this virtual reality system for playing bowling, when the player makes a throwing action with the bowling ball shape input device 900 in the real space, the high-speed processor 575 turns on and off the infrared light-emitting diode shown in FIG. 35 614a to 614d to intermittently output infrared signals and analyze and process the image of the image sensor 654 every time it is turned on and off, so as to intermittently detect the position of the bowling ball input device 900 . Then, the high-speed processor 575 controls the motion of the bowling ball displayed on the screen according to the position (coordinates) of the bowling ball shape input device 900, and does not knock down the wooden pins according to the motion of the bowling ball, or knocks down one or more wooden pins . Incidentally, the player will wear the 901 around his wrist before making the throw. Increase safety with this wrist strap. the

安装在保龄球形输入设备900的内套上的反射片被红外发光二极管614a至614d的红外光照射,并反射该红外光。图像传感器654利用这些反射片反射的红外光获取反射片的图像,以输出该反 射片的图像信号。 The reflective sheet installed on the inner case of the bowling ball input device 900 is irradiated with the infrared light of the infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d, and reflects the infrared light. The image sensor 654 uses the infrared light reflected by these reflective sheets to acquire images of the reflective sheets to output image signals of the reflective sheets. the

图98是示出利用图63所示的保龄球形输入设备900打保龄球的虚拟现实系统的处理流程的流程图。高速处理器575首先在步骤S201执行初始化处理。具体地说,初始化该系统和各变量。 FIG. 98 is a flowchart showing a processing flow of a virtual reality system for bowling using the bowling-ball-shaped input device 900 shown in FIG. 63 . The high speed processor 575 first performs initialization processing in step S201. Specifically, the system and variables are initialized. the

在步骤S201之后,高速处理器575在步骤S202更新视频信号VD,并更新显示在电视接收器14上的图像。然而,对每一帧(电视帧或者视频帧)执行更新显示图像的处理。 After step S201, the high speed processor 575 updates the video signal VD and updates the image displayed on the television receiver 14 at step S202. However, the process of updating the display image is performed for each frame (television frame or video frame). the

在步骤S203,高速处理器575执行摄像处理。然后,高速处理器575根据该状态进行处理。然而,首先要执行的处理是模式选择。在步骤S204,在进行该模式选择时,玩家操作箭头键17a至17d,选择单个玩家的模式或者两个玩家的模式,并设置游戏难度等级。 In step S203, the high speed processor 575 executes imaging processing. Then, the high speed processor 575 performs processing according to the state. However, the processing to be performed first is mode selection. In step S204, when making this mode selection, the player operates the arrow keys 17a to 17d to select a single player mode or a two player mode, and set a game difficulty level. the

当在实际保龄球游戏中让球滚动时,该游戏的玩家利用保龄球形输入设备900做出抛球动作。在这种情况下,在步骤S205,高速处理器575执行抛球动作的判断处理,然后判断实际上是否做出抛球动作。然后,如果实际做出抛球动作,则在步骤S206中,在计算该球的路线的同时,显示该球在球道上移动,然后执行确定球撞击木瓶的击中确定处理。然后,当球到达球道的末端时,在步骤S207,根据步骤S206的击中确定处理的结果,执行判断结果和得分计算的处理。 When rolling the ball in an actual bowling game, the player of the game utilizes the bowling ball-shaped input device 900 to throw the ball. In this case, in step S205, the high speed processor 575 performs a judging process of a throwing action, and then judges whether or not the throwing action is actually made. Then, if the throwing action is actually made, then in step S206, while calculating the course of the ball, displaying that the ball moves on the fairway, and then performing a hit determination process of determining that the ball hits the pin. Then, when the ball reaches the end of the fairway, in step S207, according to the result of the hit determination process in step S206, the process of judgment result and score calculation is performed. the

此后,如果存在视频系统同步信号的中断,则在步骤S202中执行更新显示图像的处理。此外,当发出用于输出诸如音乐、保龄球的滚动声的声音效果的音频中断时,执行步骤S208的声音处理。 Thereafter, if there is an interruption of the video system synchronization signal, a process of updating the display image is performed in step S202. Also, when an audio interruption for outputting a sound effect such as music, rolling sound of a bowling ball is issued, the sound processing of step S208 is performed. the

图99是示出作为图98所示步骤S201中执行的初始化处理的处理来执行的传感器初始设置处理的例子的流程图。如图99所示,在第一步骤S230中,高速处理器575准备命令“CONF”,作为要 设置的数据。在这种情况下,该命令“CONF”是用于向图像传感器654通知高速处理器575准备好在配置模式下将命令发送到图像传感器654的命令。然后,在下一个步骤S231,执行命令发送处理。 FIG. 99 is a flowchart showing an example of sensor initial setting processing executed as processing of the initialization processing executed in step S201 shown in FIG. 98 . As shown in FIG. 99, in the first step S230, the high speed processor 575 prepares the command "CONF" as data to be set. In this case, the command "CONF" is a command for notifying the image sensor 654 that the high speed processor 575 is ready to send commands to the image sensor 654 in configuration mode. Then, at the next step S231, command transmission processing is performed. the

图100是示出在图99所示步骤S231中的命令发送处理的一个例子的流程图。如图100所示,在第一步骤S240中,高速处理器575设置设置数据(步骤S231中的命令“CONF”),作为寄存器数据(I/O端口IO0至IO6),在下一个步骤S241中,将寄存器设置时钟RCLK(I/O端口IO7)设置为低电平。然后,在步骤S242中等待预定时间后,在步骤S243中将寄存器设置时钟RCLK设置为高电平。然后,在步骤S244中再等待该预定时间后,在步骤S245中将寄存器设置时钟RCLK设置为低电平。 FIG. 100 is a flowchart showing an example of command transmission processing in step S231 shown in FIG. 99 . As shown in FIG. 100, in the first step S240, the high-speed processor 575 sets the setting data (command "CONF" in the step S231) as register data (I/O ports IO0 to IO6), and in the next step S241, Set the register setting clock RCLK (I/O port IO7) low. Then, after waiting for a predetermined time in step S242, the register setting clock RCLK is set to high level in step S243. Then, after waiting for the predetermined time in step S244, set the register setting clock RCLK to low level in step S245. the

这样,如图101所示,通过在每次改变之前等待预定时间的时候,在低电平与高电平之间改变寄存器设置时钟RCLK的电平,可以执行发送命令(即与数据相关的命令)的处理。 In this way, as shown in Figure 101, by changing the level of the register setting clock RCLK between low level and high level while waiting for a predetermined time before each change, it is possible to execute the send command (that is, the command related to data ) processing. the

返回图99,继续说明。在步骤S232设置像素模式。在图像传感器654是32像素×32像素的CMOS图像传感器的情况下,将表示32像素×32像素的“0h”加载到像素模式寄存器的设置地址“0”。在下一个步骤S233中,高速处理器575执行寄存器设置处理。 Return to Fig. 99 to continue the description. The pixel mode is set in step S232. In the case where the image sensor 654 is a CMOS image sensor of 32 pixels×32 pixels, “0h” indicating 32 pixels×32 pixels is loaded to the setting address “0” of the pixel mode register. In the next step S233, the high speed processor 575 executes register setting processing. the

图102是示出在图99所示步骤S233中的寄存器设置处理的一个例子的流程图。如图102所示,在第一步骤S250中,高速处理器575将与地址相关的命令“MOV”设置为设置数据,然后,在下一步骤S251中执行如上参考图100所述的命令发送处理,以发送该命令。接着,在下一个步骤S252,高速处理器575将与数据相关的命令“LD”设置为设置数据,然后,在下一个步骤S253,执行命令发送处理,以发送该命令。然后,在步骤S254中,高速处理器575将命令“SET”设置为设置数据,在下一个步骤S255 中,发送该命令。顺便提一句,命令“MOV”是用于发送控制寄存器的地址的命令;命令“LD”是用于发送数据的命令;命令“SET”是实际将该数据加载到该地址的命令。顺便提一句,如果有多个控制寄存器要设置,则重复上面的处理。 FIG. 102 is a flowchart showing an example of register setting processing in step S233 shown in FIG. 99 . As shown in FIG. 102, in the first step S250, the high-speed processor 575 sets the command "MOV" related to the address as the setting data, and then, in the next step S251, executes the command sending process as described above with reference to FIG. 100, to send the command. Next, at the next step S252, the high speed processor 575 sets the data-related command "LD" as setting data, and then, at the next step S253, executes command transmission processing to transmit the command. Then, in step S254, the high speed processor 575 sets the command "SET" as setting data, and in the next step S255, sends the command. Incidentally, the command "MOV" is a command for sending the address of a control register; the command "LD" is a command for sending data; and the command "SET" is a command for actually loading the data into the address. Incidentally, if there are a plurality of control registers to be set, the above processing is repeated. the

返回图99,继续说明。在步骤S234中将设置地址设置为“1”(曝光时间设置寄存器的低半字节的地址),并将“Fh”加载到曝光时间设置寄存器的低半字节,作为表示最长曝光时间的“FFh”的低半字节数据。然后,在步骤S235,执行图102所示的寄存器设置处理。以同样的方式,在步骤S236,将设置地址设置为“2”(曝光时间设置寄存器的高半字节的地址),并将“Fh”加载到曝光时间设置寄存器的高半字节,作为表示最长曝光时间的“FFh”的高半字节数据,然后,在步骤S237中执行寄存器设置处理。 Return to Fig. 99 to continue the description. In step S234, the setting address is set to "1" (the address of the low nibble of the exposure time setting register), and "Fh" is loaded into the low nibble of the exposure time setting register as the index representing the longest exposure time Low nibble data of "FFh". Then, in step S235, the register setting processing shown in Fig. 102 is executed. In the same way, in step S236, the setting address is set to "2" (the address of the high nibble of the exposure time setting register), and "Fh" is loaded into the high nibble of the exposure time setting register as a representation The upper nibble data of "FFh" of the longest exposure time, then, register setting processing is performed in step S237. the

此后,在步骤S238设置用于表示完成了初始化并使图像传感器654开始输出数据的命令“RUN”,然后,在步骤S239中发送命令“RUN”。以这种方式执行传感器初始化处理。然而,可以根据实际采用的图像传感器654的规格修改图99至102所示的具体例子。 Thereafter, a command "RUN" indicating that the initialization is completed and the image sensor 654 starts outputting data is set in step S238, and then the command "RUN" is transmitted in step S239. Sensor initialization processing is performed in this way. However, the specific examples shown in FIGS. 99 to 102 may be modified according to the specifications of the image sensor 654 actually employed. the

图103是示出图98所示步骤S203的摄像处理的流程图。如图103所示,在步骤S260中,高速处理器575接通红外发光二极管614a至614d,以实现频闪(stroboscope)摄像。更具体地说,将图88所示的LED控制信号上拉到高电平。此后,在步骤S261,高速处理器575执行获取一组像素数据的处理。 FIG. 103 is a flowchart showing the imaging process in step S203 shown in FIG. 98 . As shown in FIG. 103 , in step S260 , the high-speed processor 575 turns on the infrared light-emitting diodes 614a to 614d to realize stroboscope imaging. More specifically, pull up the LED control signal shown in Figure 88 to high level. Thereafter, in step S261, the high speed processor 575 executes a process of acquiring a set of pixel data. the

在步骤S262,将像素数据阵列存储在例如内部存储器407的工作区内,作为所获取的受照图像(lighted image)的数据。在步骤S263,通过将LED控制信号下拉到低电平等,高速处理器575断开红外发光二极管614a至614d。此后,以与步骤S261中相同的方式,在步骤S264中在二极管614a至614d被断开的情况下获取像 素数据阵列,并且以与步骤S262中相同的方式,在步骤S265中将该像素数据阵列存储在内部存储器407的工作区。 In step S262, the pixel data array is stored, for example, in the working area of the internal memory 407 as data of the acquired lighted image. In step S263, the high speed processor 575 turns off the infrared light emitting diodes 614a to 614d by pulling down the LED control signal to low level or the like. Thereafter, in the same manner as in step S261, the pixel data array is acquired in step S264 with the diodes 614a to 614d turned off, and in the same manner as in step S262, the pixel data array is acquired in step S265 The array is stored in the work area of the internal memory 407 . the

图104是示出图103的步骤S261中的获取一组像素数据的处理的一个例子的流程图。如图104所示,在第一步骤S270中,高速处理器575将“0”赋给像素数据阵列的X指标(index)和Y指标。然后,在步骤S271中,高速处理器575检验从图像传感器654输入的帧状态标志信号FSF,在步骤S272中判断是否检测到其上升沿(从低电平到高电平)。如果在步骤S272检测到帧状态标志信号FSF的上升沿,则该处理进入步骤S273。另一方面,如果没有检测到帧状态标志信号FSF的上升沿,则该处理进入步骤S271。 FIG. 104 is a flowchart showing one example of the process of acquiring a set of pixel data in step S261 of FIG. 103 . As shown in FIG. 104, in the first step S270, the high-speed processor 575 assigns "0" to the X index and Y index of the pixel data array. Then, in step S271, the high speed processor 575 checks the frame state flag signal FSF input from the image sensor 654, and judges in step S272 whether its rising edge (from low level to high level) is detected. If the rising edge of the frame state flag signal FSF is detected in step S272, the process proceeds to step S273. On the other hand, if the rising edge of the frame state flag signal FSF has not been detected, the process proceeds to step S271. the

高速处理器575在步骤S273中检验从图像传感器654输出的像素选通信号PDS,在步骤S274中判断是否检测到像素选通信号PDS从低电平到高电平的上升沿。如果步骤S274中的判断是“否”,则高速处理器575进入步骤S273。另一方面,如果步骤S274中的判断是“是”,则在步骤S275中,高速处理器575将“0”赋给X指标。在下一个步骤S276中执行获取像素数据的处理。 The high-speed processor 575 checks the pixel strobe signal PDS output from the image sensor 654 in step S273, and determines whether the rising edge of the pixel strobe signal PDS from low level to high level is detected in step S274. If the judgment in step S274 is "No", the high speed processor 575 proceeds to step S273. On the other hand, if the judgment in step S274 is "Yes", then in step S275, the high speed processor 575 assigns "0" to the X index. A process of acquiring pixel data is performed in the next step S276. the

图105是示出在图104的步骤S276中所示的获取像素数据的处理的一个例子的流程图。如图105所示,在第一步骤S291中,高速处理器575指示ADC 408开始将模拟像素数据转换为数字数据。然后,高速处理器575在步骤S292中检验从图像传感器654输入的像素选通信号PDS,在步骤S293中判断是否检测到像素选通信号PDS从低电平到高电平的上升沿。 FIG. 105 is a flowchart showing one example of the process of acquiring pixel data shown in step S276 of FIG. 104 . As shown in FIG. 105, in a first step S291, the high-speed processor 575 instructs the ADC 408 to start converting analog pixel data into digital data. Then, the high-speed processor 575 checks the pixel strobe signal PDS input from the image sensor 654 in step S292 , and determines whether the rising edge of the pixel strobe signal PDS from low level to high level is detected in step S293 . the

如果步骤S293中的判定是“否”,则该处理进入步骤S292,而如果步骤S293中的判定是“是”,则该处理进入步骤S294。在步骤S294,高速处理器575从ADC 408获取数字像素数据(转换后的值)。然后,在步骤S295,将所获取的像素数据保存在临时寄存器(该图中未示出)中。然后,该处理进入图104的步骤S277。 If the determination in step S293 is "No", the process proceeds to step S292, and if the determination in step S293 is "Yes", the process proceeds to step S294. In step S294, the high speed processor 575 acquires digital pixel data (converted value) from the ADC 408. Then, in step S295, the acquired pixel data is saved in a temporary register (not shown in the figure). Then, the process proceeds to step S277 of FIG. 104 . the

在步骤S277,高速处理器575将存储在临时寄存器中的像素数据赋给像素数据阵列P[Y][X]。在下一个步骤S278中,使指标X递增。如果X小于32,则重复执行上述从步骤S276到步骤S278的处理。如果X等于32,即,如果像素数据的获取处理到达当前行的末端,则在步骤S280,使Y递增,并从下一行的头部开始重复像素数据的获取处理。如果在步骤S281中Y等于32,即,如果像素数据的获取处理到达像素数据阵列P[Y][X]的末端,则该处理进入图103的步骤S262。 In step S277, the high speed processor 575 assigns the pixel data stored in the temporary register to the pixel data array P[Y][X]. In the next step S278, the index X is incremented. If X is smaller than 32, the above-described processing from step S276 to step S278 is repeatedly performed. If X is equal to 32, that is, if the acquisition process of pixel data reaches the end of the current line, then at step S280, Y is incremented, and the acquisition process of pixel data is repeated from the head of the next line. If Y is equal to 32 in step S281, that is, if the acquisition processing of pixel data reaches the end of the pixel data array P[Y][X], the processing proceeds to step S262 of FIG. 103 . the

这样,根据本发明的适配器1,在将卡盒500或者600插入适配器1时,仅通过将适配器1的AV插口25(视频信号输出端和音频信号输出端)连接到电视接收器14的AV插口24(视频信号输入端和音频信号输入端),就可以将由计算机(高速处理器575)产生的视频信号和音频信号发送到电视接收器14。因此,电视接收器14可以利用由计算机(高速处理器575)产生的视频信号显示屏幕图像,利用由计算机(高速处理器575)产生的音频信号输出声音。 Thus, according to the adapter 1 of the present invention, when the cassette 500 or 600 is inserted into the adapter 1, only by connecting the AV jack 25 (the video signal output end and the audio signal output end) of the adapter 1 to the AV jack of the television receiver 14 24 (video signal input terminal and audio signal input terminal), the video signal and audio signal generated by the computer (high-speed processor 575) can be sent to the television receiver 14. Accordingly, the television receiver 14 can display screen images using video signals generated by the computer (high-speed processor 575), and output sound using audio signals generated by the computer (high-speed processor 575). the

通过这种方式,利用适配器1,可容易地将计算机(高速处理器575)连接到电视接收器14。因此,电视接收器14可以容易地用于存储在卡盒500或者600内的存储器577中的程序。除此之外,仅通过改变插入适配器1内的卡盒500或者600,电视接收器14可以容易地用于各种目的。 In this way, with the adapter 1, the computer (high-speed processor 575) can be easily connected to the television receiver 14. Therefore, the television receiver 14 can be easily used for the programs stored in the memory 577 inside the cartridge 500 or 600 . Besides, only by changing the cartridge 500 or 600 inserted into the adapter 1, the television receiver 14 can be easily used for various purposes. the

此外,利用适配器1,计算机(高速处理器575)可以容易地连接到广泛分布的而且被人们广泛使用的电视接收器14,因此,用户可以随意使用计算机(高速处理器575),可以减轻用户的经济负担。 In addition, utilizing the adapter 1, the computer (high-speed processor 575) can be easily connected to the TV receiver 14 widely distributed and widely used by people, therefore, the user can use the computer (high-speed processor 575) at will, and the user's burden can be relieved. economic burden. the

顺便提一句,由于在没有诸如监视器等外围设备的情况下,不能单独使用个人计算机,所以用户必须提供具有所有必要外围设备的一套个人计算机,因此,即使在当前个人计算机价格暴跌 的情况下,也不必任何情况下都使用计算机。此外,尽管通过安装运行监视器通常必不可少的专用设备驱动程序来使用连接到个人计算机的监视器是烦琐的,但是利用上述适配器1可以无需这种烦琐的安装,因为将适配器1连接到电视接收器14以提高用户的方便性。此外,在通常情况下,在个人计算机中安装了各种功能,以具有带有许多不必要功能的多功能性,这些功能对于用户是累赘,而且提高了价格。与此相反,仅通过购买相应卡盒500或者600,具有适配器1的本系统的用户就可以将该电视接收器14用于其用途,而几乎不安装用户不需要的功能,以减少麻烦。 Incidentally, since personal computers cannot be used alone without peripherals such as monitors, users must provide a set of personal computers with all necessary peripherals, so even with the current plunge in prices of personal computers , and don't have to use a computer at all. Furthermore, although it is cumbersome to use a monitor connected to a personal computer by installing a dedicated device driver, which is generally necessary to run the monitor, such cumbersome installation can be eliminated by using the above-mentioned adapter 1 because connecting the adapter 1 to the TV Receiver 14 to improve user convenience. Furthermore, in general, various functions are installed in the personal computer to have multifunctionality with many unnecessary functions, which are burdensome to the user and raise the price. On the contrary, only by purchasing the corresponding cartridge 500 or 600, the user of the present system with the adapter 1 can use the television receiver 14 for its purpose, and hardly install functions unnecessary to the user to reduce trouble. the

此外,由于计算机(高速处理器575)以电视接收器14接收视频信号和音频信号的信号格式输出视频信号和音频信号,并分别对应于该视频信号和音频信号显示图像和输出声音,所以即使当计算机(高速处理器575,存储器577)的功能被升级或者被修改时,用户仍可以继续使用适配器1,而无需进行扩展或者修改。换句话说,即使当计算机(高速处理器575,存储器577)的功能被升级或者被修改时,仅通过将装备了被升级或者被修改的内置计算机(高速处理器575,存储器577)的卡盒500或者600插入该适配器1内,用户仍可以原样使用现有适配器1,而无需知道硬件和软件的扩展和修改。因此,可以改善用户友好性,而且可以降低用户的经济负担,因此,有助于普及卡盒500和600。 In addition, since the computer (high-speed processor 575) outputs the video signal and the audio signal in the signal format in which the television receiver 14 receives the video signal and the audio signal, and displays images and outputs sound corresponding to the video signal and the audio signal, respectively, even when When the functions of the computer (high-speed processor 575, memory 577) are upgraded or modified, the user can continue to use the adapter 1 without expansion or modification. In other words, even when the functions of the computer (high-speed processor 575, memory 577) are upgraded or modified, only by putting the cartridge equipped with the upgraded or modified built-in computer (high-speed processor 575, memory 577) 500 or 600 is inserted into the adapter 1, the user can still use the existing adapter 1 as it is, without knowing the expansion and modification of hardware and software. Therefore, user-friendliness can be improved, and economic burden on users can be reduced, thus contributing to popularization of the cartridges 500 and 600 . the

顺便提一句,在专利文献1公开的游戏机的情况下,在其游戏控制台上实现能够产生视频信号的VDG,因此,当游戏卡盒内的CPU被升级或者被修改时,必须升级或者修改游戏控制台对应于该游戏卡盒的升级或者修改的功能。因此,在专利文献1的游戏机的情况下,用户必须一起购买新游戏卡盒和新游戏控制台,尽管可以改变游戏控制台的技术规范和操作过程,但将相当大的经济负担强加给用户并且对用户引起麻烦,对于专利文献2中公开的个 人计算机也是如此。这是因为在对接台内实现用于产生视频信号的显示控制电路。 Incidentally, in the case of the game machine disclosed in Patent Document 1, a VDG capable of generating video signals is implemented on its game console, and therefore, when the CPU inside the game cartridge is upgraded or modified, it must be upgraded or modified The game console corresponds to an upgraded or modified function of the game cartridge. Therefore, in the case of the game machine of Patent Document 1, the user must purchase a new game cartridge and a new game console together, although it is possible to change the technical specifications and operation procedures of the game console, imposing a considerable economic burden on the user And cause trouble to the user, also be like this for the personal computer disclosed in the patent document 2. This is because display control circuitry for generating video signals is implemented within the docking station. the

此外,由于本实施例的适配器1被设计成用于以电视接收器14可以接收视频信号和音频信号的信号格式接收视频信号和音频信号,显示对应于该视频信号的图像以及输出对应于该音频信号的声音,所以只要可以输出这种信号,就可以与适配器1组合使用计算机(例如,高速处理器575)。因此,卡盒500或者600的开发者可以根据各种目的,自由、任意设计该计算机(高速处理器575)的硬件和软件配置。如上所述,与现有个人计算机和游戏机不同,在设计卡盒500或者600时,可以尽可能消除平台对硬件和软件的限制。 In addition, since the adapter 1 of the present embodiment is designed to receive video signals and audio signals in a signal format in which the television receiver 14 can receive video signals and audio signals, display images corresponding to the video signals and output images corresponding to the audio signals. The sound of the signal, so as long as such a signal can be output, a computer (for example, a high-speed processor 575) can be used in combination with the adapter 1. Therefore, the developer of the cartridge 500 or 600 can freely and arbitrarily design the hardware and software configurations of the computer (high-speed processor 575) according to various purposes. As described above, unlike existing personal computers and game machines, when designing the cartridge 500 or 600, it is possible to eliminate the limitations of the platform on hardware and software as much as possible. the

这样,在现有个人计算机的情况下,必须针对每一个被支持的不同平台(例如,不同操作系统)设计应用程序,因此,增加了开发成本。此外,在现有游戏机的情况下,必须针对每一个被支持的不同平台(例如,不同游戏控制台)设计游戏程序。 Thus, in the case of existing personal computers, application programs must be designed for each supported different platforms (eg, different operating systems), thus increasing development costs. Furthermore, in the case of existing game machines, it is necessary to design game programs for each supported different platforms (for example, different game consoles). the

此外,本实施例的适配器1与在其内安装了用于特定用途的程序的卡盒500或者600一起使用。因为该原因,与要求多功能性的专利文献2的个人处理器模块不同,不需要硬盘,而且可以降低对计算机要求的性能。因此,与具有多功能性的个人处理器模块相比,可以降低要插入适配器1内的卡盒500或者600的成本。 Furthermore, the adapter 1 of the present embodiment is used together with the cartridge 500 or 600 in which a program for a specific use is installed. For this reason, unlike the personal processor module of Patent Document 2, which requires multi-functionality, a hard disk is not required, and the performance required for the computer can be reduced. Therefore, the cost of the cartridge 500 or 600 to be inserted into the adapter 1 can be reduced compared to a personal processor module having multiple functions. the

此外,根据本实施例的适配器1,可以从适配器1供应运行卡盒500或者600内的计算机和外围电路所需的电源电压,使得在卡盒500或者600内不需要电源电路。因此,可以降低卡盒500或者600的成本。另一方面,在这种配置中,尽管适配器1的成本趋于增加,但是由于该适配器1可通用于各卡盒,所以根据不同目的要频繁购买的卡盒500和600的成本降低产生的经济效益超过了适配器1得成本增加。此外,在该实施例的适配器1的情况下,由于卡 盒500和600可被设计成以各种电源电压工作,所以可以提高设计的自由度。 Furthermore, according to the adapter 1 of the present embodiment, the power supply voltage required to operate the computer and peripheral circuits in the cartridge 500 or 600 can be supplied from the adapter 1 so that no power supply circuit is required in the cartridge 500 or 600 . Therefore, the cost of the cartridge 500 or 600 can be reduced. On the other hand, in this configuration, although the cost of the adapter 1 tends to increase, since the adapter 1 can be commonly used for each cartridge, there is an economy produced by cost reduction of the cartridges 500 and 600 which are frequently purchased according to different purposes. The benefit outweighs the increased cost of adapter 1. Furthermore, in the case of the adapter 1 of this embodiment, since the cartridges 500 and 600 can be designed to operate with various power supply voltages, the degree of freedom in design can be improved. the

此外,对于本实施例的适配器1,当不需要向卡盒500或者600供给电源电压时,即,当不使用卡盒500或者600时,切换电路sw4的触点“c”和触点“a”互相连接在一起,使得用于供给外部电源电压的线路w20处于高阻抗状态。另一方面,切换电路sw3的触点“c”和触点“a”互相连接在一起,使得AV插口25连接到插口31V,而切换电路sw1和sw2的每一个的触点“c”和触点“a”互相连接在一起,使得AV插口25连接到插口31R和31L。因此,当不使用卡盒时,可以将从外部设备输入的视频信号和音频信号中继到电视接收器。因此,适配器1可以应用于更广泛的用途。此外,在存在始终使适配器1连接到电视接收器的用户时,利用这种配置,可以避免电视接收器输入端子的不足。换句话说,由于适配器1设置有插口31R、31L和31V,所以即使该适配器连接到电视接收器的输入端子,也不减少可用输入端子的数量。 Furthermore, with the adapter 1 of the present embodiment, when it is not necessary to supply the power supply voltage to the cartridge 500 or 600, that is, when the cartridge 500 or 600 is not used, the contact "c" and the contact "a" of the switching circuit sw4 ” are connected to each other so that the line w20 for supplying the external power supply voltage is in a high-impedance state. On the other hand, the contact "c" and the contact "a" of the switching circuit sw3 are connected together so that the AV jack 25 is connected to the jack 31V, and the contact "c" and the contact "a" of each of the switching circuits sw1 and sw2 are connected to each other. The points "a" are connected together so that the AV jack 25 is connected to the jacks 31R and 31L. Therefore, when the cassette is not used, video signals and audio signals input from an external device can be relayed to the television receiver. Therefore, the adapter 1 can be applied to a wider range of uses. Also, with this configuration, when there are users who always connect the adapter 1 to the television receiver, it is possible to avoid a shortage of input terminals of the television receiver. In other words, since the adapter 1 is provided with the sockets 31R, 31L, and 31V, even if the adapter is connected to an input terminal of a television receiver, the number of usable input terminals is not reduced. the

根据上述实施例的适配器1设置有电源按钮推动机构73。考虑到用户的方便性和外观,由用户操作的电源按钮位于适配器1的正面,而各端子位于该适配器的背面似乎是合理的。然而,电源开关单元53不仅用于接通和断开电源,而且用于连接和断开其间的各端子。因此,如果电源开关单元53位于适配器的正面侧,则从适配器1的背面侧到正面侧,必须排列许多布线。然而,在电源开关单元53位于适配器1的背面时,通过使诸如图8所示臂177、179和181的杆状件从正面侧接触电源开关单元53,可以在正面侧对打开和闭合电源开关单元53进行控制。因此,可以避免复杂布线。最终可以防止噪声等影响该系统。 The adapter 1 according to the above-described embodiment is provided with the power button pushing mechanism 73 . In consideration of user convenience and appearance, it seems reasonable that the power button operated by the user is located on the front of the adapter 1 and the terminals are located on the rear of the adapter. However, the power switch unit 53 is used not only to turn on and off the power supply but also to connect and disconnect the terminals therebetween. Therefore, if the power switch unit 53 is located on the front side of the adapter, many wirings must be arranged from the back side to the front side of the adapter 1 . However, when the power switch unit 53 is located on the rear side of the adapter 1, the power switch can be turned on and off on the front side by making rod-shaped members such as arms 177, 179, and 181 shown in FIG. 8 contact the power switch unit 53 from the front side. Unit 53 performs control. Therefore, complicated wiring can be avoided. Ultimately, noise and the like can be prevented from affecting the system. the

此外,由于与从外部AC适配器供给AC电源电压的情况不同,根据该适配器1,在内部将AC电源电压转换为DC电源电压,所以 可以防止用户因为疏忽而连接其规格与适配器1的规格不同的不适当的AC适配器,因此,可以提高可靠性。 In addition, since the AC power supply voltage is internally converted into the DC power supply voltage according to this adapter 1 unlike the case where the AC power supply voltage is supplied from an external AC adapter, it is possible to prevent the user from inadvertently connecting a device whose specifications are different from those of the adapter 1. An improper AC adapter, therefore, can improve reliability. the

此外,根据该适配器,适配器1用于提供运行在连接到该适配器1的该卡盒500或者600内实现的计算机和其他电路所需的时钟信号SCLK1,因此,不需要在卡盒500或者600内设置时钟振荡器电路。因此,可以降低卡盒500或者600的成本。另一方面,尽管在该配置中,适配器1的成本趋向于升高,但是由于该适配器1可以通用于各卡盒,所以根据不同目的频繁购买的卡盒500和600的成本降低产生的经济效益超过适配器1的成本升高。 In addition, according to the adapter, the adapter 1 is used to provide the clock signal SCLK1 required to operate the computer and other circuits implemented in the cartridge 500 or 600 connected to the adapter 1, therefore, there is no need for a clock signal SCLK1 in the cartridge 500 or 600. Set up the clock oscillator circuit. Therefore, the cost of the cartridge 500 or 600 can be reduced. On the other hand, although in this configuration, the cost of the adapter 1 tends to rise, since the adapter 1 can be commonly used for each cartridge, the economical effect of the cost reduction of the cartridges 500 and 600 purchased frequently according to different purposes Cost rises beyond adapter 1. the

此外,由于根据该适配器1,从最高电平的内部电源电压Vcc1产生时钟信号SCLK1,所以卡盒500或者600可以被设计成利用大振幅的时钟信号工作,因此可以提高设计自由度。另一方面,卡盒500或者600可被设计成通过对卡盒500或者600设置用于改变时钟信号SCLK1的振幅的电路583,来用较小振幅的时钟信号工作。 In addition, since the clock signal SCLK1 is generated from the highest level internal power supply voltage Vcc1 according to the adapter 1, the cartridge 500 or 600 can be designed to operate with a large-amplitude clock signal, thus improving design freedom. On the other hand, the cartridge 500 or 600 may be designed to operate with a smaller amplitude clock signal by providing the cartridge 500 or 600 with the circuit 583 for changing the amplitude of the clock signal SCLK1. the

根据该适配器1,在适配器1内可以改善从卡盒500或者600的计算机(高速处理器575)输入的音频信号AL1和AR1的频率特性,使得可以将高质量的音频信号AL1和AR1输出到电视接收器。除此之外,还不需要在卡盒500或者600内设置频率特性调节功能,因此可以降低卡盒500或者600的成本。另一方面,尽管在该配置中,适配器1的成本趋向于升高,但是由于该适配器1可通用于各卡盒,所以根据不同目的频繁购买的卡盒500和600的成本降低产生的经济效益超过适配器1的成本升高。 According to this adapter 1, the frequency characteristics of the audio signals AL1 and AR1 input from the computer (high-speed processor 575) of the cartridge 500 or 600 can be improved in the adapter 1, so that high-quality audio signals AL1 and AR1 can be output to the television receiver. In addition, there is no need to provide a frequency characteristic adjustment function in the cartridge 500 or 600, so the cost of the cartridge 500 or 600 can be reduced. On the other hand, although in this configuration, the cost of the adapter 1 tends to rise, since the adapter 1 can be commonly used for each cartridge, the economical effect of the cost reduction of the cartridges 500 and 600 purchased frequently according to different purposes Cost rises beyond adapter 1. the

此外,根据本实施例的适配器1,可以将适配器1收到的红外信号传送到卡盒500或者600。因此,可以设计存储在卡盒500或者600内的程序,以使用该红外信号的信息,使得在该卡盒500或者600内可以实现更广泛的应用。 In addition, according to the adapter 1 of this embodiment, the infrared signal received by the adapter 1 can be transmitted to the cartridge 500 or 600 . Therefore, a program stored in the cartridge 500 or 600 can be designed to use the information of the infrared signal, so that wider applications can be realized in the cartridge 500 or 600 . the

此外,根据本实施例的适配器1,通过连接器69的连接端子T20、T21和T23、以及输出端25,可以中继从卡盒500或者600发送到外部设备(在本实施例中为电视接收器)的信号。在这种简单配置中,可以为任何用途将来自卡盒500或者600的信号发送到外部设备,因此,可以容易地改变卡盒500或者600的处理结果的目的地。 In addition, according to the adapter 1 of this embodiment, through the connection terminals T20, T21 and T23 of the connector 69, and the output terminal 25, it is possible to relay the transmission from the card box 500 or 600 to an external device (in this embodiment, a TV receiver). device) signal. In such a simple configuration, a signal from the cartridge 500 or 600 can be sent to an external device for any purpose, and therefore, the destination of the processing result of the cartridge 500 or 600 can be easily changed. the

此外,根据卡盒500或者600,可以将该卡盒500或者600放置在装饰板4或者升降机构57上,将它下推到限制卡盒500或者600进一步移动并且将卡盒500或者600的连接器插入适配器1的连接器69的位置。因此,可以容易地将卡盒500或者600插入适配器1。 In addition, according to the card box 500 or 600, the card box 500 or 600 can be placed on the decorative panel 4 or the lifting mechanism 57, and it is pushed down to limit the further movement of the card box 500 or 600 and the connection of the card box 500 or 600 Insert the adapter into the connector 69 of the adapter 1. Therefore, it is possible to easily insert the cartridge 500 or 600 into the adapter 1 . the

由于使用矩形板形式的装饰板4来形成卡盒支撑件,所以,利用该卡盒支撑件可以稳定地支撑板状卡盒500或者600。此外,卡盒500或者600的操作以及卡盒500或者600的按下操作很容易,因此可以容易地插入卡盒500或者600。 Since the cartridge support is formed using the decorative plate 4 in the form of a rectangular plate, the plate-shaped cartridge 500 or 600 can be stably supported by the cartridge support. In addition, the operation of the cartridge 500 or 600 and the pressing operation of the cartridge 500 or 600 are easy, so the cartridge 500 or 600 can be easily inserted. the

此外,根据上述实施例的卡盒500或者600,仅利用将卡盒500或者600放置在装饰板4上,下推卡盒500或者600,然后,使卡盒500或者600在装饰板4上向适配器1的连接器69滑动的简单步骤,就可以将该卡盒500或者600连接到适配器1的连接器69。 In addition, according to the cartridge 500 or 600 of the above-mentioned embodiment, only the cartridge 500 or 600 is placed on the decorative board 4, the cartridge 500 or 600 is pushed down, and then the cartridge 500 or 600 is pushed upward on the decorative board 4. The simple step of sliding the connector 69 of the adapter 1 connects the cartridge 500 or 600 to the connector 69 of the adapter 1 . the

由于放置有卡盒500或者600的装饰板4位于适配器1外壳的上表面上,所以仅通过将卡盒500或者600放置在装饰板4上,下推它,然后,使它滑动,就可以将它插入适配器1内。与在横向进行推动的操作相比,可以以稳定、可靠方式执行下推卡盒500或者600的操作。因为该原因,可以稳定安全地执行插入卡盒500或者600的操作。此外,在仅通过在纵向滑动卡盒500或者600将卡盒500或者600插入连接器69的情况下,一般来说,必须设置特定类型的机构,用于断开卡盒500或者600。然而,在以根据本实施例的方式下推之后,滑动卡盒500或者600时,不需要这种断开机构。 此外,在从适配器1的上表面向内推动卡盒500或者600的配置中,在操作期间,所使用的卡盒500或者600的顶板506或者606露在适配器1的上表面上。因此,可以在顶板506或者606上设置诸如图像传感器(例如,摄像单元603)的各种附件或者用于连接附加卡盒的连接器。因此,存在利用卡盒500或者600的各种可行应用。 Since the decorative plate 4 on which the cartridge 500 or 600 is placed is located on the upper surface of the housing of the adapter 1, it can be inserted only by placing the cartridge 500 or 600 on the decorative plate 4, pushing it down, and then sliding it. It plugs into adapter 1. The operation of pushing down the cartridge 500 or 600 can be performed in a stable and reliable manner compared to the operation of pushing in the lateral direction. For this reason, the operation of inserting the cartridge 500 or 600 can be performed stably and safely. Furthermore, in the case of inserting the cartridge 500 or 600 into the connector 69 only by sliding the cartridge 500 or 600 in the longitudinal direction, generally a certain type of mechanism must be provided for disconnecting the cartridge 500 or 600 . However, such a disconnection mechanism is not required when sliding the cartridge 500 or 600 after being pushed down in the manner according to the present embodiment. In addition, in the configuration in which the cartridge 500 or 600 is pushed inward from the upper surface of the adapter 1, the top plate 506 or 606 of the cartridge 500 or 600 used is exposed on the upper surface of the adapter 1 during operation. Therefore, various accessories such as an image sensor (eg, camera unit 603 ) or a connector for connecting an additional cartridge may be provided on the top plate 506 or 606 . Accordingly, there are a variety of possible applications utilizing the cartridge 500 or 600 . the

此外,为了与适配器1的上表面齐平,通常利用升降机构57支撑上述装饰板4,因此,从审美的观点出发,适配器1的外部设计整洁。此外,由于升降机构57沿向上方向对装饰板4施力,所以在使卡盒500或者600滑动后,卡盒500或者600自动与装饰板4一起升高,从而断开卡盒500或者600。因此,可以容易地卸下卡盒500或者600。 In addition, in order to be flush with the upper surface of the adapter 1 , the above-mentioned decorative panel 4 is generally supported by the lifting mechanism 57 , so that the exterior design of the adapter 1 is neat from an aesthetic point of view. In addition, since the lift mechanism 57 urges the trim panel 4 in an upward direction, after sliding the cassette 500 or 600 , the cassette 500 or 600 is automatically lifted together with the trim panel 4 to disconnect the cassette 500 or 600 . Therefore, the cartridge 500 or 600 can be easily removed. the

此外,将卡盒500或者600插入适配器1时卡盒500或者600的滑动方向是向着适配器1的外壳正面的方向。通常认为用户在适配器1的正面的前方插入卡盒500或者600,因此,通过放置卡盒500或者600以使其连接器部分524面朝前,用户可以容易地确认卡盒500或者600的正确方向。以错误方向放置卡盒500或者600的可能性低。 In addition, when inserting the cartridge 500 or 600 into the adapter 1 , the sliding direction of the cartridge 500 or 600 is toward the front of the housing of the adapter 1 . It is generally considered that the user inserts the cartridge 500 or 600 in front of the front of the adapter 1, therefore, by placing the cartridge 500 or 600 so that its connector portion 524 faces forward, the user can easily confirm the correct orientation of the cartridge 500 or 600 . The possibility of placing the cartridge 500 or 600 in the wrong orientation is low. the

此外,根据本实施例的适配器1,在安装卡盒500或者600时,即,在使装饰板4位于受升降机构57限制的位置时,利用卡盒锁定机构61a和61b,卡盒锁定机构61a和61b的C形件159a和159b的一端进入卡盒500或者600的侧面上的锁定槽560a和560b。利用C形件159a和159b,限制卡盒500或者600垂直移动。因为该原因,防止卡盒500或者600被升降机构57的偏置力上推,以降低卡盒500或者600与适配器1意外断开的危险。此外,该锁定槽560a和560b被形成为这样的形状:当卡盒500或者600水平滑动时,C形件159a和159b不妨碍该卡盒移动。因此,对有意插入和拉出卡盒500或者600不存在障碍。 In addition, according to the adapter 1 of the present embodiment, when the cartridge 500 or 600 is installed, that is, when the decorative panel 4 is positioned at a position restricted by the elevating mechanism 57, the cartridge locking mechanisms 61a and 61b are used, and the cartridge locking mechanism 61a One end of the C-shaped pieces 159a and 159b of the cartridge and 61b enters the locking grooves 560a and 560b on the side of the cartridge 500 or 600 . The vertical movement of the cartridge 500 or 600 is restricted by the C-shaped pieces 159a and 159b. For this reason, the cartridge 500 or 600 is prevented from being pushed up by the biasing force of the lift mechanism 57 to reduce the risk of accidental disconnection of the cartridge 500 or 600 from the adapter 1 . In addition, the locking grooves 560a and 560b are formed in such a shape that when the cartridge 500 or 600 slides horizontally, the C-shaped pieces 159a and 159b do not hinder the movement of the cartridge. Therefore, there is no hindrance to intentional insertion and withdrawal of the cartridge 500 or 600 . the

在卡盒500或者600的相对侧面上形成锁定槽560a和560b,使得可以通过利用C形件159a和159b将卡盒500或者600的相对侧面接合在一起,将卡盒500或者600牢固地固定在适配器1上。 Form locking grooves 560a and 560b on opposite sides of the cartridge 500 or 600, so that the cartridge 500 or 600 can be securely fixed in the Adapter 1 on. the

此外,升降机构57包括升降板55和多个用于沿向上方向对升降板55施力的部件,因此,可以沿向上方向对装饰板4施力,同时稳定支撑该装饰板4,以允许向上和向下方向的移动。 In addition, the lifting mechanism 57 includes the lifting plate 55 and a plurality of parts for urging the lifting plate 55 in the upward direction, so that the decorative panel 4 can be urged in the upward direction while stably supporting the decorative panel 4 to allow the upward direction. and movement in the downward direction. the

在沿向上方向对升降板55施力的部件中,可枢转件157设置有可枢转地连接到升降板55的上端和可枢转地连接到形成在适配器1的外壳底部上的轴支撑凸起111的下端,因此,利用升降机构57可以稳定地支撑装饰板4。 Among the components that apply force to the lifting plate 55 in the upward direction, the pivotable member 157 is provided with a pivotally connected upper end of the lifting plate 55 and a shaft support formed on the bottom of the housing of the adapter 1 The lower end of the protrusion 111 can therefore stably support the decorative panel 4 by the lifting mechanism 57 . the

在将卡盒500或者600放置在装饰板4上,并以向下方向下拉卡盒500或者600时,升降板55的高度朝适配器1的外壳下表面降低,而在可枢转件157接触该外壳的下表面时,卡盒500或者600不再沿向下方向移动。在没有向下方向的力时,弹簧147的弹力使可枢转件157的上端沿向上方向移动,从而沿向上方向对升降板55施力。这样,利用在向上方向上施加的偏置力,稳定地支撑该装饰板4,而在稳定地支撑的同时在沿向下方向下拉时,在升降板4接触适配器1的壳体的底表面的位置,限制装饰板4移动。 When the card box 500 or 600 is placed on the trim board 4 and the card box 500 or 600 is pulled down, the height of the lifting plate 55 is reduced toward the lower surface of the housing of the adapter 1, and when the pivotable member 157 contacts the When the lower surface of the housing is closed, the cartridge 500 or 600 no longer moves in the downward direction. When there is no force in the downward direction, the elastic force of the spring 147 moves the upper end of the pivotable member 157 in the upward direction, thereby exerting force on the lifting plate 55 in the upward direction. In this way, with the bias force applied in the upward direction, the decorative plate 4 is stably supported, and when pulled down in the downward direction while being stably supported, when the lifting plate 4 contacts the bottom surface of the housing of the adapter 1 position to limit the movement of the decorative panel 4 . the

此外,在将根据本实施例的卡盒500或者500插入适配器1时,固定在适配器1的连接器单元203的上表面上的屏蔽件201的接触件207接触屏蔽件508,屏蔽件508覆盖位于凹进接合部分539的内部上表面上的部分的卡盒500或者600的内部电路,因此,可以在大面积上在它们之间建立连接。利用该连接,可以使适配器1与卡盒500或者600之间的电连接稳定,而且可以避免发送和接收信号中的问题。此外,在仅利用通过端子t1、t2、t22和t24的线路实现该连接的情况下,在卡盒500或者600的地电位与适配器1的地电位(相对稳定)之间可能产生电位差,以致卡盒500或者600的地 电位不稳定。如果卡盒500或者600的地电位不稳定,则在卡盒500或者600与适配器1之间发送和接收信号可能不稳定。此外,在卡盒500或者600的内部电路工作期间,屏蔽件508本身的电位可能发生波动,以致辐射电磁波。由于在卡盒500或者600与适配器1的连接器69之间的大面积上实现连接,所以可以最大限度地降低卡盒500或者600的地电位与适配器1的地电位之间的电位差,即,使卡盒500或者600的地电位稳定。 Furthermore, when the cartridge 500 or 500 according to the present embodiment is inserted into the adapter 1, the contacts 207 of the shield 201 fixed on the upper surface of the connector unit 203 of the adapter 1 contact the shield 508 covering the The internal circuit of the cartridge 500 or 600 is recessed at a portion on the inner upper surface of the engaging portion 539, and therefore, connection can be established between them over a large area. With this connection, the electrical connection between the adapter 1 and the cartridge 500 or 600 can be stabilized, and problems in sending and receiving signals can be avoided. Furthermore, in the case where the connection is made using only lines through the terminals t1, t2, t22 and t24, a potential difference may arise between the ground potential of the cartridge 500 or 600 and the (relatively stable) ground potential of the adapter 1 such that The ground potential of the cartridge 500 or 600 is not stable. If the ground potential of the cartridge 500 or 600 is unstable, transmission and reception of signals between the cartridge 500 or 600 and the adapter 1 may be unstable. Furthermore, during the operation of the internal circuit of the cartridge 500 or 600, the potential of the shield member 508 itself may fluctuate so as to radiate electromagnetic waves. Since the connection is realized over a large area between the cartridge 500 or 600 and the connector 69 of the adapter 1, the potential difference between the ground potential of the cartridge 500 or 600 and the ground potential of the adapter 1 can be minimized, i.e. , to stabilize the ground potential of the cartridge 500 or 600 . the

通过在位于凹进接合部分539的内部上表面上的部分接触卡盒500或者600的屏蔽件508,沿向下方向对适配器1的连接器69的屏蔽件201施力。在连接器单元203的上表面的凹进部分198的上方,连接器69的屏蔽件201可以沿向下方向移动,因此,可以防止连接器69的屏蔽件201强烈接触卡盒500或者600的屏蔽件508并防止受到由该强烈接触导致的物理故障。 By contacting the shield 508 of the cartridge 500 or 600 at a portion on the inner upper surface of the concave engagement portion 539, the shield 201 of the connector 69 of the adapter 1 is urged in the downward direction. Above the recessed portion 198 of the upper surface of the connector unit 203, the shield 201 of the connector 69 can move in the downward direction, therefore, the shield 201 of the connector 69 can be prevented from strongly contacting the shield of the cartridge 500 or 600. 508 and protect against physical failures caused by this intense contact. the

此外,根据上述实施例的适配器1,形成连接器69的每个接触件207,以具有在一端与另一端之间最远离连接器单元203的上表面的预定点(即,脊的形式)。在这种配置中,连接器69的屏蔽件201可以在接触件207安全地接触卡盒500或者600的屏蔽件508。此外,在接触件207上延伸的连接器69的屏蔽件201的一部分在向下方向移动时,也可以在这种情况下避免连接器69的屏蔽件201的物理故障,这是因为连接器单元203的上表面的一部分(凹进部分198)形成在较低位置。 Furthermore, according to the adapter 1 of the above-described embodiment, each contact 207 of the connector 69 is formed to have a predetermined point (ie, in the form of a ridge) between one end and the other end farthest from the upper surface of the connector unit 203 . In this configuration, shield 201 of connector 69 may securely contact shield 508 of cartridge 500 or 600 at contact 207 . Furthermore, when a part of the shield 201 of the connector 69 extending over the contact 207 is moved in the downward direction, physical failure of the shield 201 of the connector 69 can also be avoided in this case because the connector unit A part (recessed portion 198) of the upper surface of 203 is formed at a lower position. the

此外,根据本实施例的卡盒500或者600,可以通过适配器1,将高速处理器575根据存储在内部存储器577内的数据和程序产生的视频信号和音频信号提供给外部设备。通过将没有显示设备的卡盒500或者600产生的信号传送到外部设备,例如,电视接收器或者中间设备,可以使用在卡盒500或者600内运行程序产生的结果。在卡盒500或者600内安装存储器577和程序,卡盒500或者600 以这样的信号格式输出视频信号和音频信号:电视接收器可以显示对应于该视频信号的图像和输出对应于该音频信号的声音,因此,可以不考虑电视接收器的配置制式来使用卡盒500或者600。此外,在使用中间设备的情况下,由于存储器577和高速处理器575安装在卡盒500或者600内,所以可以利用同样的中间设备实现基本不同的功能。此外,在改善卡盒500或者600内的高速处理器575的性能时,改进的计算机的功能完全可用,而与中间设备的配置无关。 In addition, according to the cartridge 500 or 600 of this embodiment, the video signal and audio signal generated by the high-speed processor 575 according to the data and programs stored in the internal memory 577 can be provided to an external device through the adapter 1 . By transmitting a signal generated by the cartridge 500 or 600 without a display device to an external device, for example, a television receiver or an intermediate device, a result generated by running a program in the cartridge 500 or 600 can be used. The memory 577 and the program are installed in the cartridge 500 or 600, and the cartridge 500 or 600 outputs video signals and audio signals in such a signal format that the television receiver can display images corresponding to the video signals and output images corresponding to the audio signals. Sound, therefore, can be used with either cartridge 500 or 600 regardless of the configuration format of the television receiver. In addition, in the case of using an intermediate device, since the memory 577 and the high-speed processor 575 are installed in the cartridge 500 or 600, basically different functions can be realized with the same intermediate device. Furthermore, when improving the performance of the high-speed processor 575 inside the cartridge 500 or 600, the functions of the improved computer are fully available regardless of the configuration of the intermediate device. the

此外,防尘件512用于防止外部灰尘通过凹进接合部分539或者669进入卡盒500或者600的内部。卡盒500或者600包括几个对外部灰尘较敏感的部件,例如,存储器577和高速处理器575,因此,该防尘件512可以有效降低因为外部灰尘引发故障的危险。 In addition, the dustproof member 512 serves to prevent external dust from entering the inside of the cartridge 500 or 600 through the recessed engagement portion 539 or 669 . The cartridge 500 or 600 includes several components that are sensitive to external dust, such as the memory 577 and the high-speed processor 575. Therefore, the dust-proof component 512 can effectively reduce the risk of failure caused by external dust. the

此外,通过在顶板506上,将固定件510的爪部550安装在外壳502的插入孔542内,并在外壳502的边缘钩位该爪部550,以将顶板506固定在外壳502上,来构造根据本实施例的卡盒500,而不使用破坏卡盒500外表的螺栓等。此外,由于通过钩住该爪部550,将固定件510固定在外壳502上,所以可以容易地卸下该固定件510,因此,也可以容易地卸下顶板506,便于维护卡盒500。 In addition, on the top plate 506, the claw portion 550 of the fixing member 510 is installed in the insertion hole 542 of the casing 502, and the claw portion 550 is hooked on the edge of the casing 502 to fix the top plate 506 on the casing 502. The cartridge 500 according to the present embodiment is constructed without using bolts or the like that damage the exterior of the cartridge 500 . In addition, since the fixing member 510 is fixed on the housing 502 by hooking the claw portion 550 , the fixing member 510 can be easily removed, and therefore, the top plate 506 can also be easily removed for maintenance of the cartridge 500 . the

下部外壳504设置有孔546,在通过将爪部550钩在上部外壳502的边缘上以将固定件510固定在上部外壳502上后,可以将杆插入孔546内,以使固定件510的爪部550与上部外壳502的边缘脱钩。通过将尖头件插入孔546内,以使爪部550与上部外壳502的边缘脱钩,可以容易地从上部外壳502上卸下固定件510和顶板506。 The lower housing 504 is provided with a hole 546, after the fixing member 510 is fixed on the upper housing 502 by hooking the claw portion 550 on the edge of the upper housing 502, a rod can be inserted into the hole 546 so that the claw of the fixing member 510 Portion 550 decouples from the edge of upper housing 502 . The mount 510 and top plate 506 are easily removed from the upper housing 502 by inserting the prongs into the holes 546 to disengage the claws 550 from the edges of the upper housing 502 . the

此外,根据本实施例的卡盒500或者600,由于形成了圆柱形凸起532以接收不同尺寸的多个板和屏蔽件中的任何一个,所以可以利用相同的外壳502和504制造分别具有不同尺寸的板、屏蔽件 等的各种产品。因此,可以简化制造过程,而且可以迅速将产品投入市场,而无需针对各产品重新设计外壳502和504。 In addition, according to the cartridge 500 or 600 of the present embodiment, since the cylindrical protrusion 532 is formed to receive any one of a plurality of boards and shields of different sizes, it is possible to make use of the same casing 502 and 504 respectively to have different Various products such as boards, shields, etc. Therefore, the manufacturing process can be simplified, and products can be quickly put on the market without redesigning the housings 502 and 504 for each product. the

此外,根据本实施例的保龄球形输入设备900设置有对应于预定手大小的多个指孔906a、906b和908b,因此,利用指孔906a、906b和908b,具有平均大小的手的用户可以容易地做出抛保龄球的抛球动作。另一方面,对于手比平均大小的手小的用户,例如儿童,除了上述多个指孔906a、906b和908b的指孔中的指孔906a和906b之外,还可以通过利用附加指孔908a来容易地做出抛保龄球的抛球动作。因此,通过选择适合用户手大小的适当指孔,用户可以享受保龄球游戏。 In addition, the bowling ball-shaped input device 900 according to the present embodiment is provided with a plurality of finger holes 906a, 906b and 908b corresponding to predetermined hand sizes, therefore, using the finger holes 906a, 906b and 908b, users with average-sized hands can easily Make a throwing action of throwing a bowling ball. On the other hand, for users whose hands are smaller than average-sized hands, such as children, in addition to the finger holes 906a and 906b among the finger holes of the above-mentioned plurality of finger holes 906a, 906b, and 908b, it is also possible to use the additional finger hole 908a. Come and easily make the throw action of throwing bowling ball. Therefore, the user can enjoy the bowling game by selecting an appropriate finger hole that fits the size of the user's hand. the

此外,根据本实施例的保龄球形输入设备900,保龄球形输入设备900的外套形成有内套,通过利用螺栓912a和912b,将位于外套上部外壳902的指孔906a和906b的端部的圆柱形凸起945a和945b固定在外套下部外壳9004的固定用圆柱形凸起947a和947b上,可以将该内套保持在外套内部。螺栓912a和912b位于指孔906a和906b的底部,因此,从外部看不到它们。至少对于固定该外套,除了螺栓912a和912b,不使用任何其它这种部件。因为该原因,可以实现保龄球形输入设备900的巧妙设计。 In addition, according to the bowling-ball-shaped input device 900 of the present embodiment, the outer cover of the bowling-ball-shaped input device 900 is formed with an inner sleeve, and by utilizing bolts 912a and 912b, the cylindrical shape located at the end of the finger holes 906a and 906b of the upper housing 902 of the outer cover is used. The protrusions 945a and 945b are fixed on the fixing cylindrical protrusions 947a and 947b of the lower casing 9004 of the outer casing, so that the inner sleeve can be kept inside the outer casing. Bolts 912a and 912b are located at the bottom of finger holes 906a and 906b so they are not visible from the outside. At least for securing the housing, apart from bolts 912a and 912b, no other such components are used. For this reason, a clever design of the bowling ball-shaped input device 900 can be achieved. the

通过使外套外壳902和904透明,利用外部光,可以从外部控制设置在内套外壳914和916上的光学元件,例如,反射片(例如,诸如回射反射片的回射反射元件)。另一方面,输入设备900的设计显得有吸引力,因为通过外套外壳902和904,可以看到内套外壳914和916。利用安装在内套外壳914和916上的外表面上的回射件,利用该部件反射的光,高速处理器575可以获得输入设备900的位置、速度和加速度,然后,利用该信息进行游戏。此外,在保龄球形输入设备900本身内不需要特殊电子电路,因此可以简化该配置。 By making the outer shells 902 and 904 transparent, optical elements disposed on the inner shells 914 and 916, eg, reflective sheeting (eg, retroreflective elements such as retroreflective sheeting), may be externally controlled using external light. On the other hand, the design of the input device 900 appears attractive because the inner housings 914 and 916 are visible through the outer housings 902 and 904 . Using the light reflected from retroreflective elements mounted on the outer surfaces of the inner sleeve shells 914 and 916, the high speed processor 575 can obtain the position, velocity and acceleration of the input device 900, and then use this information to play the game. Furthermore, no special electronic circuitry is required within the bowling ball input device 900 itself, thus simplifying the configuration. the

此外,根据上述实施例的球拍形输入设备700,在没有检测到加速度时,起动电路779和MCU 768切断将矩形波信号送到加速度传感器电路766,一旦检测到加速度,就开始提供矩形波信号,因此,可以输出关于加速度的信息。因此,可以提供在不工作时节省功率消耗而一旦工作就不延迟地激活该系统的球拍形输入设备700。 In addition, according to the racket-shaped input device 700 of the above-mentioned embodiment, when the acceleration is not detected, the starting circuit 779 and the MCU 768 cut off sending the rectangular wave signal to the acceleration sensor circuit 766, and once the acceleration is detected, the rectangular wave signal is started to be provided, Therefore, information on acceleration can be output. Therefore, it is possible to provide the racket-shaped input device 700 that saves power consumption when not in operation and activates the system without delay once in operation. the

此外,根据安装在本实施例的卡盒600内的保龄球游戏程序,在帧状态标志信号取预定值时(即,在图104的步骤S272中的“是”),开始获取对应于一帧的像素数据。在步骤S273至S281,在Y坐标(指标)以预定量从预定初始值递增到最大值时,相继获取由每个Y坐标指定的一行的像素数据。首先,处理过程等待,直到像素选通信号取预定值(步骤S274中的“是”),然后,在像素选通信号取预定值时,初始化X坐标(指标)的值(S275)。此时,还没有存储该像素数据。此后,在使X坐标递增到最大值期间,获取该像素数据(S276至S279)。当完成获取一行的像素数据时(步骤S279中的“是”),Y坐标的值以预定量递增(S280)。因此,如果Y坐标的值达到最大值(步骤S281中的“是”),则完成顺序获取步骤。当像素选通信号第一次取预定值(步骤S274中的“是”)时,没有有效像素数据,因此跳过该像素选通信号。即,像素选通信号第一次取预定值(步骤S274中的“是”)时不获取像素数据,在像素选通信号下一次取预定值(步骤S274中的“是”)时,开始实际获取像素数据。重复执行其后用于实际存储像素数据的处理(S276),可以连续存储像素数据,而不初始化X坐标,这是因为X坐标的值已经被初始化(S275)。在现有技术中,在开始下一行时,在获取了一行的像素数据之后(步骤S279中的“是”),是在像素选通信号取预定值之前,初始化X坐标。对于这种现有技术,由于初始化X坐标值需要一定的时间,所以在开始下一行时,在像素选 通信号取预定值时,有时丢失该信号跃迁。因此,通常不能获取每行的第一个像素数据。根据本发明的方法,在刚完成获取一行的像素数据后(步骤S279中的“是”),不初始化X坐标,而等待像素选通信号(步骤S274中的“是”)取表示开始获取下一行的像素数据的预定值,然后,仅在像素选通信号刚取预定值后,初始化X坐标的值(S275)。因为该原因,当像素选通信号取预定值时,不会丢失,因此,很少不能获取像素数据。 In addition, according to the bowling game program installed in the cartridge 600 of the present embodiment, when the frame state flag signal takes a predetermined value (that is, "Yes" in step S272 of FIG. 104 ), start to acquire the pixel data. In steps S273 to S281, while the Y coordinate (index) is incremented by a predetermined amount from a predetermined initial value to a maximum value, pixel data of one row designated by each Y coordinate is successively acquired. First, the process waits until the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value (YES in step S274), and then, when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value, initializes the value of the X coordinate (index) (S275). At this point, the pixel data has not been stored. Thereafter, during incrementing the X coordinate to the maximum value, the pixel data is acquired (S276 to S279). When the acquisition of pixel data for one line is completed (YES in step S279), the value of the Y coordinate is incremented by a predetermined amount (S280). Therefore, if the value of the Y coordinate reaches the maximum value (YES in step S281), the sequence acquisition step is completed. When the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value for the first time ("YES" in step S274), there is no valid pixel data, so the pixel strobe signal is skipped. That is, when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value for the first time ("Yes" in step S274), the pixel data is not acquired, and when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value next time ("Yes" in step S274), the actual Get pixel data. Repeating the subsequent processing for actually storing the pixel data (S276), the pixel data can be stored continuously without initializing the X coordinate because the value of the X coordinate has already been initialized (S275). In the prior art, when starting the next line, the X coordinate is initialized after the pixel data of one line is acquired (“Yes” in step S279 ), and before the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value. For this prior art, since it takes a certain amount of time to initialize the X coordinate value, the signal transition is sometimes lost when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value when starting the next row. Therefore, it is generally not possible to obtain the first pixel data of each row. According to the method of the present invention, after the pixel data of one row has just been acquired ("Yes" in step S279), the X coordinate is not initialized, but the pixel strobe signal is waited for ("Yes" in step S274) to indicate that the acquisition of the next row is started. A predetermined value of the pixel data of one row, and then, only immediately after the pixel strobe signal takes the predetermined value, the value of the X coordinate is initialized (S275). For this reason, when the pixel strobe signal takes a predetermined value, there is no loss, and therefore, pixel data rarely fails to be acquired. the

同时,本发明并不局限于上述实施例,而且在不脱离本发明实质范围的情况下,可以进行各种变化和变形,如下面的典型变形例所述。 Meanwhile, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the essential scope of the present invention, as described in the following typical modification examples. the

(M)适配器和卡盒的典型变形例 (M) Typical Modifications of Adapters and Cassettes

上面描述的适配器1和卡盒500和600的配置仅是说明性例子,可以设想各种变形例。图106是示出根据典型变形例的适配器1000的示意图。图107(a)是示出适配器1000的侧视图;图107(b)是其后视图;图107(c)是其仰视图。该适配器1000的配置基本上与图1所示的适配器1的配置相同,不同之处是各种技术规范,例如,除了适配器1的配置,还设置有可以连接外部设备的扩展连接器。同时,在后面的附图中,与图1至图105所示实施例的适配器1相同的单元仍采用同样的附图标记。其名称和功能也相同。因此,不重复不必要的详细说明。 The configurations of the adapter 1 and the cartridges 500 and 600 described above are merely illustrative examples, and various modifications are conceivable. FIG. 106 is a schematic diagram showing an adapter 1000 according to a typical modification. Fig. 107(a) is a side view showing the adapter 1000; Fig. 107(b) is a rear view thereof; Fig. 107(c) is a bottom view thereof. The configuration of this adapter 1000 is basically the same as that of the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 1, except for various technical specifications, for example, in addition to the configuration of the adapter 1, an extension connector to which an external device can be connected is also provided. Meanwhile, in the following drawings, the same units as those of the adapter 1 in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 105 still use the same reference numerals. Its name and function are also the same. Therefore, unnecessary detailed descriptions are not repeated. the

外壳的配置 shell configuration

参考图106和图107,该适配器100包括:扩展连接器1003(仅在图107中示出),形成在外壳侧面上而且被帽1001(仅在图106中示出)覆盖;内部电路,用于该扩展连接器1003(图106和图107中未示出)。此外,如图106和107所示,该适配器100的外壳设置有多个用于释放外壳内的热量的开口1002。利用位于该外壳内的绝缘纸封闭该多个开口1002,以防止粉尘等进入内部。 106 and 107, the adapter 100 includes: an extension connector 1003 (only shown in FIG. 107 ), formed on the side of the housing and covered by a cap 1001 (only shown in FIG. 106 ); on the expansion connector 1003 (not shown in Figure 106 and Figure 107). In addition, as shown in FIGS. 106 and 107 , the housing of the adapter 100 is provided with a plurality of openings 1002 for releasing heat inside the housing. The plurality of openings 1002 are closed with insulating paper inside the casing to prevent dust and the like from entering inside. the

顺便提一句,在图10和图11所示的升降机构57中,特别是,在该适配器1000上不形成图11所示的升降板锁定机构59。即,该适配器1000仅设置有仅沿向上方向对装饰板4(参见图1)施力的升降机构。这是因为,利用较少量的部件,可以降低成本,而且可以降低发生故障的概率。不用说,根据各种要求之间的折衷,判断是否采用升降板锁定机构59,而且该判断取决于该设计概念。 Incidentally, in the lift mechanism 57 shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , in particular, the lift plate locking mechanism 59 shown in FIG. 11 is not formed on this adapter 1000 . That is, this adapter 1000 is only provided with a lift mechanism that urges the trim panel 4 (see FIG. 1 ) only in an upward direction. This is because, with a smaller number of components, costs can be reduced and the probability of failure can be reduced. Needless to say, whether or not to employ the lift plate locking mechanism 59 is judged based on a compromise between various requirements, and the judgment depends on the design concept. the

卡盒的配置 Cassette configuration

顺便提一句,在不采用升降板锁定机构59的情况下,图1所示的装饰板4可以自由上下移动。即,即使卡盒500上下颠倒地放置在装饰板4上,该升降板也可以上下移动。因此,用户可能因为疏忽而将该卡盒500上下颠倒地安装在卡盒1000内。在这种情况下,在下拉卡盒500时,升降板55推动图106所示的C形件159的下端,因此,其上端从开口内凸出。然而,对于卡盒500的侧槽560(参见图1),如果上下颠倒地放置卡盒500,则在C形件159凸出的位置,不存在槽。因此,在卡盒500的侧面中,为了固定卡盒500,离开槽560的表面部分被C形件159紧压,以致升降板55也不能移动,产生不能再将卡盒500从适配器1000内拉出的危险。 Incidentally, the decorative panel 4 shown in FIG. 1 can freely move up and down without using the lifting panel locking mechanism 59 . That is, even if the cartridge 500 is placed upside down on the decorative panel 4, the lift plate can move up and down. Therefore, a user may inadvertently install the cartridge 500 upside down in the cartridge 1000 . In this case, when the cartridge 500 is pulled down, the lifting plate 55 pushes the lower end of the C-shaped member 159 shown in FIG. 106, so that the upper end protrudes from the opening. However, with regard to the side slot 560 of the cartridge 500 (see FIG. 1 ), if the cartridge 500 is placed upside down, there is no slot where the C-shaped piece 159 protrudes. Therefore, in the side of the cartridge 500, in order to fix the cartridge 500, the surface part away from the groove 560 is pressed tightly by the C-shaped piece 159, so that the lifting plate 55 cannot move, and the cartridge 500 can no longer be pulled from the adapter 1000. out of danger. the

同样,在卡盒500前后颠倒地放置在适配器1000上的情况下,在卡盒500的侧面中,为了固定卡盒500,离开槽560b的表面部分被C形件159紧压,以致升降板55也不能移动,产生了不能再将卡盒500从适配器1000内拉出的危险。 Also, in the case where the cartridge 500 is placed on the adapter 1000 upside down, in the side of the cartridge 500, in order to fix the cartridge 500, the surface part away from the groove 560b is pressed tightly by the C-shaped piece 159, so that the lifting plate 55 Nor can it be moved, creating the danger that the cartridge 500 can no longer be pulled out of the adapter 1000 . the

因为该原因,在图108所示的本实施例的卡盒1010和1020的情况下,还在相对侧面上靠近正面设置附加槽1012和1022,相对于垂直于相对侧的中心线,它们的位置对称对着如上所述的槽560b,而在本实施例中,在相对侧上靠近背面,将图1所示的槽560b重新成型为槽1014和1024。成型并定位槽1012和1022,以便即使在将卡盒1010和1020前后颠倒地放置在适配器1000内时, C形件159也可以进入槽1012和1022内。此外,确定其在垂直方向上的高度,以便即使在以正确方向,但上下颠倒地插入卡盒500时,C形件159的上端仍可以进入该槽内。因此,即使前后颠倒地将该卡盒插入适配器1000内,C形件159也可以进入该槽内,以防止该卡盒被固定,防止升降板55不能移动,防止不能再将该卡盒从适配器1000拉出。此外,尽管在某种程度上,靠近背面的侧面上的槽1014和1024的几何形状与图1所示的卡盒500的槽560b的几何形状类似,但是在垂直方向,槽1014和1024的正面部分比图1所示的槽的正面部分宽,因此,即使上下颠倒地插入该卡盒,C形件159的上端也可以以与槽部分1012和1022的情况相同的方式进入槽1014和1024。因此,即使将卡盒上下颠倒地插入适配器1000内,C形件159也可以进入槽1014和1024内,因此,防止该卡盒被固定,防止升降板55不能移动,防止不能再将该卡盒从适配器1000拉出。与槽1015和1025相同,靠近背面,成型具有较小高度的槽1014和1024。槽1015和1025的高度稍许大于C形件159的上端的高度。 For this reason, in the case of the cartridges 1010 and 1020 of the present embodiment shown in FIG. 108, additional grooves 1012 and 1022 are also provided on the opposite sides near the front, their positions relative to the center line perpendicular to the opposite sides. Symmetrically opposite slot 560b as described above, and in this embodiment, on the opposite side, near the back, the slot 560b shown in FIG. 1 is reshaped as slots 1014 and 1024 . The slots 1012 and 1022 are shaped and positioned so that the C-shaped piece 159 can enter the slots 1012 and 1022 even when the cartridges 1010 and 1020 are placed in the adapter 1000 upside down. In addition, its height in the vertical direction is determined so that the upper end of the C-shaped member 159 can enter the groove even when the cartridge 500 is inserted in the correct orientation but upside down. Therefore, even if the cartridge is inserted into the adapter 1000 upside down, the C-shaped member 159 can enter the groove to prevent the cartridge from being fixed, the lifting plate 55 from being immovable, and the cartridge from the adapter from being unable to be removed. 1000 pull out. Furthermore, although the geometry of the slots 1014 and 1024 on the side near the back is somewhat similar to the geometry of slot 560b of the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. The portion is wider than the front portion of the groove shown in FIG. 1, so even if the cartridge is inserted upside down, the upper end of the C-shaped member 159 can enter the grooves 1014 and 1024 in the same manner as the groove portions 1012 and 1022. Therefore, even if the cartridge is inserted upside down into the adapter 1000, the C-shaped piece 159 can enter the slots 1014 and 1024, thereby preventing the cartridge from being fixed, the lifting plate 55 from being immobile, and the cartridge from being unable to move. Pull out from adapter 1000. Like the grooves 1015 and 1025, closer to the back, grooves 1014 and 1024 are formed with a smaller height. The height of the grooves 1015 and 1025 is slightly greater than the height of the upper end of the C-shaped piece 159 . the

此外,根据卡盒1010和1020,如果以正确的方向插入卡盒1010和1020,则通过在卡盒锁定机构61的C形件159的上端从右侧和左侧进入槽1014和1024后,向正面滑动卡盒1010和1020,以使C形件159的上端进入槽1015和1025内,确实可以限制卡盒1010和1020在垂直方向移动。这同样适用于上面讨论的卡盒500和600。 In addition, according to the cartridges 1010 and 1020, if the cartridges 1010 and 1020 are inserted in the correct direction, after the upper end of the C-shaped member 159 of the cartridge locking mechanism 61 enters the grooves 1014 and 1024 from the right and left sides, the Sliding the cartridges 1010 and 1020 frontally so that the upper end of the C-shaped member 159 enters the slots 1015 and 1025 does limit the movement of the cartridges 1010 and 1020 in the vertical direction. The same applies to cartridges 500 and 600 discussed above. the

此外,在相对侧面上靠近正面分别设置槽1012和1022,而且其位置关于垂直于相对侧的中心线对称地面对槽1014和1024对称,以接收C形件159的端部,从而将该卡盒固定在预定位置,同时选择槽1012和1022的高度和位置,以便即使在将卡盒1010和1020前后或者上下颠倒地固定在预定位置上时,该C形件159仍可 以进入槽1012和1022内。此外,尽管在侧面上靠近背面的槽1014和1024的几何形状与图1所示的卡盒500的槽560b的几何形状相同,在垂直方向,槽1014和1024的正面部分比图1所示的宽,因此,即使上下颠倒地插入卡盒,C形件159的上端仍可以以与槽部分1012和1022的情况中相同的方式进入槽1014和1024。在这种配置中,即使卡盒1010和1020上下颠倒地或者前后颠倒地插入适配器1000,也可以避免C形件159使卡盒1010和1020保持在离开槽1012、1014、1022和1024的位置,而且可以避免不能再从适配器1000拉出卡盒1010和1020。 In addition, slots 1012 and 1022 are provided on opposite sides near the front, respectively, and are positioned symmetrically facing slots 1014 and 1024 with respect to a centerline perpendicular to the opposite sides, to receive the end of C-shaped piece 159, so that the card The box is fixed at a predetermined position, and the height and position of the grooves 1012 and 1022 are selected so that even when the cartridges 1010 and 1020 are fixed upside down or upside down on the predetermined position, the C-shaped member 159 can still enter the grooves 1012 and 1022. 1022 within. In addition, although the geometry of the grooves 1014 and 1024 near the back on the side is the same as the geometry of the groove 560b of the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. Therefore, even if the cartridge is inserted upside down, the upper end of the C-shaped member 159 can still enter the grooves 1014 and 1024 in the same manner as in the case of the groove portions 1012 and 1022. In this configuration, even if the cartridges 1010 and 1020 are inserted into the adapter 1000 upside down or front to back, the C-shaped piece 159 is prevented from holding the cartridges 1010 and 1020 out of the slots 1012, 1014, 1022 and 1024, Also, it can be avoided that the cartridges 1010 and 1020 can no longer be pulled out from the adapter 1000 . the

电源开关组件 Power Switch Components

图109是示出该适配器1000内的电源开关组件的示意图。参考图109,代替图9所示的配置,适配器1000的电源开关组件包括单杆1032,它被支撑凸起1038等支撑,而且其一端形成有接合部分1034,而其另一端接触电源开关9的键顶41。电源开关单元53的端部松安装在接合部分1034内。停止器(stopper)1040形成在电源开关单元53的端部,而弹簧1036安装在电源开关单元53与该停止器1040之间。 FIG. 109 is a schematic diagram illustrating the power switch assembly within the adapter 1000. Referring to FIG. Referring to FIG. 109, instead of the configuration shown in FIG. 9, the power switch assembly of the adapter 1000 includes a single lever 1032 which is supported by support protrusions 1038 and the like, and whose one end is formed with an engagement portion 1034, and whose other end contacts the power switch 9. key top 41. An end portion of the power switch unit 53 is loosely fitted in the engagement portion 1034 . A stopper 1040 is formed at an end of the power switch unit 53 , and a spring 1036 is installed between the power switch unit 53 and the stopper 1040 . the

在该配置中,如图109所示,弹簧1036始终沿向下方向对键顶41施力,而在加电时沿向上方向施力,从而将电源开关单元53的开关推动到杆1032被阻挡的按下位置(pushed position)。在用户再按键顶41时,释放杆1032,以便自由移动,然后,利用弹簧1036的弹力,沿图中的向下方向移动,从而返回初始位置。 In this configuration, as shown in FIG. 109 , the spring 1036 always urges the key top 41 in the downward direction, and in the upward direction when power is applied, thereby pushing the switch of the power switch unit 53 until the lever 1032 is blocked. The pushed position of the . When the user presses the top 41 again, the lever 1032 is released to move freely, and then, by the elastic force of the spring 1036, it moves downward in the figure to return to the initial position. the

与如图9所示将多个臂177、179和181组合在一起的情况相比,在推动键顶41所需的推动距离可能增加的同时,可以以简化结构实现电源开关9的推动机构。 While the pushing distance required to push the key top 41 may increase, the pushing mechanism of the power switch 9 can be realized with a simplified structure compared to the case where a plurality of arms 177, 179, and 181 are combined as shown in FIG. the

内部电路的配置 Configuration of internal circuit

图110是示出适配器1000的电配置的示意图。尽管该适配器 1000的电配置与图78所示的适配器1的电配置相似,但是与图78所示适配器1的电配置的不同之处在于,扩展连接器1003设置有扩展连接器外围电路1050。代替图78所示的内部电源电压生成电路260,该适配器1000包括:开关调节器1058,用于通过电源开关9从电源电路250接收电源电压Vcc0,并在线路w50上产生地电位GND,而在线路w22上产生电源电压Vcc1;以及内部电源电压生成电路1056,用于根据地电位GND和开关调节器1058提供的电源电压Vcc1,在线路w22、w23、w24和w25上分别产生电源电压Vcc1、Vcc2、Vcc3和Vcc4。顺便提一句,开关调节器1058和内部电源电压生成电路1056组合在一起构成内部电源电压生成单元。代替图78所示的键块254,适配器1000还包括可以连接到扩展连接器外围电路1050的键块1052。下面将说明键块1052与扩展连接器外围电路1050之间的连接。 FIG. 110 is a schematic diagram showing the electrical configuration of the adapter 1000 . Although the electrical configuration of this adapter 1000 is similar to that of the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 78 , it is different from the electrical configuration of the adapter 1 shown in FIG. Instead of the internal power supply voltage generating circuit 260 shown in FIG. 78, the adapter 1000 includes: a switching regulator 1058 for receiving the power supply voltage Vcc0 from the power supply circuit 250 through the power switch 9, and generating the ground potential GND on the line w50, and the ground potential GND on the line w50. A power supply voltage Vcc1 is generated on the line w22; and an internal power supply voltage generating circuit 1056 is used to generate power supply voltages Vcc1, Vcc2, Vcc1, Vcc2, Vcc3 and Vcc4. Incidentally, the switching regulator 1058 and the internal power supply voltage generating circuit 1056 are combined to constitute an internal power supply voltage generating unit. Instead of the key block 254 shown in FIG. 78 , the adapter 1000 further includes a key block 1052 that can be connected to the expansion connector peripheral circuit 1050 . The connection between the key block 1052 and the expansion connector peripheral circuit 1050 will be described below. the

此外,与图78所示的适配器1不同,该适配器1000包括圆柱形铁氧体1054,它覆盖线路w9、w12和w13,以这些从执行线路泄漏电磁波。 Furthermore, unlike the adapter 1 shown in FIG. 78, this adapter 1000 includes a cylindrical ferrite 1054 that covers the wires w9, w12, and w13 so that electromagnetic waves leak from the execution wires. the

开关调节器的电路配置 Circuit Configuration of Switching Regulator

图111是示出图110所示开关调节器1058的电路配置及其外围电路(开关9和电源电路250)的电路配置的示意图。参考图111,电源开关9包括触点1102连接到电源电路250、两个触点1100和1104分别连接到开关调节器1058的开关,配置电源开关9以响应电源开关的操作,在加电时使触点1100连接到触点1102,而在断电时使触点1100连接到触点1104。 FIG. 111 is a schematic diagram showing the circuit configuration of the switching regulator 1058 shown in FIG. 110 and the circuit configuration of its peripheral circuits (switch 9 and power supply circuit 250). Referring to FIG. 111, the power switch 9 includes a contact 1102 connected to the power circuit 250, and two contacts 1100 and 1104 respectively connected to a switch regulator 1058. The power switch 9 is configured to respond to the operation of the power switch to enable Contact 1100 is connected to contact 1102, and when de-energized, contact 1100 is connected to contact 1104. the

开关调节器1058包括:电容器1060,连接在触点1100和地电位之间;电解电容器1062,连接在触点1100与触点1104之间,用于平滑电压信号;PNP晶体管1066;以及NPN晶体管1072和1084。 Switching regulator 1058 includes: capacitor 1060 connected between contact 1100 and ground potential; electrolytic capacitor 1062 connected between contact 1100 and contact 1104 for smoothing the voltage signal; PNP transistor 1066; and NPN transistor 1072 and 1084. the

晶体管1066的发射极连接到触点1100,而晶体管1072和1084的发射极分别连接到地电位。 The emitter of transistor 1066 is connected to contact 1100, while the emitters of transistors 1072 and 1084 are respectively connected to ground potential. the

开关调节器1058还包括:电阻器1064,连接在晶体管1066的发射极与基极之间;电阻器1070,连接在晶体管1066的基极与晶体管1072的集电极之间;电阻器1068,连接在触点1104与晶体管1072的基极之间;电容器1074,连接在晶体管1066的集电极与晶体管1072的基极之间;以及肖特基二极管1078,连接在晶体管1066的集电极与地电位之间。 Switching regulator 1058 also includes: resistor 1064, connected between the emitter and base of transistor 1066; resistor 1070, connected between the base of transistor 1066 and the collector of transistor 1072; resistor 1068, connected between between contact 1104 and the base of transistor 1072; capacitor 1074, connected between the collector of transistor 1066 and the base of transistor 1072; and Schottky diode 1078, connected between the collector of transistor 1066 and ground potential . the

开关调节器1058还包括:线圈1079,其一端连接到晶体管1066的集电极,其另一端连接到输出节点1081;串联连接在输出节点1081与晶体管1084的基极之间的二极管1080和电阻器1082;以及输出节点1081与晶体管1084的基极之间的电容器1086。 Switching regulator 1058 also includes: a coil 1079 connected at one end to the collector of transistor 1066 and at the other end to output node 1081; a diode 1080 and a resistor 1082 connected in series between output node 1081 and the base of transistor 1084 and a capacitor 1086 between the output node 1081 and the base of the transistor 1084 . the

开关调节器1058还包括:串联连接在输出节点1081和地电位之间用于产生基准电压Vz的齐纳二极管1088和电阻器1090;电解电容器1092,连接在输出节点1081与地电位之间;电容器1094,连接在输出节点1081与地电位之间;线圈1096,其一端连接到输出节点1081,其另一端连接到线路w22,用于去除噪声;以及线圈1098,连接在线路w50与地电位之间,用于去除噪声。齐纳二极管1088与电阻器1090之间的触点还连接到晶体管1084的基极。 The switching regulator 1058 also includes: a zener diode 1088 and a resistor 1090 connected in series between the output node 1081 and ground potential for generating a reference voltage Vz; an electrolytic capacitor 1092 connected between the output node 1081 and ground potential; 1094, connected between output node 1081 and ground potential; coil 1096, one end of which is connected to output node 1081, the other end of which is connected to line w22, for noise removal; and coil 1098, connected between line w50 and ground potential , used to remove noise. The contact between Zener diode 1088 and resistor 1090 is also connected to the base of transistor 1084 . the

齐纳二极管1088产生的基准电压Vz、晶体管1084的基极发射极电压Vbe以及输出节点1081上的输出电压Vcc1满足等式Vcc1=Vz+Vbe。因此,在输出电压Vcc1降低时,晶体管1084的基极发射极电压Vbe降低,以截止晶体管1084。因为该原因,晶体管1072导通,以导通晶体管1066。然后,电流从电源电路250通过晶体管1066,因此,将电流送到线圈1079和输出节点1081。 The reference voltage Vz generated by the Zener diode 1088, the base-emitter voltage Vbe of the transistor 1084, and the output voltage Vcc1 on the output node 1081 satisfy the equation Vcc1=Vz+Vbe. Therefore, when the output voltage Vcc1 decreases, the base-emitter voltage Vbe of the transistor 1084 decreases to turn off the transistor 1084 . For this reason, transistor 1072 is turned on to turn on transistor 1066 . Current is then passed from the power supply circuit 250 through the transistor 1066 , thus delivering current to the coil 1079 and output node 1081 . the

在电源电压Vcc1升高时,晶体管1084的基极发射极电压Vbe被上拉,从而晶体管1084导通。因为该原因,晶体管1072截止, 然后,晶体管1066截止。因此,停止从晶体管1066提供电流。响应于此,线圈1079用于将来自肖特基二极管1078的电流提供到输出节点1081。这样,可以保持电源电压Vcc1。 When the power supply voltage Vcc1 rises, the base-emitter voltage Vbe of the transistor 1084 is pulled up, so that the transistor 1084 is turned on. For this reason, transistor 1072 is turned off, and then transistor 1066 is turned off. Therefore, the supply of current from the transistor 1066 is stopped. In response thereto, coil 1079 is used to provide current from Schottky diode 1078 to output node 1081 . In this way, the power supply voltage Vcc1 can be maintained. the

扩展连接器外围电路1050和键块1052的电路配置 The circuit configuration of expansion connector peripheral circuit 1050 and key block 1052

图112是示出图110所示扩展连接器1003、扩展连接器外围电路1050以及键块1052的电路配置的电路框图。参考图112,扩展连接器1003设置有第一至第九端子(在下面的说明中,称为端子TE1至TE9)。键块1052与图83所示的键块154具有类似的配置。即,键块1052包括:取消键13、输入键15、箭头键17a至17d、电阻器341至346以及移位寄存器340。 FIG. 112 is a circuit block diagram showing the circuit configurations of the extension connector 1003 , the extension connector peripheral circuit 1050 , and the key block 1052 shown in FIG. 110 . Referring to FIG. 112 , the extension connector 1003 is provided with first to ninth terminals (in the following description, referred to as terminals TE1 to TE9 ). The key block 1052 has a similar configuration to the key block 154 shown in FIG. 83 . That is, the key block 1052 includes: a cancel key 13 , an enter key 15 , arrow keys 17 a to 17 d , resistors 341 to 346 , and a shift register 340 . the

每一对电阻器341和输入键15、电阻器342和取消键13、电阻器343和箭头键17a、电阻器344和箭头键17b、电阻器345和箭头键17c以及电阻器346和箭头键17d以这样的顺序分别串联连接在电源电压Vcc2与地电位之间。此外,电阻器341与输入键15之间的触点、电阻器342与取消键13之间的触点、电阻器343与箭头键17a之间的触点、电阻器344与箭头键17b之间的触点、电阻器345与箭头键17c之间的触点以及电阻器346与箭头键17d之间的触点分别连接到移位寄存器340的端子F、E、D、C、B和A。 Each pair of resistor 341 and enter key 15, resistor 342 and cancel key 13, resistor 343 and arrow key 17a, resistor 344 and arrow key 17b, resistor 345 and arrow key 17c, and resistor 346 and arrow key 17d In this order, they are respectively connected in series between the power supply voltage Vcc2 and the ground potential. In addition, the contact between the resistor 341 and the enter key 15, the contact between the resistor 342 and the cancel key 13, the contact between the resistor 343 and the arrow key 17a, the contact between the resistor 344 and the arrow key 17b The contacts between the resistor 345 and the arrow key 17c and the contacts between the resistor 346 and the arrow key 17d are connected to terminals F, E, D, C, B and A of the shift register 340, respectively. the

通过线路w3,移位寄存器340的输出端子OUT连接到端子T6;时钟输入端子CLK连接到线路w5;控制端子P/S连接到线路线路w4。此外,移位寄存器340的端子SER连接到线路w55。 Through the line w3, the output terminal OUT of the shift register 340 is connected to the terminal T6; the clock input terminal CLK is connected to the line w5; and the control terminal P/S is connected to the line w4. Furthermore, the terminal SER of the shift register 340 is connected to the line w55. the

移位寄存器340将通过端子A至H输入的并行信号转换为串行信号,然后,将它们输出到线路w3。换句话说,对从键顶15、13和17a至17d输出的接通/断开信号进行并行/串行转换,然后,将它们输出到线路w3。顺便提一句,对移位寄存器340设置端子G和H供将来使用,以便如果因为某种用途需要,可以添加两个附加输入信号。可以从适配器1000的内部,或者通过连接器69或者扩展 连接器1003从外部提供附加输入信号。此外,在通过线路w5将工作时钟输入到时钟输入端子CLK时,通过线路w4,将控制信号输入到控制端子P/S。在该控制信号处于L电平时,响应该L电平的控制信号,移位寄存器340加载并行数据,而在该控制信号处于H电平时,移位寄存器340输出串行信号。此外,连接到端子SER的线路w55连接到如下所述的扩展连接器1003,以从扩展连接器1003将串行数据送到移位寄存器340。对于本实施例,假定可以连接到扩展连接器1003的外部设备设置有与移位寄存器340相同的移位寄存器。由于该外部设备的移位寄存器可以将8位并行输入数据转换为串行数据,并以与移位寄存器340相同的方式输出该串行数据,因此,在将串行数据输入到移位寄存器340的端子SER时,移位寄存器340用于将总共14位串行数据输出到线路w3。顺便提一句,该外部设备的移位寄存器可以与移位寄存器340不同,而且该移位寄存器处理的位长也不局限于8位。 The shift register 340 converts parallel signals input through the terminals A to H into serial signals, and then outputs them to the line w3. In other words, the on/off signals output from the key tops 15, 13, and 17a to 17d are subjected to parallel/serial conversion, and then, they are output to the line w3. Incidentally, the shift register 340 is provided with terminals G and H for future use so that two additional input signals can be added if required for some application. Additional input signals may be provided from within the adapter 1000, or externally via connector 69 or expansion connector 1003. In addition, when the operation clock is input to the clock input terminal CLK through the line w5, a control signal is input to the control terminal P/S through the line w4. When the control signal is at L level, the shift register 340 loads parallel data in response to the control signal at L level, and when the control signal is at H level, the shift register 340 outputs serial signals. In addition, a line w55 connected to the terminal SER is connected to an extension connector 1003 described below to send serial data from the extension connector 1003 to the shift register 340 . With this embodiment, it is assumed that an external device that can be connected to the expansion connector 1003 is provided with the same shift register as the shift register 340 . Since the shift register of this external device can convert 8-bit parallel input data into serial data and output the serial data in the same manner as the shift register 340, when the serial data is input to the shift register 340 When the terminal SER of the terminal SER is connected, the shift register 340 is used to output a total of 14 bits of serial data to the line w3. Incidentally, the shift register of the external device may be different from the shift register 340, and the bit length handled by the shift register is not limited to 8 bits. the

扩展连接器外围电路1050包括:线路1121,用于将扩展连接器1003的端子TE1连接到地电位;电阻器1110、1112和1114,分别连接在端子TE9、TE2和TE8与线路w4、w51和w5之间;电阻器1122,连接在端子TE3与电源电压Vcc1之间;电阻器1116、1118和1120,分别连接在端子TE7、TE4和TE6与线路w55、w52和w53之间;以及电阻器1124,位于端子TE5与电源电压Vcc2之间。 The expansion connector peripheral circuit 1050 includes: a line 1121 for connecting the terminal TE1 of the expansion connector 1003 to ground potential; resistors 1110, 1112 and 1114 respectively connected between the terminals TE9, TE2 and TE8 and the lines w4, w51 and w5 between; resistor 1122, connected between terminal TE3 and power supply voltage Vcc1; resistors 1116, 1118 and 1120, respectively connected between terminals TE7, TE4 and TE6 and lines w55, w52 and w53; and resistor 1124, Located between terminal TE5 and power supply voltage Vcc2. the

扩展连接器外围电路1050还包括:电解电容器1126和电容器1128,它们串联连接在端子TE5与端子TE9之间;以及电容器1130,位于端子TE2与电解电容器1126和电容器1128之间的触点之间。电解电容器1126和电容器1128之间的触点接地。扩展连接器外围电路1050还包括分别连接在端子TE8、TE7、TE4和TE6与线路1121之间的电容器1132、1134、1136和1138。 Expansion connector peripheral circuit 1050 also includes electrolytic capacitor 1126 and capacitor 1128 connected in series between terminals TE5 and TE9 , and capacitor 1130 between terminal TE2 and the contact between electrolytic capacitor 1126 and capacitor 1128 . The contacts between electrolytic capacitor 1126 and capacitor 1128 are grounded. The expansion connector peripheral circuit 1050 also includes capacitors 1132, 1134, 1136, and 1138 connected between the terminals TE8, TE7, TE4, and TE6 and the line 1121, respectively. the

根据如上构造的扩展连接器外围电路1050,通过端子TE3和 TE5,可以将电源电压Vcc1和Vcc2送到与扩展连接器1003相连的外部设备。此外,端子TE2、TE4和TE6用于与外部设备交换信号。通过端子TE8,可以将与送到移位寄存器340的时钟信号相同的时钟信号送到外部设备。通过端子TE9,可以将与送到移位寄存器340的控制信号相同的控制信号送到外部设备。 According to the expansion connector peripheral circuit 1050 constructed as above, through the terminals TE3 and TE5, the power supply voltages Vcc1 and Vcc2 can be supplied to an external device connected to the expansion connector 1003. In addition, terminals TE2, TE4, and TE6 are used to exchange signals with external devices. The same clock signal as that sent to the shift register 340 can be sent to an external device through the terminal TE8. Through the terminal TE9, the same control signal as that sent to the shift register 340 can be sent to an external device. the

电源电压生成电路1056的电路配置 Circuit Configuration of Power Supply Voltage Generating Circuit 1056

图113示出图110所示内部电源电压生成电路1056的电路配置。参考图113,在该内部电源电压生成电路1056中,调节器的数量小于图80所示的内部电源电压生成电路260内的调节器的数量。参考图113,该内部电源电压生成电路1056包括:3个调节器276、280和1164;电阻器290和电源灯(LED)10,它们串联连接在电源电压Vcc1与地电位之间;电阻器1150和1152,并联连接在电源电压Vcc1与调节器276的输入端之间;电解电容器1154,连接在地电位与电阻器1150和调节器276之间的触点之间;以及电容器277,连接在调节器276的输入端与地电位之间。顺便提一句,调节器276设置有散热器(heat sink),该图中未示出。在连接到调节器280的输入端的输出端,调节器276输出电源电压Vcc2。 FIG. 113 shows the circuit configuration of the internal power supply voltage generation circuit 1056 shown in FIG. 110 . Referring to FIG. 113 , in this internal power supply voltage generating circuit 1056 , the number of regulators is smaller than that in the internal power supply voltage generating circuit 260 shown in FIG. 80 . Referring to FIG. 113, the internal supply voltage generating circuit 1056 includes: three regulators 276, 280 and 1164; a resistor 290 and a power lamp (LED) 10 connected in series between the supply voltage Vcc1 and ground potential; a resistor 1150 and 1152, connected in parallel between the supply voltage Vcc1 and the input of regulator 276; electrolytic capacitor 1154, connected between ground potential and the contact between resistor 1150 and regulator 276; and capacitor 277, connected at the regulator Between the input terminal of device 276 and the ground potential. Incidentally, the regulator 276 is provided with a heat sink, which is not shown in this figure. At an output connected to the input of regulator 280 , regulator 276 outputs a supply voltage Vcc2 . the

内部电源电压生成电路1056还包括分别连接在调节器276的输出端与地电位之间的电容器278和281以及电解电容器279。调节器280输出电源电压Vcc3。内部电源电压生成电路1056还包括并联连接在调节器280的输出端与地电位之间的电容器282和电解电容器283。 The internal power supply voltage generation circuit 1056 also includes capacitors 278 and 281 and an electrolytic capacitor 279 connected between the output terminal of the regulator 276 and ground potential, respectively. The regulator 280 outputs the power supply voltage Vcc3. The internal supply voltage generation circuit 1056 also includes a capacitor 282 and an electrolytic capacitor 283 connected in parallel between the output terminal of the regulator 280 and ground potential. the

内部电源电压生成电路1056还包括:电阻器1156和1158,并联连接在调节器276的输出端与调节器1164的输入端之间;以及电解电容器1160和电容器1162,并联连接在调节器1164的输入端与地电位之间。调节器1164输出电源电压Vcc4。 Internal supply voltage generation circuit 1056 also includes: resistors 1156 and 1158 connected in parallel between the output of regulator 276 and the input of regulator 1164; and electrolytic capacitor 1160 and capacitor 1162 connected in parallel at the input of regulator 1164 terminal and ground potential. The regulator 1164 outputs the power supply voltage Vcc4. the

内部电源电压生成电路1056还包括:电阻器1166和1168,串 联连接在调节器1164的输出端与地电位之间;电容器286和电解电容器287,设置在调节器1164的输出端与地电位之间。 Internal supply voltage generating circuit 1056 also includes: resistors 1166 and 1168 connected in series between the output terminal of regulator 1164 and ground potential; capacitor 286 and electrolytic capacitor 287 disposed between the output terminal of regulator 1164 and ground potential between. the

在将调节器276和调节器280的接地端分别连接到地电位时,调节器1164的接地端连接到电阻器1166和电阻器1168之间的触点。 The ground terminal of regulator 1164 is connected to the contact between resistor 1166 and resistor 1168 while the ground terminals of regulator 276 and regulator 280 are respectively connected to ground potential. the

如上所述,本实施例的内部电源电压生成电路1056内使用的调节器的数量小于图80所示的内部电源电压生成电路260内使用的调节器的数量。因为该原因,降低了系统成本,同时,降低了发热。 As described above, the number of regulators used in the internal power supply voltage generating circuit 1056 of this embodiment is smaller than the number of regulators used in the internal power supply voltage generating circuit 260 shown in FIG. 80 . For this reason, system cost is reduced, and at the same time, heat generation is reduced. the

顺便提一句,在图110中,从扩展连接器外围电路1050伸出的线路w51、w52和w53分别连接到连接器69的端子T13、T14和T5。以与图78所示方式相同的方式,连接到键块1052的线路w3、w4和w5分别连接到连接器69的端子T6、T9和T10。 Incidentally, in FIG. 110, lines w51, w52, and w53 extending from the expansion connector peripheral circuit 1050 are connected to terminals T13, T14, and T5 of the connector 69, respectively. In the same manner as shown in FIG. 78 , the wires w3 , w4 and w5 connected to the key block 1052 are connected to the terminals T6 , T9 and T10 of the connector 69 , respectively. the

卡盒1010和1020的电配置 Electrical configuration of cartridges 1010 and 1020

尽管卡盒1010和1020的电配置与图85所示的卡盒500和图78所示的卡盒600的电配置类似,但是它们的不同之处在于端子t5、t13和t14的连接。即,端子t5、t13和t14分别连接到高速处理器575的相应I/O端口。 Although the electrical configurations of the cartridges 1010 and 1020 are similar to those of the cartridge 500 shown in FIG. 85 and the cartridge 600 shown in FIG. 78 , they differ in connection of terminals t5, t13, and t14. That is, the terminals t5, t13, and t14 are connected to corresponding I/O ports of the high-speed processor 575, respectively. the

(N)球棒形输入设备的典型变形例 (N) A typical modification example of a ball-and-stick input device

在如图45和图53至图59所示的球棒形输入设备800的情况下,固定各部件用的螺栓等(例如,参见图53(b))露在外面。然而,在实际球棒上不露出这种螺栓。实际上,从审美的观点出发,这种螺栓有损外表。因此,优选提供不可见地设置螺栓的球棒形输入设备。利用在外部不可见的螺栓构造如图114至图124所示的该球棒形输入设备1200。 In the case of the bat-shaped input device 800 as shown in FIG. 45 and FIGS. 53 to 59 , bolts and the like (for example, see FIG. 53( b )) for fixing the respective components are exposed outside. However, such bolts are not exposed on the actual bat. In fact, from an aesthetic point of view, such bolts detract from the appearance. Therefore, it is preferable to provide a bat-shaped input device in which the bolt is not visible. This bat-shaped input device 1200 as shown in FIGS. 114 to 124 is constructed using bolts that are not visible from the outside. the

参见图114和115,球棒形输入设备1200通常包括3部分,即,头部1202、帽1212以及握持部分1214。 Referring to FIGS. 114 and 115 , the bat-shaped input device 1200 generally includes 3 parts, namely, a head 1202 , a cap 1212 , and a grip 1214 . the

以与实际球棒的头部相同的方式,形成头部1202,但是在其下部部分设置有具有LED、按钮等的控制单元1210。控制单元1210设置有多个LED(图114中仅示出一个)。帽1212是中空的,并且被形成为使得可以将控制单元1210安装在其内部,如下所述。在控制单元1210表面的位置上设置有按钮1222,用于使握持部分1214接合头部1202和帽1212。同时,通过操作按钮1222,可以使握持部分1214与头部1202和帽1212分离,如下所述。 In the same manner as the head of an actual bat, a head 1202 is formed, but a control unit 1210 having LEDs, buttons, etc. is provided at a lower portion thereof. The control unit 1210 is provided with a plurality of LEDs (only one is shown in FIG. 114 ). The cap 1212 is hollow, and is formed so that the control unit 1210 can be installed inside it, as described below. A button 1222 is provided at a location on the surface of the control unit 1210 for engaging the grip portion 1214 with the head 1202 and cap 1212 . At the same time, by operating the button 1222, the grip portion 1214 can be separated from the head 1202 and the cap 1212, as described below. the

在帽1212的预定位置,存在:开口1226,在控制单元1210与帽1212接合时,通过该开口1226,露出该按钮1222的一部分;多个开口1227,通过该多个开口1227,露出控制单元1210的LED;以及开口(该图中未示出),通过该开口露出操作开关(图53(a)所示的操作开关806)。开口1226的大小被选择为允许按钮1222在球棒形输入设备1200的轴向做小的移动。为了利用与开口1226对准的按钮1222将帽1212准确安装在控制单元1210上,在控制单元1210的表面上形成凸起部分1220,而在帽1212的内表面上形成凹进部分1228,以便于松装配到凸起部分1220。在控制单元1210的凸起部分1220的端部形成切口部分1224,而在将控制单元1210安装在帽1212内时对应于切口部分1224的位置,在帽1212的内表面上形成凸起部分1264。 At a predetermined position of the cap 1212, there are: an opening 1226 through which a part of the button 1222 is exposed when the control unit 1210 is engaged with the cap 1212; a plurality of openings 1227 through which the control unit 1210 is exposed and an opening (not shown in this figure) through which an operation switch (operation switch 806 shown in FIG. 53(a)) is exposed. The size of the opening 1226 is selected to allow small movements of the button 1222 in the axial direction of the bat-shaped input device 1200 . In order to accurately install the cap 1212 on the control unit 1210 with the button 1222 aligned with the opening 1226, a raised portion 1220 is formed on the surface of the control unit 1210, while a recessed portion 1228 is formed on the inner surface of the cap 1212 to facilitate Loose fit to raised portion 1220 . A cutout portion 1224 is formed at the end of the raised portion 1220 of the control unit 1210 , and a raised portion 1264 is formed on the inner surface of the cap 1212 corresponding to the position of the cutout portion 1224 when the control unit 1210 is installed in the cap 1212 . the

图116是示出图114和图115所示按钮1222的控制单元1210的内侧视图。在该图中,从按钮1222的后侧可以看到按钮1222以及围绕该按钮1222的控制单元1210的内部结构。参见图116,在控制单元1210内形成有:一对壁部分1241,其平行于控制单元1210的轴向而形成;停止器1243,其垂直于控制单元1210的轴向而形成;以及一对壁部分1245,垂直于控制单元1210的轴向而形成,在其间具有空间。按钮1222插在该对壁部分1241之间,以便可以在该图中的垂直方向滑动。弹簧1240插在按钮1222与停止器1243 之间,因此,从图116可以看出,沿向下方向对按钮1222施力。在控制单元1210上设置按钮1222的位置具有在该图中未示出的开口,按钮1222的操作件1250插入该开口(参见图118)。从该图可以看出,停止器1243和弹簧1240总是沿向下方向对按钮1222施力,而且在该状态下,按钮1222的爪部1244从壁部分1245向下凸出。在按钮1222沿向上方向移动时,爪部1244上升到壁部分1245之上。 FIG. 116 is an inside view of the control unit 1210 showing the button 1222 shown in FIGS. 114 and 115 . In this figure, the button 1222 and the internal structure of the control unit 1210 surrounding the button 1222 can be seen from the rear side of the button 1222 . 116, in the control unit 1210 are formed: a pair of wall portions 1241 formed parallel to the axial direction of the control unit 1210; a stopper 1243 formed perpendicular to the axial direction of the control unit 1210; and a pair of walls The portion 1245 is formed perpendicular to the axial direction of the control unit 1210 with a space therebetween. The button 1222 is inserted between the pair of wall portions 1241 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction in the figure. The spring 1240 is interposed between the button 1222 and the stopper 1243, so that, as can be seen from FIG. 116 , the button 1222 is urged in a downward direction. The position where the button 1222 is provided on the control unit 1210 has an opening, not shown in this figure, into which the operation piece 1250 of the button 1222 is inserted (see FIG. 118 ). As can be seen from this figure, the stopper 1243 and the spring 1240 always urge the button 1222 in the downward direction, and in this state, the claw portion 1244 of the button 1222 protrudes downward from the wall portion 1245 . As the button 1222 is moved in an upward direction, the claw portion 1244 rises above the wall portion 1245 . the

图117是示出图116所示的按钮1222的视图,通过将保持工具1246安装到该按钮1222上,防止该按钮1222从控制单元1210脱落。在这种情况下,在对应于爪部1242的位置,通过保持工具1246形成开口1247。设置开口1247,以便不妨碍按钮1222的爪部1242在垂直于图117的图纸的方向上移动,如下所述。换句话说,在将控制单元1210插入并安装在帽1212内时,帽1212的内表面向控制单元1210的中心对按钮1222施力,以致爪部1242以垂直于图纸的正向移动。如果不形成该开口1247,则爪部1242接触保持工具1246,使得按钮1222不能充分进入控制单元1210内,从而不能将控制单元1210安装在帽1210内。因为该原因,必须形成开口1247。顺便提一句,在将控制单元1210安装在帽1210内后,仅在握持部分1214与头部1202和帽1212分离时,操作按钮122。在这种情况下,按钮1222以图117所示的向上方向滑动。由于保持工具1246位于爪部1242之前的位置,所以按钮1222可以照原样滑动,而不在爪部1242与保持工具1246之间受到阻碍。 FIG. 117 is a view showing the button 1222 shown in FIG. 116 , which is prevented from coming off from the control unit 1210 by attaching the holding tool 1246 to the button 1222 . In this case, an opening 1247 is formed by the holding tool 1246 at a position corresponding to the claw portion 1242 . The opening 1247 is provided so as not to prevent the movement of the claw portion 1242 of the button 1222 in a direction perpendicular to the drawing sheet of FIG. 117, as described below. In other words, when the control unit 1210 is inserted and installed in the cap 1212, the inner surface of the cap 1212 urges the button 1222 toward the center of the control unit 1210, so that the claw 1242 moves in a normal direction perpendicular to the drawing. If the opening 1247 is not formed, the claw portion 1242 contacts the holding tool 1246 so that the button 1222 cannot sufficiently enter into the control unit 1210 and the control unit 1210 cannot be installed in the cap 1210 . For this reason, the opening 1247 must be formed. Incidentally, the button 122 is operated only when the grip portion 1214 is separated from the head 1202 and the cap 1212 after the control unit 1210 is installed in the cap 1210 . In this case, the button 1222 slides in the upward direction shown in FIG. 117 . Since the holding tool 1246 is located in front of the claw 1242 , the button 1222 can slide as it is without being obstructed between the claw 1242 and the holding tool 1246 . the

图118(a)是示出按钮1222的正视图;而图118(b)是其左侧视图。参见图118,按钮1222具有操作件1250,操作件1250可以在垂直于(a)的图纸的方向以及从(b)的图纸的一侧到另一侧的方向滑动。在操作件1250内设置有弹簧1254,这样,在图118(b)的向右方向,对操作件1250施力。操作件1250的后端设置有上述爪部 1242,该爪部1242与按钮1222的主体接合,以防止操作件1250从按钮1222的主体上卸下。可以在垂直于图118(a)图纸的方向向后侧下推操作件1250。在这种情况下,操作件1250以图118(b)的图纸的向左方向移动。 Fig. 118(a) is a front view showing the button 1222; and Fig. 118(b) is a left side view thereof. Referring to FIG. 118, the button 1222 has an operation member 1250 that can slide in a direction perpendicular to the drawing of (a) and in a direction from one side of the drawing of (b) to the other side. A spring 1254 is provided in the operating member 1250 so that the operating member 1250 is biased in the rightward direction in FIG. 118( b ). The rear end of the operating member 1250 is provided with the above-mentioned claw portion 1242, and the claw portion 1242 is engaged with the main body of the button 1222 to prevent the operating member 1250 from being dismounted from the main body of the button 1222. The operating member 1250 can be pushed down toward the rear side in a direction perpendicular to the drawing of FIG. 118( a ). In this case, the operation member 1250 moves in the leftward direction of the drawing of FIG. 118( b ). the

图119是示出在将控制单元1210插入帽1212时,控制单元1210和帽1212的下部部分的剖视图。参见图119,在控制单元1210的下端,形成爪部1262。另一方面,在帽1212的下端,形成阶梯部分1260。在从该图中的上部将控制单元1210插入帽1212的内部时,控制单元1210和帽1212可能因为它们的弹性而稍微变形,因此,通过在安装的最后阶段,将爪部1262与阶梯部分1260接合在一起,可以将控制单元1210安装在帽1212内。在爪部1262与阶梯部分1260接合的情况下,难以从帽1212内拉出控制单元1210。 FIG. 119 is a cross-sectional view showing the lower part of the control unit 1210 and the cap 1212 when the control unit 1210 is inserted into the cap 1212 . Referring to FIG. 119, at the lower end of the control unit 1210, a claw portion 1262 is formed. On the other hand, at the lower end of the cap 1212, a stepped portion 1260 is formed. When the control unit 1210 is inserted into the inside of the cap 1212 from the upper part in the figure, the control unit 1210 and the cap 1212 may be slightly deformed due to their elasticity, therefore, by connecting the claw portion 1262 with the stepped portion 1260 at the final stage of installation Joined together, the control unit 1210 may be mounted within the cap 1212 . With the claw portion 1262 engaged with the stepped portion 1260 , it is difficult to pull out the control unit 1210 from inside the cap 1212 . the

顺便提一句,在控制单元1210完全接合在帽1212内的情况下,形成在帽1212的内表面上的凸出部分1264与形成在控制单元1210的下端的切口部分1224接合。因此,防止控制单元1210相对于帽1212转动。 Incidentally, with the control unit 1210 fully engaged within the cap 1212 , the protruding portion 1264 formed on the inner surface of the cap 1212 engages with the cutout portion 1224 formed at the lower end of the control unit 1210 . Accordingly, the control unit 1210 is prevented from rotating relative to the cap 1212 . the

在上述配置中,通过利用控制单元1210的凸出部分1220作为导向装置将控制单元1210插入帽1212的中空空间内,从而将凸出部分1264安装在切口部分1224内,可以以通过开口1226露出按钮1222并通过开口1227露出LED的准确位置,将帽1212安装在控制单元1210上。此外,还通过相应开口(该图中未示出)露出操作开关806,因此,可以操作该操作开关806。 In the above configuration, by inserting the control unit 1210 into the hollow space of the cap 1212 using the protruding portion 1220 of the control unit 1210 as a guide, thereby fitting the protruding portion 1264 in the cutout portion 1224, the button can be exposed through the opening 1226. 1222 and expose the exact position of the LED through the opening 1227, and install the cap 1212 on the control unit 1210. In addition, the operation switch 806 is also exposed through a corresponding opening (not shown in this figure), and therefore, the operation switch 806 can be operated. the

图120是示出从下端方向观看,通过组合帽1212和头部1202形成的头部组件1270的视图。在图120中,放置球棒形输入设备1200,以使按钮1222位于下表面上。参见图120,头部组件1270包括正极端1280和负极端1282,在通过底开口可见的位置形成它们,用于内部电路。控制单元1210的底开口的内表面上设置螺纹 部分1284(参见图124),该螺纹部分1284与握持部分1214的螺纹部分1229(参见图121至图123)啮合。通过将螺纹部分1229拧入形成在控制单元1210的内表面上的螺纹部分1284,握持部分1214可以安装在头部1202和帽1212上。此外,在其下端,在控制电路1210的4个位置,形成弓形切口部分1286。通过将用于卸下帽1212而设置的工具的端部插入这4个切口部分1286内,同时向内推这些端部以使控制单元1210的下端向内变形,可以从控制单元1210内拉出帽1212。 FIG. 120 is a view showing a head assembly 1270 formed by combining a cap 1212 and a head 1202 as viewed from the lower end direction. In Fig. 120, a bat-shaped input device 1200 is positioned such that buttons 1222 are on the lower surface. Referring to Fig. 120, header assembly 1270 includes positive terminal 1280 and negative terminal 1282 formed in positions visible through the bottom opening for internal circuitry. A threaded portion 1284 (see FIG. 124 ) is provided on the inner surface of the bottom opening of the control unit 1210, and the threaded portion 1284 engages with the threaded portion 1229 (see FIGS. 121 to 123 ) of the grip portion 1214. The grip portion 1214 may be mounted on the head 1202 and the cap 1212 by screwing the threaded portion 1229 into the threaded portion 1284 formed on the inner surface of the control unit 1210 . Further, at the lower end thereof, at four positions of the control circuit 1210, arcuate cutout portions 1286 are formed. By inserting the ends of a tool provided for removing the cap 1212 into these 4 cutout portions 1286, while pushing these ends inwardly to deform the lower end of the control unit 1210 inwardly, it can be pulled out from the control unit 1210 Cap 1212. the

图121是示出从斜上方观看,要安装在该头部组件1270上的握持部分1214的示意图。参见图121,围绕握持部分1214端部的外表面形成螺纹部分1229。握持部分1214的端部的中心位置设置有正极端1290,而围绕该正极端1290设置负极端1292。此外,在握持部分1214的周缘上的位置,形成切口部分1294,以与上述按钮1222的爪部1244接合(参见图118)。 FIG. 121 is a schematic view showing the grip portion 1214 to be mounted on the head assembly 1270 viewed obliquely from above. Referring to FIG. 121 , a threaded portion 1229 is formed around the outer surface of the end of the gripping portion 1214 . A positive terminal 1290 is provided at the center of the end of the grip portion 1214 and a negative terminal 1292 is provided around the positive terminal 1290 . Further, at a position on the periphery of the grip portion 1214, a cutout portion 1294 is formed to engage with the claw portion 1244 of the above-mentioned button 1222 (see FIG. 118). the

图122是示出刚好在将握持部分1214完全拧入控制单元1210之前按钮1222与握持部分1214之间的位置关系的示意图。参见图122,按钮1222可以在垂直方向移动。如图122所示,握持部分1214的端部接触爪部1244的端部,以在刚好将握持部分1214完全拧入控制单元1210之前,使按钮1222以向上方向移动。 FIG. 122 is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship between the button 1222 and the grip portion 1214 just before the grip portion 1214 is fully screwed into the control unit 1210 . Referring to Fig. 122, the button 1222 can be moved in the vertical direction. As shown in FIG. 122 , the end of the grip portion 1214 contacts the end of the claw portion 1244 to move the button 1222 in an upward direction just before the grip portion 1214 is fully screwed into the control unit 1210 . the

图123是示出完全拧入控制单元1210内的握持部分1214的视图。在这种情况下,如图123所示,按钮1222的爪部1244安装在握持部分1214的上端的切口部分1294内。因此,在这种情况下,即使试图扭转握持部分1214,握持部分1214也不能相对于控制单元1210移动,因此,握持部分1214与控制单元1210结成一体。通过开口1226露出按钮1222的操作件1250,如图114和图115所示,同时开口1226的大小被选择为允许操作件1250滑动,因此,通过如图123所示在向上方向滑动操作件1250,然后绕控制单元1210 扭转握持部分1214,可以从控制单元1210卸下握持部分1214。 FIG. 123 is a view showing the grip portion 1214 fully screwed into the control unit 1210. FIG. In this case, as shown in FIG. 123 , the claw portion 1244 of the button 1222 is fitted in the cutout portion 1294 of the upper end of the grip portion 1214 . Therefore, in this case, even if an attempt is made to twist the grip portion 1214, the grip portion 1214 cannot move relative to the control unit 1210, and thus, the grip portion 1214 is integrated with the control unit 1210. The operating member 1250 of the button 1222 is exposed through the opening 1226, as shown in FIGS. The grip portion 1214 can then be detached from the control unit 1210 by twisting the grip portion 1214 around the control unit 1210. the

图124是示出图114所示控制单元1210的内部结构的视图。参见图114,垂直于球棒形输入设备1200的中轴,在控制单元1210上安装板824。然后,在该板824上,围绕控制单元1210的中轴,互相隔离开90度夹角地安装4个LED支架826,LED分别安装在该LED支架826上,如图114所示。 FIG. 124 is a view showing the internal structure of the control unit 1210 shown in FIG. 114 . Referring to FIG. 114 , a board 824 is mounted on the control unit 1210 perpendicular to the central axis of the bat-shaped input device 1200 . Then, on the board 824, around the central axis of the control unit 1210, four LED brackets 826 are installed at an angle of 90 degrees apart from each other, and the LEDs are respectively installed on the LED brackets 826, as shown in FIG. 114 . the

此外,在控制单元1210的内部有支架828和夹紧板834,用于将该图中未示出的加速度传感器(压电元件)固定在它们之间。在这种情况下,支架828位于控制单元1210中,以便于垂直于球棒形输入设备1200的中轴布置压电元件。此外,在控制单元1210的内部,具有该图中未示出的、安装在板822上的操作开关,平行于球棒形输入设备800的中轴固定板822。 Furthermore, inside the control unit 1210 there are a bracket 828 and a clamping plate 834 for fixing an acceleration sensor (piezoelectric element) not shown in the figure between them. In this case, the bracket 828 is located in the control unit 1210 so as to arrange the piezoelectric element perpendicular to the central axis of the bat-shaped input device 1200 . In addition, inside the control unit 1210 , there is an operation switch not shown in the figure mounted on a plate 822 , and the plate 822 is fixed parallel to the central axis of the bat-shaped input device 800 . the

此外,在控制单元1210内,具有单元1300,该单元1300设置有:正极端1280;负极端1282;弹簧,沿向下方向支撑并对这些端子施力,从而在图中的垂直方向运动;以及该图中未示出的板,用于为电连接提供布线。在该配置中,在握持部分1214安装在控制单元1210上的情况下,朝向如图121所示的握持部分1214的正极端1290和负极端1292对正极端1280和负极端1282施力,以在它们之间实现良好电接触。 Furthermore, within the control unit 1210, there is a unit 1300 provided with: a positive terminal 1280; a negative terminal 1282; a spring supporting and urging these terminals in a downward direction so as to move in the vertical direction in the figure; and Boards, not shown in this figure, are used to provide wiring for the electrical connections. In this configuration, with the grip portion 1214 mounted on the control unit 1210, a force is applied to the positive end 1280 and the negative end 1282 toward the positive end 1290 and the negative end 1292 of the grip portion 1214 as shown in FIG. Good electrical contact is achieved between them. the

上面描述的球棒形输入设备1200的操作与参考图53至图59描述的操作类似。然而,对于该球棒形输入设备1200,由于一体地模制的帽1212覆盖控制单元1200,所以螺栓等不露在球棒形输入设备1200的表面上。因为该原因,从审美的观点出发,外表非常好,可以提供非常接近实际球棒、有效提高游戏兴趣的逼真产品。 The operation of the bat-shaped input device 1200 described above is similar to that described with reference to FIGS. 53 to 59 . However, with this bat-shaped input device 1200 , since the integrally molded cap 1212 covers the control unit 1200 , bolts and the like are not exposed on the surface of the bat-shaped input device 1200 . For this reason, from an aesthetic point of view, the appearance is very good, and it is possible to provide a realistic product that is very close to an actual bat and effectively enhances the interest of the game. the

顺便提一句,尽管参考球棒形输入设备提供了上面的说明,但是根据该技术,可以设计利用一体地模制的盖覆盖控制单元以 隐藏螺栓等的任意其他类型的输入设备。例如,这种其他类型的输入设备包括上述类型,即,球拍形、球形以及保龄球形。 Incidentally, although the above description has been provided with reference to a bat-shaped input device, any other type of input device that covers the control unit with an integrally molded cover to hide bolts and the like can be designed according to this technique. Such other types of input devices include, for example, the types described above, namely, racket-shaped, ball-shaped, and bowling-ball-shaped. the

根据上述实施例的球棒形输入设备1200,通过将帽1212安装在控制单元1210上,看不到用于组装控制单元1210的多个紧固件。此外,利用也从外表不可见的螺纹部分1229和1284,将握持部分1214固定在头部组件1270上。因此,可以提供从审美的观点出发非常良好,同时没有诸如螺栓的外部可见紧固件的球棒形输入设备1200。 According to the bat-shaped input device 1200 of the above-described embodiment, by mounting the cap 1212 on the control unit 1210 , a plurality of fasteners for assembling the control unit 1210 is invisible. In addition, the grip portion 1214 is secured to the head assembly 1270 by means of threaded portions 1229 and 1284, also not visible from the outside. Therefore, it is possible to provide the bat-shaped input device 1200 which is excellent from an aesthetic point of view while having no externally visible fasteners such as bolts. the

同时,本发明并不局限于上述实施例,而是可以进行下面的变形。 Meanwhile, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, but the following modifications are possible. the

(1)在上面的典型例子中,适配器1或者1000用于适配用于打网球的虚拟现实系统、用于打棒球的虚拟现实系统、用于打保龄球的虚拟现实系统的电视接收器14。然而,应用并不局限于此,适配器1或者1000可以用于适配用于各种其他用途的电视接收器14。例如,可以适配用于教育领域内的各种用途、用于娱乐领域内的各种用途、用于保健领域内的各种用途、用于金融领域内的各种用途、用于医药领域内的各种用途、以及任意其他领域内的各种用途的电视接收器。 (1) In the above typical example, the adapter 1 or 1000 is used to adapt the television receiver 14 for a virtual reality system for tennis, a virtual reality system for baseball, or a virtual reality system for bowling. However, the application is not limited thereto, and the adapter 1 or 1000 can be used to adapt the television receiver 14 for various other uses. For example, it can be adapted for various uses in the field of education, for various uses in the field of entertainment, for various uses in the field of health care, for various uses in the field of finance, for various uses in the field of medicine TV receivers for various purposes in various fields, as well as in any other field. the

(2)尽管任意适当处理器可以用作图85所示的高速处理器575,但是优选使用与本申请人已经提交的专利申请有关的高速处理器。例如,日本特开平10-307790号公报及与之相应的第6,070,205号美国专利详细说明了该高速处理器。 (2) Although any appropriate processor may be used as the high-speed processor 575 shown in FIG. 85, it is preferable to use a high-speed processor related to a patent application already filed by the present applicant. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-307790 and its corresponding US Patent No. 6,070,205 describe the high-speed processor in detail. the

这里公开的实施例仅是示意性的,本发明并不局限于这些公开的实施例。 The embodiments disclosed herein are illustrative only, and the present invention is not limited to these disclosed embodiments. the

(3)在上面的例子中,适配器1或1000被配置为与作为模拟电视的电视接收器14相连。然而,本发明的应用并不局限于此,可以将适配器配置为与数字电视接收器相连。例如,如果对数字电 视接收器设置HDMI接口,则通过在其内设置可以将从卡盒输出的模拟合成视频信号和模拟音频信号转换为通过HDMI接口被数字电视接收器接收的数字基本彩色信号(YUV信号)和数字音频信号(PCM信号)的模数转换电路,可以将该适配器配置为与该数字电视接收器相连。 (3) In the above example, the adapter 1 or 1000 is configured to be connected to the television receiver 14 which is an analog television. However, the application of the present invention is not limited thereto, and the adapter may be configured to connect with a digital television receiver. For example, if the HDMI interface is set for the digital TV receiver, the analog composite video signal and analog audio signal output from the card box can be converted into digital basic color signals received by the digital TV receiver through the HDMI interface by setting it (YUV signal) and digital audio signal (PCM signal) analog-to-digital conversion circuit, the adapter can be configured to connect with the digital television receiver. the

另一方面,如果电视接收器没有设置HDMI接口,而仅设置有IEEE1394接口,则通过在适配器内设置可以将模拟合成视频信号和模拟音频信号编码为通过IEEE1394接口被数字电视接收器接收的MPEG-TS的编码器,可以将该适配器配置为与该数字电视接收器相连。在这些情况下,如上所述,被配置为与数字电视接收器相连的适配器可以与可连接到该适配器1或1000的上述卡盒500或者600一起用于模拟电视接收器14。 On the other hand, if the TV receiver is not provided with an HDMI interface but only with an IEEE1394 interface, the analog composite video signal and analog audio signal can be encoded into MPEG- TS encoder, the adapter can be configured to connect to the digital television receiver. In these cases, as described above, an adapter configured to connect to a digital television receiver can be used for an analog television receiver 14 together with the above-mentioned cartridge 500 or 600 connectable to the adapter 1 or 1000 . the

然而,如果不考虑模拟电视接收器,而仅考虑数字电视接收器,则自然可以根据本发明以下面的方式设计用于数字电视接收器的适配器和卡盒。即,配置卡盒,以产生数字基本彩色信号(YUV信号)和数字音频信号(PCM信号),然后输出这些信号,而不在数字信号和模拟信号之间进行转换。另一方面,将用于数字电视接收器的适配器配置为与适配器1或1000将来自上述卡盒500或600的模拟信号简单地传送到模拟电视接收器14的方式相同的方式,简单地将来自卡盒的这些数字信号传送到设置有HDMI接口的数字电视接收器。 However, if an analog television receiver is not considered, but only a digital television receiver, it is natural to design an adapter and a cassette for a digital television receiver in the following manner according to the present invention. That is, the cartridge is configured to generate digital basic color signals (YUV signals) and digital audio signals (PCM signals), and then output these signals without converting between digital signals and analog signals. On the other hand, configuring the adapter for a digital television receiver in the same manner as the adapter 1 or 1000 simply transmits the analog signal from the above-mentioned cartridge 500 or 600 to the analog television receiver 14, simply These digital signals of the cartridge are transmitted to a digital television receiver provided with an HDMI interface. the

考虑到本发明的详细说明,由各权利要求来限定本发明的范围,本发明的范围包括在等同原则下在本说明书的范围内的任意类型的修改。 In view of the detailed description of the invention, the scope of the invention is defined by each claim, and the scope of the invention includes any type of modification within the scope of the description under the principle of equivalents. the

Claims (30)

1. adapter that can be connected to television receiver and cartridge, this cartridge does not have display device and button, this cartridge comprises memory and computer, these memory stores program and data, this computer can utilize described data to carry out the algorithm computing by described program, generate vision signal and audio signal, described vision signal is to receive described vision signal and show that the signal format corresponding to the image of described vision signal generates with described television receiver, described audio signal is to receive described audio signal and output with described television receiver to generate corresponding to the signal format of the sound of described audio signal, and described adapter comprises:
First video signal input terminal receives described vision signal by this first video signal input terminal from described computer;
First audio signal input end receives described audio signal by this first audio signal input end from described computer;
Video signal output terminal will output to described television receiver from the described vision signal of described computer input by this video signal output terminal;
Audio signal output end will be from the described audio signal output of described computer input to described television receiver by this audio signal output end;
First internal circuit is used for receiving described vision signal from described first video signal input terminal, and described vision signal is outputed to described video signal output terminal with the signal format of the described vision signal that received;
Second internal circuit is used for receiving described audio signal from described first audio signal input end, and described audio signal is outputed to described audio signal output end with the signal format of the described audio signal that received,
Wherein by changing described cartridge, described adapter makes described television receiver be applicable to various purposes.
2. adapter according to claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises:
The internal power source voltage generative circuit is used for producing internal power source voltage according to the outer power voltage that provides from external power source: and
The supply voltage lead-out terminal provides the described internal power source voltage that is produced by described internal power source voltage generative circuit by this supply voltage lead-out terminal to this computer.
3. adapter according to claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises:
The internal power source voltage generative circuit is used for producing a plurality of internal power source voltages with different output levels according to the outer power voltage that provides from external power source; And
A plurality of lead-out terminals are used for providing described a plurality of internal power source voltage to described computer respectively.
4. adapter according to claim 2 is characterized in that, also comprises:
Second video signal input terminal, by this second video signal input terminal from outside receiving video signals;
Second audio signal input end, by this second audio signal input end from outside received audio signal;
First commutation circuit, it has first contact, second contact and the 3rd contact;
Second commutation circuit, it has the 4th contact, the 5th contact and the 6th contact; And
The 3rd commutation circuit, it has the 7th contact, the 8th contact and the 9th contact, wherein
Described first contact is connected to described video signal output terminal; Described the 4th contact is connected to described audio signal output end; And described the 7th contact is connected to first circuit, provides described outer power voltage by this first circuit, and
Described second contact is connected to second circuit that links to each other with described first video signal input terminal; Described the 5th contact is connected to the tertiary circuit that links to each other with described first audio signal input end; And described the 8th contact is connected to the 4th circuit that links to each other with described internal power source voltage generative circuit, and
Described the 3rd contact is connected to described second video signal input terminal; Described the 6th contact is connected to described second audio signal input end; And described the 9th contact is in high impedance status, and
When described the 7th contact was connected to described the 8th contact, described first contact was connected to described second contact, and described the 4th contact is connected to described the 5th contact, and
When described the 7th contact was connected to described the 9th contact, described first contact was connected to described the 3rd contact, and described the 4th contact is connected to described the 6th contact.
5. adapter according to claim 4 is characterized in that, also comprises rod-like element, wherein
Described first commutation circuit, described second commutation circuit and described the 3rd commutation circuit are combined the formation switch unit, and
Come the described switch unit of open and close by making described rod-like element against described switch unit.
6. adapter according to claim 2 is characterized in that, also comprises the AC/DC transducer, and being used for the AC power supplies voltage transitions is the DC supply voltage, and this DC supply voltage is outputed to described internal power source voltage generative circuit.
7. adapter according to claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises:
Clock oscillator circuit is used to produce the clock signal of preset frequency; And
Clock signal output terminal by this clock signal output terminal, is delivered to described computer with described clock signal,
Wherein, move described computer and need described clock signal.
8. adapter according to claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises:
The internal power source voltage generative circuit is used for producing a plurality of internal power source voltages with different output levels according to the outer power voltage of supplying with from external power source;
Clock oscillator circuit is used to produce the clock signal of preset frequency; And
Clock signal output terminal by this clock signal output terminal, is delivered to described computer with described clock signal, wherein
Described internal power source voltage generative circuit will have and have the internal power source voltage of high output level in described a plurality of internal power source voltages of different output levels and deliver to described clock oscillator circuit.
9. adapter according to claim 1, it is characterized in that, described second internal circuit is provided with the frequency characteristic regulating circuit, be used to regulate or revise from the frequency characteristic of the described audio signal of described computer input, and the described audio signal after will regulating outputs to described audio signal output end with the signal format of the described audio signal that received.
10. adapter according to claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises:
The infrared signal receiver circuit is used for receiving infrared signal from input equipment, and this infrared signal is converted to the signal of telecommunication; And
Terminal will output to described computer from the signal of telecommunication of described infrared signal receiver circuit by this terminal,
Wherein said input equipment has acceleration transducer, and the acceleration that detects according to described acceleration transducer sends described infrared signal.
11. adapter according to claim 10 is characterized in that, also comprises the optical ring lens, wherein
Described lens are set to the light receiving part in the face of described infrared signal receiver circuit.
12. adapter according to claim 11 is characterized in that, forms described lens with infrared colour filter on the light path that is positioned at the described light receiving part that leads to described infrared signal receiver circuit.
13. adapter according to claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises:
The commutation circuit of predetermined quantity;
Parallel/serial conversion circuit, being used for to be serial signal from the parallel on/off conversion of signals of importing of the commutation circuit of described predetermined quantity, wherein
The quantity of the input terminal of described walking abreast/serial conversion circuit is greater than described predetermined quantity.
14. the cartridge that can be connected to adapter according to claim 1 comprises:
Memory is used for stored program and data; And
Computer, can utilize described data to carry out the algorithm computing by described program, to generate vision signal and audio signal, described vision signal is to receive described vision signal and show that the signal format corresponding to the image of described vision signal generates with described television receiver, described audio signal is to receive described audio signal and output with described television receiver to generate corresponding to the signal format of the sound of described audio signal
Wherein said cartridge does not have display device and button, and
Wherein by changing described cartridge, described adapter makes described television receiver be applicable to various purposes.
15. cartridge according to claim 14 is characterized in that, also comprises:
By the infrarede emitting diode of intermittent connectivity to realize that stroboscopic is made a video recording, and
Image unit, this image unit are used to take the image of subject and shot image signals are outputed to described computer.
16. the cartridge that can be connected to adapter according to claim 7 comprises:
Memory is used for stored program and data;
Computer, can utilize described data to carry out the algorithm computing by described program, to generate vision signal and audio signal, described vision signal is to receive described vision signal and show that the signal format corresponding to the image of described vision signal generates with described television receiver, and described audio signal is to receive described audio signal and output with described television receiver to generate corresponding to the signal format of the sound of described audio signal; And
The clock amplitude changes circuit, is used to change the amplitude from the described clock signal of described clock oscillator circuit output,
Wherein said cartridge does not have display device and button, and
Wherein by changing described cartridge, described adapter makes described television receiver be applicable to various purposes.
17. a computer system comprises:
Cartridge, this cartridge does not have display device and button, this cartridge comprises memory and computer, this memory is used for stored program and data, this computer can utilize described data to carry out the algorithm computing, generate vision signal and audio signal by described program, described vision signal is to receive described vision signal and show that the signal format corresponding to the image of described vision signal generates with television receiver, and described audio signal is to receive described audio signal and output with described television receiver to generate corresponding to the signal format of the sound of described audio signal; And
Adapter, described cartridge can be installed in this adapter, and this adapter can be connected to described television receiver,
Described adapter comprises:
Video signal input terminal by this video signal input terminal, receives described vision signal from described computer;
Audio signal input end by this audio signal input end, receives described audio signal from described computer;
Video signal output terminal by this video signal output terminal, will output to described television receiver from the described vision signal of described computer input;
Audio signal output end, by this audio signal output end, will be from the described audio signal output of described computer input to described television receiver; And
Internal circuit, be used for receiving described vision signal from described video signal input terminal, and described vision signal outputed to described video signal output terminal, and receive described audio signal from described audio signal input end, and with described audio signal output to described audio signal output end;
Wherein by changing described cartridge, described adapter makes described television receiver be applicable to various purposes.
18. an adapter comprises:
Be provided with the cartridge mounting interface of connector part, this connector part is made of a plurality of splicing ears that comprise first splicing ear and second splicing ear, and can be connected to the cartridge that plays predetermined function and have the connector that designs with predetermined configurations;
First and second signal output terminals, its each can be connected to plug with the predetermined configurations design; And
First internal circuit, described first splicing ear and described first signal output terminal are connected to each other by this first internal circuit; And
Second internal circuit, described second splicing ear and described secondary signal lead-out terminal are connected to each other by this second internal circuit, wherein
By described first splicing ear and described first signal output terminal and by described second splicing ear and described secondary signal lead-out terminal, will output to external equipment from the signal of described cartridge input by described connector and described connector part,
Wherein said adapter is provided with opening, and described opening is formed on and is used to accept described cartridge on the upper surface, and
Wherein said cartridge mounting interface is arranged in described opening,
Described cartridge mounting interface comprises:
Top board, this top board is arranged in described opening, and has first type surface, and this cartridge is placed on this first type surface; And
Force application mechanism is used to support described top board, make along upward to the described top board application of force and when limiting the amount of movement of described top board along downward direction, the described first type surface of described top board and described upper surface flush.
19. adapter according to claim 18, it is characterized in that, described connector part is positioned at as upper/lower positions: by will dispose with this cartridge of connector as described in the predetermined direction orientation towards as described in the basal surface of adapter shift onto downwards as described in force application mechanism limit as described in the position of moving of cartridge strutting piece, and this cartridge is slided along described predetermined direction, described connector part can be connected to the connector of described cartridge;
Wherein said predetermined direction is the direction towards the front of described adapter.
20. adapter according to claim 19, it is characterized in that, described cartridge is provided with the housing of flat rectangular shape, this housing can be installed in the described opening of described adapter, this housing is provided with upper surface, basal surface, relative side, front and back, wherein form the recess of reservation shape at least one in described relative side, wherein
Described adapter also comprises:
Fastener, it can enter the recess of described reservation shape and fix described cartridge in the described recess by being assembled to; And
The fastener supporting mechanism, be used for supporting described fastener at described adapter, when being positioned at described force application mechanism and limiting its position of moving with the described top board of the described cartridge mounting interface of box lunch, described fastener protrudes in the described opening of described adapter, when the described top board of described cartridge mounting interface is positioned at position outside the above-mentioned position, described fastener shifts out described opening, wherein
Described recess is formed following geometry: when in the described cartridge mounting interface that described cartridge is installed in described adapter, during fore-and-aft direction slided, described fastener did not hinder any other parts of described cartridge in described cartridge.
21. adapter according to claim 20 is characterized in that, forms described recess at two opposite sides of described cartridge, and
Described fastener comprises a plurality of parts of the described recess of each opposite side that can enter described cartridge.
22. adapter according to claim 18 is characterized in that, described force application mechanism comprises:
A plurality of force-applying pieces, each force-applying piece has first and second ends; And
Strutting piece with a plurality of coupling parts, the described first end of described a plurality of force-applying pieces connects this a plurality of coupling parts respectively, with from the described top board of bottom support.
23. adapter according to claim 22 is characterized in that, forms coupling part, a plurality of bottom on the basal surface of described adapter, the described the second end of described a plurality of force-applying pieces is connected to this coupling part, a plurality of bottom respectively.
24. adapter according to claim 23 is characterized in that, each of described a plurality of force-applying pieces comprises:
But pivotal part, it is pivotally mounted in described a plurality of coupling part one at described first end about the axle of the upper surface that is parallel to described top board, and be pivotally mounted in the coupling part, described a plurality of bottom one at described the second end about the axle that is parallel to above-mentioned axle, but wherein should above-mentioned axle be pivotal part described first end about this above-mentioned axle install pivotly spool: and
Elastic component, but be used at described the second end in the upward direction to the described pivotal part application of force.
25. adapter according to claim 24, it is characterized in that, described elastic component comprises spring, but but this spring be assemblied on the pivotal axis of described the second end of described pivotal part, but with along the direction of the described basal surface that leaves described adapter to the described pivotal part application of force.
26. adapter according to claim 18 is characterized in that, described connector part comprises:
The connector unit of rectangular shape, it has towards the recessed bonding part of the front openings of described cuboid, is used to be assemblied in the protrusion bonding part that is formed on the described cartridge:
Be fixed to the shielding part on the described connector unit, be used to cover at least a portion of the upper surface of described connector unit; And
Be arranged in a plurality of described splicing ear of described recessed bonding part, wherein
Described cartridge is provided with: described protrusion bonding part, and it can be assembled in the described recessed bonding part, has a plurality of splicing ears that will electrically contact with a plurality of splicing ears of described connector part; Recessed bonding part, it can be assembled on the projection of the described upper surface that is formed on described connector part and the described connector part between the recessed bonding part; And conductive shielding part, it is configured to cover the internal circuit of described cartridge, and simultaneously the part of the described shielding part of described cartridge is installed on the interior upper surface of described recessed bonding part of described cartridge, and
The described shielding part of described connector part is configured to contact with the described shielding part of described cartridge when being installed in described cartridge on the described connector part.
27. adapter according to claim 26 is characterized in that, the rear portion of the described upper surface of described connector unit is formed the anterior part that is lower than described upper surface, wherein
The described shielding part of described connector unit is provided with opening, and the other end is arranged in the contact of described low part of the described upper surface of described connector unit so that form that an end is fixed to the described anterior part of described upper surface.
28. adapter according to claim 27 is characterized in that, described contact is formed in the upper surface predetermined point farthest that has between a described end and the described other end apart from described connector unit.
29. an interactive entertainment system comprises:
Operating parts, when the user enjoyed described interactive entertainment system, the user operated this operating parts;
Cartridge, comprise and be used for stored program and memory of data and signal processing unit, this signal processing unit is connected to described memory and is used for by utilizing described data to move described program, produce vision signal and audio signal with content according to described interactive entertainment system, wherein, described vision signal is to receive described vision signal and show that the signal format corresponding to the image of described vision signal generates with described television receiver, and described audio signal is to receive described audio signal and output with described television receiver to generate corresponding to the signal format of the sound of described audio signal; And
Adapter, it is set at the user oriented position of described adapter when the user enjoys described interactive entertainment system, this adapter is provided with and is used for the radio communication device that uses the action of described operating parts to accept to import from the user according to the user, this adapter can be connected to television receiver and described cartridge, so that receive described vision signal and described audio signal by described cartridge produced, and described vision signal and described audio signal outputed to described television receiver with the described vision signal that received and the signal format of described audio signal, thereby the content according to described interactive entertainment system shows described image and exports described sound
Wherein said operating parts has acceleration transducer or reflecting element.
30. a video entertainment system comprises:
Cartridge, it comprises and is used for stored program and memory of data and signal processing unit, this signal processing unit is connected to described memory and is used for producing analog video signal by utilizing described data to move described program with the content according to described video entertainment system; And
Adapter, it can be connected to television receiver and described cartridge, so that receive described analog video signal from described cartridge, and described analog video signal is sent to described television receiver, thereby on described television receiver, show image corresponding to described analog video signal according to the content of described interactive entertainment system
Wherein said cartridge does not have display device and button, and
Wherein by changing described cartridge, described adapter makes described television receiver be applicable to various purposes.
CN2004800401181A 2004-01-08 2004-12-22 Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system Expired - Fee Related CN1902909B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004002664 2004-01-08
JP002664/2004 2004-01-08
JP181098/2004 2004-06-18
JP2004181098 2004-06-18
PCT/JP2004/019687 WO2005067282A1 (en) 2004-01-08 2004-12-22 Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2008100827610A Division CN101257598B (en) 2004-01-08 2004-12-22 Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1902909A CN1902909A (en) 2007-01-24
CN1902909B true CN1902909B (en) 2011-02-02

Family

ID=37657616

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2004800401181A Expired - Fee Related CN1902909B (en) 2004-01-08 2004-12-22 Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system
CN2008100827610A Expired - Fee Related CN101257598B (en) 2004-01-08 2004-12-22 Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2008100827610A Expired - Fee Related CN101257598B (en) 2004-01-08 2004-12-22 Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (2) CN1902909B (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011150882A2 (en) * 2011-06-22 2011-12-08 华为终端有限公司 System, method and adaptive device for outputting data
CN102854719A (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-02 中强光电股份有限公司 Projection device and circuit board module
CN102801065A (en) * 2012-07-26 2012-11-28 常州亚邦天线有限公司 Multi-adapter
CA3026737A1 (en) * 2016-06-06 2017-12-14 Theatrixx Technologies Inc. Video converter with integrated power supply
CN109728454B (en) * 2017-10-30 2024-09-17 泰科电子(上海)有限公司 Connector Assemblies and Connectors
JP6828903B2 (en) * 2018-04-23 2021-02-10 合同会社スイッチオン Single board computer adapter
JP7258631B2 (en) * 2019-04-04 2023-04-17 キヤノン株式会社 IMAGING DEVICE, ACCESSORY DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF
CN112692849A (en) * 2019-10-23 2021-04-23 北京配天技术有限公司 Robot control cabinet and robot system
KR102238445B1 (en) * 2020-12-04 2021-04-09 주식회사 사피엔반도체 Pixel driving circuit having less contacting point
CN116706631B (en) * 2023-07-31 2023-12-22 珠海市钛芯动力科技有限公司 a conversion plug

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001045390A (en) * 1999-06-07 2001-02-16 Nokia Corp Coupling device and method for coupling an external device to a television device
JP2001230017A (en) * 2000-02-14 2001-08-24 Sumitomo Wiring Syst Ltd Connector
JP2001352373A (en) * 2000-06-08 2001-12-21 Nintendo Co Ltd Display processing system using mobile terminal, mobile terminal used for it, and conversion adaptor used for it
US20020055387A1 (en) * 2000-10-19 2002-05-09 Ssd Company Limited Memory cartridge system

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3183056B2 (en) * 1994-08-26 2001-07-03 株式会社日立製作所 Imaging device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001045390A (en) * 1999-06-07 2001-02-16 Nokia Corp Coupling device and method for coupling an external device to a television device
JP2001230017A (en) * 2000-02-14 2001-08-24 Sumitomo Wiring Syst Ltd Connector
JP2001352373A (en) * 2000-06-08 2001-12-21 Nintendo Co Ltd Display processing system using mobile terminal, mobile terminal used for it, and conversion adaptor used for it
US20020055387A1 (en) * 2000-10-19 2002-05-09 Ssd Company Limited Memory cartridge system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101257598B (en) 2010-06-23
CN101257598A (en) 2008-09-03
CN1902909A (en) 2007-01-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2011101822A (en) Cartridge
US20240359089A1 (en) Game controller
CN1902909B (en) Adapter, cartridge, computer system and entertainment system
US6383079B1 (en) High performance/low cost video game system with multi-functional peripheral processing subsystem
JP6074534B2 (en) Game controller
CN1111824C (en) 3D image processing device
CN113226498A (en) Wearable visualization device system and method
JP2011045780A (en) Entertainment apparatus and computer program
US7003588B1 (en) Peripheral devices for a video game system
CN1239792A (en) Portable electronic device
CN113535155B (en) Building block programming system
JP2002515127A (en) Personal display system
TW201013300A (en) Projection system and expansion module for pico projector
US20090015800A1 (en) Projector and brightness adjusting method
CN208626604U (en) A kind of projection game paddle
KR20050025083A (en) Hmd apparatus having a memory slot built-in thereof
CN201378245Y (en) Multifunctional lcos projector
CN204795260U (en) Medical endoscope's image enhancement and video drive arrangement
CN217724585U (en) Toy device with projection function and toy watch
CN209089137U (en) A kind of projector of replaceable upper cover
JP3077518U (en) Disk device coupled with USB connector and computer body thereof
HK40044766B (en) Game controller
JP2007518454A (en) Imaging device and subject
WO2025153077A1 (en) Portable device, electronic device kit and wearable device kit

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
C17 Cessation of patent right
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20110202

Termination date: 20111222